Home

Series 8500 - User Manual

1. module Main flow from sample inlet SES dryer he j 7 Switching valve 47 mm filter gt l PURGE i OUTLET Purge flow to PURGE pump INLET Purge flow from Reference flow to control unit v TEOM filter SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Purge Flow When the base reference flow leaves the control unit it travels back to the 8500 module to become the purge flow Figures 1 5 1 6 and 1 7 Inside the 8500 module the purge flow enters the SES dryers where it flows around the base reference flow to dry the ambient air sample entering the system This system achieves an effective drying of the base reference flow to less than 30 relative humidity without requiring any bottled gases or specialized electrical components The purge flow then enters the pump and exits from the 8500 system The mass reading obtained while sampling particle laden air is adjusted for any mass change that occurs while the reference flow passes through the filter For example if the unit measures a decrease of filter mass during the six minute reference flow period this mass decrease is added back to the mass measurement obtained with particle laden air base flow In this manner the FDMS sys
2. 4 To save the register list to a file select the Save icon ad on the tool bar The user will then be prompted to select a location and file name This list can be useful for troubleshooting Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 51 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 8 2 VIEWING INSTRUMENT KEYPAD A virtual keypad is available for use through RPComm This keypad looks exactly like the keypad on the control unit and shows what is currently being displayed on the control unit s screen Follow these steps to view the virtual keypad 1 When in the RPComm Download Data screen Figure 10 33 select the Keypad tab to display the virtual keypad Figure 10 42 NOTE If the virtual display shows a number line as the top line and does not show the proper display RPComm is not communicating with the unit properly 2 Operate the virtual keypad as you would the keypad on the con trol unit SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 52 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 42 Virtual keypad i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 SecTIOn 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 53 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 9 CRreatinG A REA
3. APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 83 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 7 OutDoor ENcLosure MAINTENANCE K 7 1 ADJUSTING THE TEMPERATURE SETTING On the outdoor enclosure temperature settings are preset the climate control system is set to 60 F 16 C This setting can be adjusted if necessary The temperature controls are located on the thermostat inside the control box Follow these steps to locate the outdoor enclosure s control board 1 Disconnect the air conditioner heater power cord from its power source 2 Locate the air conditioner heater cover for the outdoor enclosure Figure K 120 Figure K 120 Air condi tioner heater cover for the outdoor enclosure 3 Locate and remove the screws from the cover Figure K 120 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 84 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Open the cover Figure K 121 Figure K 121 Air condi F tioner heater with cover open T T Thermostat 5 Locate the thermostat at the top of the enclosure Figure K 121 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 85 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Turn the black dial to set the thermostat to 70 F Figure K 122 Figure K 122 Thermostat E set to correct temperature APPENDIX K OuTD
4. Second Minute 0 2 Hour Day Month Year 0 6 Mass Conc Tot Mass Vol Coeff Mass Ave C Frequency Noise x l l l 13 04 13 04 13 05 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 53 Control f f buttons on the Real Time Clears all data listed on the right hand side of the Real Time Graph screen Graph screen This includes the data being displayed Decreases the scale of the x and y axes concurrently With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button and make a box around an area inside the graph that you want to zoom into Once the box is finished release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the box dimensions Decreases the scale of the x axis With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor horizontally to the end of the zoom area and release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the new x axis dimensions Decrease the scale of the y axis With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor vertically to the end of the zoom area and release the mouse button The graph will be resized according
5. 8 Change the positions of all of the switches on SW1 to their open upward position 9 Turn on the control unit 10 Check the small red status light Figure D 5 located above the DIP switches The light should be flashing rapidly APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 4 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure D 5 IOMUX board with red status light A highlighted pawa coved r 23heOd Wwisas vsn ni 20vm LaNXIS ss LAN AAAI AN IANN A i 11 Turn off the control unit 12 Reset the switches on the SW1 bank to their original positions that you recorded in step 6 13 Turn on the control unit 14 Check the small red status light Figure D 5 located above the DIP switches The light should flash briefly remain off and then flash again repeatedly 15 Replace the cover on the control unit Go to Section D 1 2 APPENDIX D INSTALLING New SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 5 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System D 1 2 CONNECTING THE ConTROL UNIT To A PERSONAL COMPUTER Follow these steps to connect the personal computer to the monitor 1 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable to one of the RS232 ports on the control unit 2 Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit 3 If your PC is equipped with a 9 pin
6. 1 Set up the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and the other instrument for direct communications Section 10 2 Create a new connection to each instrument according to Section 10 2 2 and verify that the units are communicating properly NOTE If the connection is successful the unit s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen If the connection is not successful or if there is no unit attached then the serial number will be blank or will display 99999 3 Once the RPComm software and instrument configurations have been verified disconnect the direct connection 4 Connect your computer directly to the modem that will be con nected to the serial switching device follow the modem s instruction manual 5 Begin executing any communication software that will allow direct communications with the modem Communication soft ware is usually included with most standard commercial APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System modems If no software program was included with your modem you can use the Hyper Terminal application which is included with the Windows operating system 6 Set the modem s communication parameters to work with the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor The following list contains the com mands that should be set and the corresponding command codes Various commercial especially older modems may have differen
7. Figure K 67 Inside view of outdoor enclosure with spacer highlighted A i i CEH NIIN APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 49 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 68 Close up view of the spacer 9 Place the Series 1400a sensor unit on top of the spacer Figures K 67 and K 68 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 50 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Locate the 8500 module Figure K 69 Figure K 69 8500 module Thermo ap SERS 8600 pieg AF MUE a eT eiin 11 Install the 8500 module through the square hole in the top of the enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 51 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Install the purge flow inlet and outlet ports of the 8500 module into the top of the brace Figure K 70 Figure K 70 Purge flow inlet and outlet ports installed into top of brace 13 Locate the set screw that is attached to the brace 14 Install the set screw into the hole in the top of the brace Figures K 70 and K 71 NOTE There are two holes in the top of the brace Install the set screw into the hole that is closer to the back of the 8500 module Figure K 71 Set screw installed into the 8500 module near the purge flow outlet port A and the purge flow inlet port B A
8. NOTE All alphabetic letters must be capitalized Ensure that the letter K is followed by a zero 0 not the letter O 5 Press Enter 6 Press F2 to display the TEOMCOMM Communications Setup Y The communication screen Figure J 3 parameters of the FDMS Series 8500 monitor and the NOTE The original configuration of the TEOMCOMM software should match TEOMCOMM software must the default settings of the monitor If you want to connect the monitor to a PC match in order for the computer to communicate through a modem you may need to change the settings of the Baud Connec properly with the monitor tion Com Port and Phone fields Figure J 3 TEOMCOMM Communications Setup screen ir a d ae l ee al TEOMCOMM v1 41 Parity Data None E bits Even x 8 hits Odd Hardware Handshake Flow Control Ea 1 hit None None i 2 bits CTS and DSR RON KOFF CTS Only DSR Only Connection Com Port Settings Phone Number Direct C COM1 Addr CHex gt i Modem COM2 IRQ Modem ATQEUVSOA X1848 amp C1 amp D2S Comsk Init 7 66 F2 Save Changes APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Ensure that the communication parameters are set properly for direct or modem communications Section J 4 depending on your setup I
9. 0 and A I FS is an analog input s percentage of full scale In the instrument s default configuration the Const A and Const C values are set to 0 and the value of Const B is set to 1 In Figure 9 11 the average analog inputs displayed are the percentage of full scale SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 2 ANALOG OuTPuUTS The user can access the instrument s three analog output channels from the two identical 15 pin connectors on the front and back panels of the control unit Figures 9 1 and 9 2 The pin assignments of the three analog outputs are Channel 1 Positive Pin 10 Ground Pin 3 Channel 2 Positive Pin 1 Ground Pin 5 Channel 3 Positive Pin 9 Ground Pin 6 These analog outputs have an output impedance less than 1 ohm and a maximum output current of 10 mA They can be scaled to 1 2 5 or 10 VDC by means of a combination of software Section 9 2 1 and hardware Section 9 2 2 settings SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 2 1 Set ANALOG Outputs SCREEN The Set Analog Outputs screen Figure 9 12 allows users to define the analog outputs transmitted by the monitor Figure 9 12 Set Analog Outputs screen SET ANALOG OUTPUTS Max Volt gt 10 VDC A01 Var 01 Hr MC A01 Min 0 00 You
10. Figure K 62 Top of sensor unit with sample inlet mounting screws high lighted Sample inlet Front of sensor unit 4 Remove the two mounting screws located on the left hand side of the sample inlet Figure K 63 Figure K 63 Top of sensor unit with two left hand sample inlet mounting screws highlighted APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 46 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Install the brace onto the top of the sensor unit using the two screws that you removed in step 4 Figures K 64 and K 65 Figure K 64 Brace stand mounted on the sensor unit with the brace channel facing toward the front of the sensor unit Figure K 65 Close up view of brace stand mounted onto the sensor unit APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 47 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Open the door of the outdoor enclosure Figure K 66 Figure K 66 Instrument placement inside the outdoor enclosure A Sample inlet B 8500 module enclosure C Control unit D Air conditioner E Sensor unit F Pump G Spacer APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 48 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Locate the sensor unit spacer Section K 1 8 Place the spacer on the bottom right hand side of the outdoor enclosure Figures K 67 and K 68
11. Pace L 4 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Series 8500 SCHEMATICS APPENDIX L Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System VOGEL E 9007 Ba Sny any G40 Z 133HS yos vAsa QII ISE q4 seq GAUBIHOYd AULIHLS SI NOHLIJII OWYIHL Y aay 988918 18 onmved azs avos Wd 40 IN3SNOO NALLIM 3HL LNOHLIM QANYOT Syoq Sil HOIHM X04 3SOduNd O3SS3Y4X3 SHL NVHL XAHO YO4 SINBINOD SU 40 3SN YO sq19yo ae INSWLYVdNOO SOINOYNLOSTA wns SANSOTOSIO SNVAN ANY AS NOLLONGONG TY ISANOY NOdN OINYNUZY 38 OL SI NOLWYOdYOD NOYLI373 ONYSHL OL AYVIJIYdOYd NOLVNYOJNI SNIVINOD ONY JO ALNad0 d 3HL SI _LN3NN900 SIHL AOI 900S8 onu haa Woo OULIey MMM NOLLWYOd4OD NOYLD313 owsJ y 98 28 98 oq su qq H NMYO o o ONS 5 vN G ONV ZI SMVIS SUS p O arwa T FMVS SOJ Nv ar SMIVIS NI Z nwm e r ajololo lOEd SMIVIS NI I zr STV600 TS OVAVE 13X 3VAvZ c Ed 9TV600 1S AlddNS J3MOd Ir l Hjo a 48 Se8vxad NLS SISSVHO OL 9m ANNOJ9 amp lvV600 1S l td c VIV600
12. maia SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Disconnect the Y fitting from the pump fitting by pushing on the small metal collar at the end of the pump fitting and pulling the Y fitting out Figure 2 9 Figure 2 9 Removing the Y fitting from the pump fitting 7 Remove pump fitting from the back of the control unit using the adjustable wrench Figure 2 10 Figure 2 10 Back view of the control unit with pump fitting highlighted i W la EE mi z z P PUMP fitting j ee F a gs SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Locate the dual flow fitting Figures 2 11 and 2 12 Figure 2 11 Dual flow fitting Figure 2 12 Close up view of the dual flow fitting with the dimple highlighted SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 Install the dual flow fitting through the empty PUMP port Fig ure 2 13 When looking at the back of the control unit ensure that the dimple marking the reference base purge flow side is located on the right hand side Figure 2 14 Figure 2 13 Dual flow fitting installed inside the control unit Figure 2 14 Dual flow fitting installed in the control un
13. 097 Analog Calibration Output of full scale p omo o fof s Fora oronro wa oe wa wa tee om SempecenPae wa wa wa rene 7 Codes are described iater in tis Appendix o O Codes are described later in this Appendix APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System PROGRAM REGISTER CODES 100 124 CT ue fern a oe a a r fre e ea o APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 7 Revision B 002 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System E o PeconitewneoiKonmt roo wa WA roteaane 7 Moamer omeny serg Viewed wa oe wa WA resas slomme owe oe 0 0 tan oenm f a NA eas Current A I of Full Scale 0 100 N A Contact Close 2PRC Pre N A N A N A N A A RC 35 Contact Closure 2 PRC RC PRC Range 35 A A A A A H 0 A A ec N 1 NHN NM ND e N m onas Ganye rae fa s conaacosuezvae fa ES Twn g 37 e N o 1 2 3 4 8 x 7 7 1 2 8 4 8 X 90 1 2 3 4 8 x 5 36 8 h h N N E N N N S N N N N A 1 2 3 4 S X N A N A 1 2 3 4 S X N A NA 1 2 3 4 S X A A A A Manometer differential pressure between FTS and inches 100 100 ambient 144 Manometer M calibration constant M from FTS Manometer B calibration constant B from FTS 6 Frequ
14. 12 1 2 Cleaning the Air Inlet System ccecceeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeees 12 3 12 1 3 Cleaning the Switching Valve ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 12 10 12 2 Verification Procedures cccccceseseccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeennees 12 15 12 2 1 Mass Transducer Calibration Verification 0 12 16 12 2 1 1 KO Confirmation Screen cecceeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeees 12 17 12 2 1 2 Verifying the Calibration Constant cceee 12 19 12 2 2 Verifying the Ambient Air Temperature cee 12 20 12 2 3 Verifying the Ambient Pressure aene 12 22 12 2 4 Flow Audit Procedure c cccccecesseeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 12 23 PAGE XI Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Table of Contents continued SECTION 13 RESETTING THE MONITOR cccccceccceccecscecsecseeececceceseceesesseeeeeaes 13 1 13 1 St p All COMMAMNG ariete saeir ara taataa 13 1 13 2 Re initializing the Instrument 0 eee cere eeeerttee etter eee 13 2 13 3 System Operation after a Power Failure cccceeeeeeee 13 3 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS ssscessseesseeseeeseeeseeeeeseeeeees A 1 A 1 Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Software Screens 0008 A 1 A2 RPComm Software Screens ccccccccecsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees A 17 A 3 TEOMCOMM Software SCreens c0ccceseeesseessereeeeeeees A 29 B 1 Program Register
15. 5 Tighten the 1 2 inch sample tube nut at the base of the flow splitter Figure 2 110 Figure 2 110 Close up view of the bottom of the flow splitter Flow splitter Bypass tube 1 2 inch sample tube nut Sample tube 6 You must now assemble the tripod Section 2 5 2 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 73 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 5 2 TRIPOD ASSEMBLY Follow these steps to install the tripod assembly 1 Locate a tripod foot Figure 2 111 Figure 2 111 Tripod foot with rubber leg holder highlighted Rubber leg holder 2 Pull off the rubber leg holder if one is attached Figure 2 112 Figure 2 112 Removing the rubber leg holder 3 Place one leg of the tripod onto the tripod foot SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 74 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Place a metal bracket over the rubber base of the tripod leg and into the 2 slots on the tripod foot Figure 2 113 gt Figure 2 113 Placing the metal bracket on the tripod foot 5 Ensure that the bracket is placed over the rubber base on the end of the tripod leg Figure 2 114 Figure 2 114 Proper placement of the metal bracket i Rubber base N 7 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 75 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measuremen
16. 6661 Fi Main F2 Save Changes F3 Send Header F4 Send Trailer APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 31 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 32 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix B Program Register Codes This appendix contains a list of the Program Register Codes PRC used by the instrument These codes are numbers that represent variables used by the monitor B 1 PRoGram REGIsTeR Copes APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System MAIN PROGRAM REGISTER CODES PN S o S a a a ae oe fareraenens coena oir a NA wa wie ON e e a o e Codes are described later in this Appendix APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System PROGRAM REGISTER CODES 000 024 Range N A N A N A not editable 0 5 o N A Z gt 001 Second used for setting time date S 002 Minute used for setting time date 3 Hour used for setting time date ni y e mi a 0 5 o N A N A 0 23 N A N A 0 Mass Concentration N A N A N A not editable N A N A not editable Total Mass N A N A not editable Val 1 Inter
17. Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Insert the 14 inch inlet tube into the flow splitter Move the inlet tube up or down until it is 15 5 cm 6 inches from the top of the flow splitter Figure K 37 Figure K 37 Measuring the distance from the top of the inlet tube to the top of the flow splitter R a beee 6 Tighten the 1 2 inch sample tube nut at the base of the flow l splitter Figures K 33 and K 38 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 31 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Locate the main inlet and bypass inlet on the top of the 8500 module Figure K 39 Figure K 39 Top of 8500 module with main inlet and bypass inlet Bypass inlet APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 32 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Install the metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting onto the main inlet Figure K 40 Figure K 40 Metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting installed on main inlet 9 Install the plastic 3 8 inch push to connect fitting onto the bypass inlet Figure K 41 Figure K 41 Plastic 3 8 inch push to connect fitting installed on bypass inlet a I APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 33 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Locate the 8500 module
18. PAGE 2 24 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 3 2 3 INSTALLING THE New Mass Flow CONTROLLERS ASSEMBLY Follow these steps to install the new mass flow controllers assembly 1 Disconnect the sensor and bypass elbow connections from the new mass flow controllers assembly Figure 2 33 Use two wrenches to disconnect the elbow connections Hold the fittings that are attached to the mass flow controllers assembly steady while loosening the elbow connections If the fittings that are attached to the mass flow controllers assembly twist while you are disconnecting the elbow connections the internal O rings will require 24 hours to completely reseal Figure 2 33 New mass flow controllers assembly with elbows highlighted Elbow connections SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Insert the two screws from the original mass flow controllers assembly into the slots of the new mass flow controllers assem bly Figures 2 34 and 2 35 Figure 2 34 Placing screw in flow controller before installation into the control unit Figure 2 35 New mass flow controllers assembly with screw inserted into one of the slots prior to installa tion into the control unit SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manua
19. This field contains conversion factor B that is used in the conversion formula to convert the analog input value to engineering units This field contains conversion factor C that is used in the conversion formula to convert the analog input value to engineering units This field displays the average input engineering units for the current analog input channel Section 9 1 1 Press lt LAST FIRST gt to reset the averaging of all seven analog input channels For analog input channel 0 the monitor can convert the incoming voltage signal of 10 VDC 2 VDC or 4 20 mA into engineering units Because the instrument cannot tell whether the jumper for analog input channel 0 is set to 10 VDC default 2 VDC or 4 20 mA the incoming signal is expressed as a percentage of full scale 100 to 100 For example if analog input channel 0 is configured as 10 VDC 100 represents a voltage of 10 VDC and 100 represents a voltage of 10 VDC The location of the analog input jumpers is shown in Figures 9 3 9 4 and 9 5 SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The conversion formula used by the monitor to convert the analog input value to engineering units is Result Const A Const B A I FS Const C A I FS Const A Const B and Const C may be defined differently for each analog input channel
20. This field contains the PRC value of analog output 1 that will be output Whenever a variable is as signed to one of the analog output channels the PRCs for the variable s name minimum value and maximum value are all assigned to that channel In the case of a 10 VDC output the minimum value for the selected output variable is set to0 VDC and the maximum value is set to 10 VDC The behavior of analog output channel 1 can be modified if the user chooses to use the channel as a status indicator This field contains the minimum value setting of the output PRC for analog output 1 This field contains the maximum value setting of the output PRC for analog output 1 This field contains the PRC value of analog output 2 that will be output Whenever a variable is as signed to one of the analog output channels the PRCs for the variable s name minimum value and maximum value are all assigned to that channel In the case of a 10 VDC output the minimum value for the selected output variable is set to 0 VDC and the maximum value is set to 10 VDC This field contains the minimum value setting of the output PRC for analog output 2 This field contains the maximum value setting of the output PRC for analog output 2 Pace 9 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AO3 Var This field contains the PRC value of analog output 3 that will be output Whenever a variable is assigned
21. 21 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC For example to bring the current value for the instrument calibration constant to the current line press the lt DISP gt key lt 0 gt lt 4 gt lt 2 gt and then the lt ENTER gt key If you make a mistake while entering this sequence press the lt ESC gt key Also the arrow keys can be used to select a PRC after you press the lt DISP gt key Press the up lt T gt and down lt l gt arrow keys to increase or decrease the value of the PRC by 1 To increase the PRC variable by 10 steps at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To decrease the PRC variable by 10 steps at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt gt arrow key To increase the PRC variable to the highest numerical PRC possible press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To decrease the PRC variable to the lowest numerical PRC possible press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt gt arrow key Press the lt ENTER gt key to save the change If the cursor is shown on the screen and there is no keypad activity for 10 seconds the cursor will automatically return to the gt cursor SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 3 6 Units Key The l
22. A system register is a value entered into calculated by or measured by the unit Examples of system registers are the unit s serial number entered into the calibra tion constants calculated by and the ambient temperature measured by Every system register can be displayed by RPComm Follow these steps to view system registers 1 When in the RPComm Download Data screen Figure 10 33 select the Registers tab to display the Registers screen Figure 10 39 SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 48 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 39 Registers screen i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 SecTIOn 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 49 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 On the right hand side of the Registers screen is a list of all the system registers Figure 10 40 Using the scroll bar examine the list of registers and place a checkmark next to the registers that you wish to view Or if desired select the Select All Registers icon 4 on the tool bar to choose all the registers As regis ters are selected they will appear on the left hand side of the Figure 10 40 Registers screen screen with all registers selected i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 of Minute Hour Day Month Year Mass Rate Mass Conc
23. Figure 2 88 6 Locate the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing 7 Cut a length of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing long enough to reach between the control unit and the sample pump Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 55 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Insert one end of the green tubing into the bypass pump port on the dual flow fitting on the back of the control unit Figure 2 89 NOTE The bypass pump port of the dual flow fitting is the one NOT marked Figure 2 89 Back of control with a dimple unit with the bypass pump port A and the main flow port B highlighted jp W la Ty ee Ti UE AR l o 7 9 Cut a 2 inch length of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular NOTE You may use an extra piece of 3 8 inch nylon green tubing of any length if one is available instead of cutting this short length 10 Install the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing into the sample pump 11 Locate the Y fitting Section 2 2 NOTE If you converted your control unit from an 1400 control unit to an 8500 control unit Section 2 3 you may use the Y fitting that you removed from the control unit SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 56 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Install
24. Figure 3 8 Opening the mass transducer TEOM filter 8 Pick up a new TEOM filter from the box of filters Figure 3 9 with X Do not handle TEOM the filter exchange tool Figure 3 1 so that the filter disk lies between the fork and the upper tab of the tool and the hub of the filter lies between the tines of the fork Figures 3 10 and 3 11 Do not touch the filter with your fingers while picking it up with the filters with your fingers filter exchange tool Figure 3 9 TEOM filters SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 10 left Close up of the filter exchange tool Figure 3 11 right Close up of the filter exchange tool holding a TEOM filter 9 Hold the filter exchange tool in line with the tapered element Figures 3 12 and 3 13 and lightly place the hub of the filter onto the tip of the tapered element Figure 3 12 Holding the filter exchange tool in line with the tapered element SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 13 Filter installa tion 10 Gently press down on the TEOM filter to ensure that it is seated properly Figure 3 13 11 Remove the filter exchange tool by slowly retracting it sideways until it clears the filter Figure 3 13 Do not disturb the filter 12 Plac
25. Figure 8 5 Press the up and down arrow keys to move the gt cursor on the screen up or down one line at a time To move the cursor up six lines press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To move the cursor down six lines press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt gt arrow key To move the cursor to the first line of the screen press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To move the cursor to the last line of the screen press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt gt arrow key Figure 8 5 View Storage screen with additional lines displayed 16 20 03 gt 01 Hr MC 24 Hr MC Main Flow Frequency Noise Null Null Null VIEW STORAGE 2056 15 Jun 04 34 9 12 3 3 0 248 3217 5 438 The View Storage screen contains the following information 2056 16 20 03 15 Jun 02 SEcTION 8 ViEWING STORED DATA This field contains the record number of the current physical data record displayed The instrument uses a circular storage buffer which means that when the monitor reaches the end of the data storage buffer fills up its internal data logger with data records it replaces the very first physical data record that was stored with a new data record This field contains the beginning sample time hh mm ss of the current data record displayed This field c
26. Hardware Handshake Flow Control APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware This field contains the data transmission rate baud which may be set to 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 baud The default setting for the monitor is 9600 Refer to the Service Manual if you suspect that the monitor s baud rate has been changed If you want to connect the monitor to a PC through a modem the Baud Rate value must be set to the lowest of the following three values 1 the maximum baud rate of the modem used with the instrument 2 the maximum baud rate of the modem used with the computer or 3 the baud rate setting of the instrument default 9600 The maxi mum baud rate supported by the TROMCOMM software is 19200 This field contains the parity of data transmission which can be defined to be either None Even or Odd The default setting for the monitor is None Refer to the Service Manual to change the monitor s parity setting This field contains the word length data bits which may be either 7 or 8 bits The default setting for the monitor is 8 Refer to the Service Manual to change the monitor s data bits setting This field contains the number of stop bits for each character transmitted which may be either 1 or 2 The default setting for the monitor is 1 Refer to the Service Manual to change the monitor s stop bits setting This field contains the monitor s hardware handshaking whic
27. In suchcases the user must adjust the average temperature seasonally to account for changes in mean temperatures If the user enters an average temperature of less than 25 C in the system the mass flow through the sampling head increases so that the proper volumetric flow remains within acceptable limits NOTE If the user wants to use the instrument for U S EPA equivalent PM 10 measurements they must ensure that the standard temperature is set to 25 C and the standard pressure is set to 1 atm Section 6 3 4 regardless of the values that they entered for the average temperature and average pressure settings SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The instrument s mass flow controllers measure flow on a mass basis All of the size selective inlets Section 2 including the PM 10 inlet operate on a volumetric flow basis To measure accurate mass concentration levels when using a size selective inlet the user must make a density adjustment to the mass flow controllers using the temperature and pressure values Follow these steps to use the average temperature and pressure values to control the volumetric flow 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Press lt DATA STOP gt When in the Main screen Figure 6 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 6 4 When in the Menu screen press the up and down ar
28. Insert the other end of the 9 to 9 pin serial cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to step 8 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the PC The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem 8 Ensure that the Main screen Figure 10 2 is displayed on the control unit s four line display RS232 mode field Figure 10 2 Main screen OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC 9 Press lt F2 gt on the keypad until an A AK Protocol Mode dis plays in the RS232 Mode field of the Main screen s status line Figure 10 2 The instrument must remain in the AK Protocol Mode while executing the computer routines described in this section Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 Using RPComm NOTE This section assumes that RPComm was installed in the default locations when the installation program was executed Appendix D 10 2 1 Starting RPComm NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this section are from the Windows 98 and XP operating systems These screens may vary slightly from your computer s screens if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems The newest version of RPComm available from the Thermo web site www Thermo com is equipped with Autorun This means that every time you turn on your PC the RPComm
29. Place a light coating of silicone grease on the gasket inside the cap of the rain jar This will ensure a leak free fit Reinstall the rain jar APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System G 1 4 REINSTALLING THE INLET Follow these steps to reassemble and reinstall the PM 10 inlet 1 Reassemble the top and bottom inlet assemblies until the threads tighten Hand tighten only 2 Place a light coating of silicone grease on the gasket inside the cap of the rain jar This will ensure a leak free fit Reinstall the rain jar 3 Place the inlet on the flow splitter Take care not to damage the internal O rings APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System G 2 MAINTENANCE OF SHARP Cur CycLonE SCC INLETS The sharp cut cyclone SCC is a second stage inlet and is available in PM 1 Figure G 15 and PM 2 5 Figure G 16 configurations In Series 8500 FDMS Monitor applications it is used in conjunction with a PM 10 or modified PM 10 inlet Figure G 17 Figure G 15 SCC PM 1 inlet Figure G 16 SCC PM 2 5 inlet APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure G 17 Modified PM 10 inlet installed onto a sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 2 5 inlet Mo
30. Revision C 000 Pace K 59 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Loosen the 1 2 inch sample tube nut at the base of the flow splitter Figure K 80 Figure K 80 Close up view of the bottom of the flow splitter Flow splitter Bypass tube 1 2 inch sample tube nut Sample tube 3 Remove the sample tube that is located inside the flow splitter 4 Locate the 14 inch inlet tube Figure K 81 and the metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting Figure K 82 Figure K 81 14 inch inlet tube Figure K 82 Metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 60 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Insert the 14 inch inlet tube into the flow splitter Move the inlet tube up or down until it is 15 5 cm 6 inches from the top of the flow splitter Figure K 83 Figure K 83 Measuring the distance from the top of the inlet tube to the top of the flow splitter gt 6 Tighten the 1 2 inch sample tube nut at the base of the flow Figure K 84 Flow splitter 3 with 14 inch inlet tube splitter Figures K 80 and K 84 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 61 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Locate the main inlet on the top of the 8500 module Figure K 85 Figure K 85 Top of 8500 module wit
31. Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Unscrew and remove the filter holder Figure 3 27 Figure 3 27 8500 module with filter holder A highlighted 4 Remove the filter holder from the filter holder Figure 3 28 Figure 3 28 Filter installed in filter holder 5 Locate a blue filter cassette and a 47 mm filter Section 2 2 SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Open the filter cassette and insert a 47 mm filter into the cassette Figures 3 29 and 3 30 Be sure to install the 47 mm filter into the cassette with the face of the filter paper facing the larger side of the cassette Figure 3 29 Open filter cassette with a 47 mm filter installed inside the small section of the cassette Figure 3 30 Side view drawing of a filter cassette Small section of cassette Large section of cassette Install face of filter paper toward large section of cassette SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Close the filter cassette Figure 3 31 Figure 3 31 Closing the filter cassette 8 Install the small section of the cassette into the filter holder Figures 3 28 and 3 32 Be sure to press the filter cassette into the filter holder until it snaps into place Figure 3 32 Filter holder an
32. To determine the non linearity offset value NOV slowly open the valve located on the flow audit adapter Figure 3 41 and disconnect or unplug the vacuum pump IMPORTANT Be sure to open the valve on the adapter slowly to gradually release the vacuum in the system 13 Wait 1 minute and observe the main flow and auxiliary flow readings These are the NOVs for both the main flow and auxiliary flow Record these values 14 Plug in or reconnect the vacuum pump and wait 3 5 minutes to allow the main flow and auxiliary flow to stabilize 15 When both flow rates have stabilized close the valve on the flow audit adapter Figure 3 42 16 When in the Main screen the main flow reading should read less than 0 15 I min plus the main flow NOV and the auxiliary flow reading should read less than 0 60 l min plus the auxiliary flow NOV For example if the NOV for the main flow was recorded as 0 08 I min add 0 08 to 0 15 for a total of 0 23 0 08 0 15 0 23 The main flow reading should be less than 0 23 I min If the NOV for the auxiliary flow was recorded as 0 12 I min add 0 12 to 0 60 for a total of 0 72 0 12 0 60 0 72 The auxiliary flow reading should be less than 0 72 l min 17 If the flow readings exceed these calculated values the NOVs plus 0 15 I min for the main flow and 0 60 for the auxiliary flow perform an analog board calibration and mass flow controller calibration refer to service manual This also may indicat
33. Usina RPComm Pace 10 56 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 44 Control buttons on the Real Time Clears all data listed on the right hand side of the Real Time Graph screen Graph screen This includes data being displayed Decreases the scale of the x and y axes concurrently With this icon selected press and hold down the left mouse button and make a box around the area inside the graph that you want to zoom into Once the box is finished let go of the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the box dimensions Decreases the scale of the x axis With this icon selected press and hold down the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor horizontally to the end of the zoom area and let go of the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the new X axis dimensions Decreases the scale of the y axis With this icon selected press and hold down the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor vertically to the end of the zoom area and let go of the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the new y axis dimensions Enables panning Panning allows the user to move the graph area so that a different section of the x or y axis is being displayed without affecting the scale of either axis With this icon selected place the mouse cursor somewhere
34. binder head slot screws and four 10 split ring lock washers Figure K 19 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Insert the entire pump assembly into the enclosure s pump com partment located on the bottom left hand side of the outdoor enclosure 5 Ensure that the four spacers are in their proper positions 6 Secure the pump assembly to the bottom of the enclosure with the four 10 32 x 1 2 inch hex head screws four 10 split ring lock washers and four 10 fender washers Figure K 19 7 Place the power cord and vacuum tubing into the appropriate holes in the black rubber cork and close the cork around them Figure K 20 Push the black cork into the access hole located between the pump compartment and the enclosure Go to Sec tion K 4 8500 Module Installation NOTE The access hole must be tightly sealed to allow the air conditioner to work properly Figure K 20 Black cork installation Pump power cord Black cork plug Vacuum hose APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 21 Top of Revision A 8500 module with main flow inlet and bypass flow inlet Figure K 22 Top of Revision B 8500 or Revision C 8500 module with main flow inlet K 5 8500 MobuLe INSTALLATION The Revision A 8500 Revision B
35. file name to store data displayed TEOMCOMM Auto z SHEET EEN z gje A TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter filename to store data _ Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The user must enter an MS DOS compliant file name to save the data file name Figure J 10 An MS DOS compliant file name is an 8 character file name a period or dot Vv The location of the and then a 3 character file extension such as txt For example site256 txt storage pointer may be would be an acceptable file name When the user enters an MS DOS compliant file changed rmoiely name the PC will download the appropriate number of records and save them on its hard drive Also the PC will display a confirmation message that will show the number of data records that were saved to the appropriate file name Figure J 10 TEOMCOMM Main screen with data file name entered cromo SS OOOO OO O an d uee eS Al TEOMCOMM vi 4i Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter filename to store data
36. on this screen are appropriate for a proper connection However if your unit and modem experience communication difficulties these settings may need to be altered Setting the Maximum speed variable to the baud rate of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor generally solves any communications problems Contact your modem s manufacturer for more information if necessary cae Rei Properes creel USRobotics 56K Internal Modem Properties EAE General Connection Options Distinctive Ring Forwarding ar USRobotics 56K Internal Modem Port Magy m Speaker volume Off High Maximum speed 115200 r 12 Select the OK button to exit the Modem Properties screen The Properties screen Figure H 5 will now appear as the active screen on your computer 13 Select the OK button to exit the Properties screen The AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 4 will now appear as the active screen on your computer APPENDIX H Mopem COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 8 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Revision C 000 14 When in the AK Protocol Setup screen enter the phone number to be called in the Phone Number box at the bottom of the screen Enter the phone number as you would write it i e XXX XXX XXXX NOTE Phone numbers should be entered with country codes city or area codes and then the phone number For the U S you would enter 1 XXX XXX XXXX 15
37. 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 13 3 System OPERATION AFTER A POWER FAILURE When a power failure occurs and then power is returned to the instrument the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor automatically resets itself It will enters the same RS232 mode that it was set at before the power failure occured Upon starting up again the instrument waits until temperatures and flow rates have stabilized for 30 minutes before automatically resuming data evaluation and collection Operating parameters such as temperature and flow settings are maintained in the system s battery backed CMOS memory The system also contains a battery backed clock calendar SEcTION 13 RESETTING THE Monitor Pace 13 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SEcTION 13 RESETTING THE Monitor Pace 13 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix A Overview of Software Screens This appendix provides an overview of the screens that appear on the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Section A 1 and the RPComm Section A 2 and TEOMCOMM Section A 3 software applications A 1 Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Software SCREENS APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 1 Revision B 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Hierarchy of Figure A 1 Se
38. 03 15 Jun 02 Second Minute Hour Day Month SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP This field contains the current time hh mm ss This field contains the current date dd mmm yy This field contains the second ss parameter of the clock This field contains the minute mm parameter of the clock This field contains the hour hh parameter of the clock This field contains the day of the month dd param eter of the date This field contains the numerical month mm pa rameter of the date January is month 0 and December is month 11 When editing the month it is simpler to use the up and down arrow keys instead of entering the number of the month on the control unit keypad This field contains the year yyyy parameter of the date Pace 6 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 6 6 Set Temps Flows screen 6 3 SetTemps FLows SCREEN The user can view and set the temperatures and flow rates when in the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 SET TEMPS FLOWS T Case gt 30 00 30 00 T Air 30 00 30 00 T Cap 30 00 29 98 You can display the Set Temps Flows screen on the four line display of the control unit in three different ways 1 When in the Main screen Figure 6 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt on the control unit keypad to display the Menu screen Figure 6 4 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select
39. 1400 Control Unit Section 2 4 2 8500 Module Brace Section 2 4 3 Control Unit Connections Section 2 4 4 8500 Module Installation Section 2 4 5 Electrical Connections Section 2 5 3 Sample Tube Assembly and Section 2 5 4 Sampling System Setup steps 15 20 only IMPORTANT If you are running your TEOM Series 1400a System with a flow adapter installed inside the flow splitter you MUST REMOVE the flow adapter from the inside of the flow splitter The control unit may be located in any convenient indoor location which is maintained between 2 and 25 C 35 to 77 F Thermo strongly recommends that the sensor unit also be installed in an indoor or weather protected location If the sensor unit is installed in an indoor location the user must run a sampling tube through the roof of the monitoring site Although the monitor is inherently rugged it is a precision instrument The user will obtain the best operating conditions and longest instrument life when the unit is not exposed to extremes of weather Filter exchange in particular may be best accom plished by a technician operating in an indoor environment where there is no possibility of rain or snow contaminating the filter SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System V The sample tubing must be vertical Be sure to install the ambient temperature sensor If you do not ins
40. 1S 1TV600 1S ols N aae aR Ce NNLLA Nanlad l IJAE 1 OCA 16ld SISSVHO H N a N q IYNINXAL C as vin PIaiys CEC S8V Sa AlddNS XIMOd Au WOO80D Pace L 5 Series 8500 SCHEMATICS APPENDIX L Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6O ES C1 J gogz go Bny an 4 a g Vv SO Soh 8 SBER AE y2 38088 q1 Wo 20 IN3SNOD NAHRIM SHL INOMLM OINVOT V aay 988910 18 onimvyal azis aos SIPC yi AHO aod sineINgo 20 aon EO Wd 34050719510 SNV3N ANY AB NOLLONGONd3Y INSWLYVdNOO SOINONLOSTS seq Nolveosuos NOKLOyT OMSK Y NI OL ANVI dOYd NOLLWAYOINI SNIVLNO9 ONY 30 AL3dONA IHL SI INSHNOOO SIH GO 908S8 am a Woo OUley y MMM NOLYNOdN09 NON1O313 a Ol BE 98 78 98 00 Su qq H NMYA m m m CI oO GNLS SISSWHO OL 500000 000 ba Jo 907 ANNONS a OO 00o O OOO Qa oo o ooo cezsSd 8031 SHL VOL YHL JNA ZH LL 3HA L ld EOtd Z Zd ZOrd 1BZd S rd 981d Seld 5a El S8v ZEZSA 8VPVOIO OGS CHYVOEd IOULNOOD SNC iS L1 688 1S er i e sh Sd IK og anoa O INO SONNY Ol eid O 33L 18Ed 0 1
41. 2 5 1 Setting the Storage Pointer Position 005 10 32 10 2 5 2 Downloading Data From a Storage Buffer 10 36 10 2 6 Manipulating Downloaded Data eects 10 39 10 2 6 1 Copying Data to the Clipboard eee 10 39 10 2 6 2 Graphing Downloaded Data 10 40 10 2 6 3 Storing Downloaded Data to a File eeee 10 44 10 2 7 Scheduling Data Downloads cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 10 45 10 2 8 Viewing Instrument Operation ccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeee 10 48 10 2 8 1 Viewing System Registers ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 48 10 2 8 2 Viewing Instrument Keypad sessen 10 52 10 2 9 Creating a Real Time Graph cccceeeeeeereeeeneeeeeee 10 54 SECTION 11 PASSWORD PROTECTION sce sscceceeessssseeceeeessssssesesenesssssees 11 1 11 1 Initiating the Low Lock Mode 0 0 eeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaae 11 2 11 2 Initiating the High Lock Mode eee ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennaee 11 3 11 3 Set Passwords Screen ccccceecesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeees 11 4 11 3 1 Changing the Low Password c ccecseceeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 11 4 11 3 2 Changing the High Password c ceeeesceeeeeeeteeeeteteeees 11 5 SECTION 12 Routine MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 2 20 12 1 12 1 Routine Maintenance Procedures eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 12 1 12 1 1 Exchanging the Large In Line Filters eee 12 2
42. 2 55 and 2 56 Figure 2 55 Close up of the fuse holder insert with a fuse installed Figure 2 56 Removing the fuses from the fuse holder insert 6 Install the proper fuses into the insert Use 2A fuses for 115 VAC operation or 1A fuses for 230 VAC operation SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 37 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Install the insert into the power line filter Figure 2 57 and close the cover Figure 2 58 so that you can read the correct voltage in the window Figure 2 59 Figure 2 57 left Installing the fuse insert into the fuse power cord socket and power line filter Figure 2 58 right Closing the cover on the power line filter Figure 2 59 The power line filter with the correct voltage A highlighted 8 Remove the top cover of the control unit by unscrewing the screws holding the top cover plate in place Figure 2 60 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 38 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 60 Top cover of the control unit removed 9 Locate the voltage setting switch Figure 2 61 near the center of the control unit Figure 2 61 Location of the voltage setting switch SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 39 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Insert a slo
43. 3 1 min when anew TEOM filter is placed on the mass transducer or if the lifetime of consecutive TEOM filters becomes noticeably shorter you may need to replace the in line filter in the main flow line Section 12 Testing performed for official U S EPA PM 10 measurements must be conducted with TEOM filters Section 2 2 made of Teflon coated glass fiber filter paper Filters should be stored inside the sensor unit for easy access and to keep them dry and warm Section 3 1 3 SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 35 Control unit with the CHECK STATUS light A highlighted 3 3 1 FILTER LIFE TEOM filter life depends upon the nature and concentration of the particulate matter sampled as well as the main flow rate setting TEOM filters must be replaced when the filter loading value approaches 100 This generally corresponds to a total mass accumulation on the filter of approximately 3 5 mg TEOM filter life at a main flow rate of 3 l min is generally 21 days at an average PM 10 concentration of 50 ug m TEOM filter life is longer at lower flow rates because the particulate matter accumulation on the TEOM filter is slower 3 3 2 WHEN To RepLace TEOM anp 47mm FILTERS TEOM filters must be replaced before the filter loading percentage on the status line of the Main screen reaches 100 When the filter loading percentage is g
44. 3 17 Sample pump 20 Press the lt DATA STOP gt key on the control unit s keypad Figure 3 18 MAIN Figure 3 18 TEOM control unit keypad a EDIT DISP UNITS a DATA STOP key RUN key Ny STOP BKSPACE ALL T 21 Reset the unit by pressing lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt on the control unit s keypad SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 19 Main screen with the TEOM tapered element TE oscillating frequency highlighted 22 Wait 5 minutes to allow the temperatures to stabilize inside the transducer and sensor unit 23 Press the lt DATA STOP gt key on the control unit s keypad 24 Open the door of the sensor unit 25 Open the mass transducer 26 Press straight down on the filter with the bottom of the filter exchange tool Figure 3 13 This ensures that the filter is prop erly seated after it has experienced an increase in temperature 27 Close the mass transducer and sensor unit door 28 Reset the unit by pressing lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt on the control unit s keypad 29 Wait 5 minutes 30 Look at the change in the TE s oscillating frequency on the Main screen of the control unit Figure 3 19 The last two digits of the reading will fluctuate due to noise and the rest will remain steady If more than the last two digits fluctuate
45. 3 2 2 SPLICING INTO THE Power SUPPLY Before installing the new mass flow controllers you must splice the new valve power connections wire into the 15 volt power supply located in the front right hand corner of the unit Use the supplied splice connectors to splice the attached valve power wire into the power controller mounted in the front right hand section of the control unit Follow these steps to splice into the power supply 1 Turn off and unplug the control unit 2 Locate the power red and common black wires where they connect to the 15 volt power supply Figures 2 22 and 2 29 Figure 2 29 15V power supply with red and black wires highlighted 3 Remove the power wire connectors from the new mass flow controllers assembly Figure 2 30 E AE ce A flow controllers assembly with power wire connectors highlighted SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 31 Splice connector Figure 2 32 Splice connectors connecting new flow controller power wires and 15V power supply 4 Use the two quick splice connectors Figure 2 31 to attach the red wire on the new power wire to the red wire on the power supply and the black power wire on the new power wire to the black wire on the power supply Figure 2 32 3 ii Power supply black wire q zx A Power supply red wire 7 i S
46. 3 4 inch machine screws with nuts 2 10 x 32 3 8 inch machine screws Follow these steps to install the circulating fan 1 Locate the fan assembly and mounting bracket Figures K 104 and K 105 Figure K 104 Fan assem bly APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 74 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 105 Mounting bracket 2 Install the mounting bracket onto the 1 1 2 inch tubing outlet Figure K 104 of the fan assembly with the three 1 4 x 20 5 8 inch machine screws with nuts Figure K 106 Figure K 106 Mounting plate installed onto the 1 1 2 inch tubing outlet of the fan assembly APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 75 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Locate two of the 10 x 32 machine screws and nuts NOTE New enclosure rack mounts have threaded holes for 3 8 inch 10 x 32 screws Other enclosure rack mounts have drilled 1 4 inch holes For these installations use two 10 x 32 3 4 inch machine screws and nuts Two additional 10 x 32 3 4 inch machine screws and nuts are included if a special need arises If you have an older model enclosure that has plain angle supports no holes you must drill holes in the plain angle supports Be sure to contact R amp P before drilling holes in the plain angle supports 4 Select where inside the enclosure you would like to mount t
47. 4 3 2 Bypass FLow CONNECTIONS Revision C 000 Follow these steps to assemble the bypass flow connections 1 Locate the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing 2 Cut a length of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing approximately 13 cm 5 inches long Figure 2 86 Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular 3 Push the 13 cm 5 inch length of tubing into the fitting on the back of the control unit labeled BYPASS FLOW Figure 2 87 4 Locate another large in line filter Figure 2 79 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 54 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 88 Large in line filter inserted into the 3 8 inch nylon green bypass flow tubing NOTE The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses push to connect fittings for all air lines To engage these connections the air tube must be pushed completely into the fitting so that the tube is fully inserted and cannot be pulled out While pushing the tubing into the fitting there is an intermediate stop at an O ring You must push the tubing past the O ring to completely engage the tubing inside the fitting and prevent air leaks To disengage the connection push the small collar located at the end of the fitting toward the fitting and pull the tube out 5 Push the filter onto the open end of the length of 3 8 inch green tubing so that the flow arrow on the filter points away from the control unit
48. 8500 and Revision C 8500 modules can be installed in the outdoor enclosure The Revision A 8500 module has both a main flow inlet and a bypass flow inlet on top of the module Figure K 21 Main flow inlet Bypass flow inlet Ca gt i The Revision B 8500 and Revision C 8500 modules have only the main flow inlet on the top of the module Figure K 22 Also the Revision B and revision C modules have an FDMS System label on the bottom right hand corner of the module Figure K 23 Main flow inlet APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 23 Revision B 8500 module with FDMS System label A in bottom right hand corner t SEEE WSN FOS Sep iibe Ia en Figure K 23A Revision C 8500 module with FDMS System Thermo Refer to Section K 5 1 for instructions on installing a Revision A 8500 module Refer to Section K 5 2 for installing a Revision B 8500 or a Revision C 8500 module APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 5 1 INSTALLING A Revision A 8500 MobuLe You will need to refer to Section 2 of the Revision A Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Operating Manual for detailed instructions on installing electrical and flow connections Follow these steps to instal
49. 89t L s180 S1 680 1S zp JOXLNOD JAVA 8r l 917608 1S 690 ur AlddNS Y3MOd 6 v4 Md DOA Z1 GNLS SISSYH3 OL 8 NANIA 9m annoad Z N na 9 Nana S 3SN3S 8S8010 1S ASNaS O0Az1 SISSVHO HOLIMS Z OQAZ1 WA amp LNSN L daAz1 ann 1 680 1S ee er 4 4 a 3 dq Vv Pace L 6 Series 8500 SCHEMATICS APPENDIX L
50. COMMUNICATION Pace C 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System C 2 German AmsBient Network PROTOCOL Thermo s implementation of the German Ambient Network Protocol allows users to request the value of 1 2 or 3 predetermined system variables Due to the definition of this protocol it is not possible to remotely select a system variable Appendix B to be queried The following pages show how RS Para 1 through RS Para 4 are defined in the German Ambient Network Protocol and describe the format of the transmission and response messages APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System German Network Protocol COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 56052053 ASCII codes for 3 digit Instrument Identifier for example 845 056 052 053 The Instrument Identifier must be 3 bytes in length RS Para 2 48048049 ASCII codes for 3 digit Location ID for example 001 048 048 049 The Location ID must be 3 bytes in length RS Para 3 PRC of the variable to be transmitted by the instrument Up to 3 PRCs may be designated for transmission by the instrument for example MC and TM 008 and 009 RS Para 4 13010 Optional Up to 3 ASCII codes can be added to response from the instrument In this case lt CR gt and lt LF gt ASCII codes 013 and 010 are appended to the response Enter 0 if nothin
51. Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs The View Analog Inputs screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 9 9 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the View Analog Inputs screen SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 9 View Analog Inputs screen with addi tional lines displayed SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT VIEW ANALOG INPUTS A I 0 gt 0 000 A I 1 17 363 A I 2 27 463 A I 3 15 957 A I 4 1 640 A I 5 2 983 A I 6 41 885 The View Analog Inputs screen contains the following information ANO A I 1 A I 2 AN 3 A I 4 A T 5 This field contains the average analog input 0 engineering units value The averaging time is determined by the interval parameter set on the Set Storage screen Section 6 The average input value for analog input channel 0 is assigned program register code PRC 114 Appendix B This field contains the average analog input 1 engineering units value Do not change this pa rameter This field contains the average analog input 2 engineering units value Do not change this pa rameter This field contains the average analog input 3 engineering units value Do
52. Dynamics Measurement System 5 Disconnect the tubing and elbow fittings from the SENSOR FLOW and BYPASS FLOW ports on the back of the control unit Figure 2 25 Figure 2 25 Disconnecting bypass and sensor flow elbows 6 Disconnect the tube that extends from the side of the mass flow controllers to the pump fitting at the inside back panel Figure 2 26 Be sure to disconnect the tube at the pump fitting located on the inside back panel Figure 2 26 Original flow controller with pump tube and fitting highlighted Pump fitting SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 27 Original mass flow controllers with pressure transducer and pressure transducer hose highlighted Figure 2 28 Removing the flow controller screws 7 Disconnect the pressure transducer hose from the mass flow controllers Figure 2 27 Pressure transducer Pressure transducer hose re rf E 8 Unscrew the two screws that hold the original mass flow control lers to the bottom of the unit Figure 2 28 9 Slide the original mass flow controllers back slightly and lift them out of the unit NOTE Save the two screws to install the new mass flow controllers assembly Section 2 3 2 3 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2
53. Ensure that the knurled or bumpy side of the bypass extension fastening nut is directed down the green bypass tubing toward the top of the enclosure Figure K 101 Installing the bypass extension and rubber ring onto the green bypass tubing 35 Install the rubber ring onto the end of the green bypass tubing Figure K 101 Ensure that the rubber ring is approximately 1 4 inch from the end of the green bypass tubing APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 72 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 36 Insert the green bypass tubing into the bypass extension Figure K 102 Figure K 102 Installing the green bypass tubing onto the bypass extension 37 Tighten the bypass extension fastening nut onto the bypass extension Figure K 103 Figure K 103 Tightening the fastening nut onto the bypass extension 38 Secure the control unit to the rack angle uprights Figure K 67 39 Go to Section K 6 Circulating Fan Installation APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 73 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 6 CIRCULATING FAN INSTALLATION The outdoor enclosure includes a circulating fan kit containing the necessary hardware to install the fan The kit includes Circulating fan Mounting bracket 3 1 4 x 20 5 8 inch machine head screws with nuts Tubing bracket Adapter 1 1 2 inch green tubing 4 10 x 32
54. Figures K 16 and K 17 Figure K 16 Cool air inlet with bolt highlighted Figure K 17 Notch of hood mounted over the enclosure bolt APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Install one of the 3 8 inch 6 self tapping screws in one of the holes in the duct hood Place your screwdriver into the screw and press firmly to start the screw threading into the enclosure wall Figure K 18 NOTE You can hold the screwdriver in the screw and strike the top of the screwdriver with the palm of your hand to help start the screw Figure K 18 Installing the duct hood 6 Tighten the screw 7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 with the other screws 8 Go to Section K 4 Pump Installation APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 4 Pump INSTALLATION The outdoor enclosure includes a pump kit containing the necessary hardware to install the pump If you are setting up the outdoor enclosure for the first time not retrofitting an existing Series 1400a system be sure to follow the instructions in this section to install the pump into the outdoor enclosure However if you are retrofitting an existing Series 1400a complete outdoor enclosure to include the 8500 module your outdoor enclosure will already have a pump installed Go to Section K 4 8500 Module
55. Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 21 Original flow controllers Figure 2 22 Interior diagram of the 1400a control unit with interface board flow controller and 15V power supply high lighted 2 3 2 1 REMOVING THE ORIGINAL Mass Flow CONTROLLER Follow these steps to remove the original mass flow controllers 1 Turn off and unplug the control unit 2 Remove the top panel from the control unit 3 Locate the original flow controllers at the right hand rear corner of the unit Figures 2 21 and 2 22 Interface board Flow controller VOLTAGE SELECT SWITCH 15V power supply FUSE C sien i CUNTRUL UNIT i SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Remove the retaining clip and disconnect the bottom wiring harness from the interface board Figure 2 23 Retaining clips are pieces of thin flexible metal used to secure the cable connec tors to the electronics boards Figure 2 24 Figure 2 23 1400a interior inten with bottom wiring harness on interface board high lighted zp Je Fal 4 Bottom wiring harness ahd Figure 2 24 Wiring harness connection with retaining clip highlighted D e P E A SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter
56. H 1 and then select the Connection icon El on the tool bar The modem connection will now be initiated When communication is established the Download Data screen will be displayed Figure H 8 NOTE If the connection is successful the unit s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen If the connection is not successful or if there is no instrument attached then the serial number will be blank or will display 99999 If the modem loses its connection wait at least 1 minute before trying to establish another connection This allows the modem to reset itself Figure H 8 Download Data i F500 mamilo 1 F800 Version 2 905 Inatumeat Serial CAM screen a Ir ia Go x Den Lewd Cisis Pegisturs Flea time Guach Key Psd Shasge Dats Deserted Guach Storage Passin 21 RPComm can now be used as described in Section 10 APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System H 3 SETTING UP THE SERIAL SwitcHinG Device For applications where two or more R amp P instruments are installed at the same site a serial switching device can be installed to allow communications with each instrument including non R amp P serial devices using one phone line The serial switching device enables communication to occur with multiple instruments includ ing non R amp P serial devices with the use of only one phone line Comman
57. H 14 APPENDIX I ASCII ODES doco cote seiniwnrcdeveesarvtisstonsdedeensiusaehendanandgrudermibetcuines l 1 APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM SOFTWARE c sseeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesescssaeeeeeeeseee J 1 J 1 Installing TEOMCOMM onto a Personal Computer PC J 2 J 2 TEOMCOMM Setup sssssseesssneeesneeesserrsstrrnsertrnrernnnnernnnrernnrnseee J 3 J 2 1 Starting TEOMCOMM eecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeaees J 3 J 2 2 Setting the Communication Parameters 00s J 5 J 3 TEOMCOMM Main Screen ccccceeseeeceeceeseeeeeseeeeeseneeeeees J 8 J 3 1 Request the Value of a Register l J 8 J 3 2 Modify the Value of a Register a n J 9 J 3 3 Set Instrument Mode cccceeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees J 11 J 3 4 Download Storage cccceeesseeceeeseceeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaees J 13 J 3 5 Set Storage Pointer 0 0 0 cece ee eeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeees J 16 J 3 6 Fast Storage Out isis iccscios ities Heian J 17 J 3 7 Exit Progra Miei niaranra a Na J 20 J 4 TEOMCOMM Communications Setup Screen seee J 21 J 5 Sending Header and Trailer Codes ecccccceeseseereeeeeees J 24 J 6 Instrument Setup for Direct Communication cc J 25 PAGE XiIll Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Table of Contents continued APPENDIX K OUTDOOR ENCLOSURE wisineniaccsssasticictiesadtecadnaiuisin
58. H 5 19 When in the Properties screen select the Configure button The Modem Properties screen will now display with the modem type displayed in the blue bar at the top of the screen Figure H 6 Generally the values that your system chooses for variables on this screen are appropriate for a proper connection However if your unit and modem experience communication difficulties these settings may need to be altered Setting the Maximum speed variable to the baud rate of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor generally solves any communications problems Contact your modem s manufacturer for more information if necessary 20 Select the OK button to exit the Modem Properties screen The Properties screen Figure H 5 will now appear as the active screen on your computer 21 Select the OK button to exit the Properties screen The AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 4 will now appear as the active screen on your computer APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 22 When in the AK Protocol Setup screen enter the phone number to be called in the Phone Number box at the bottom of the screen Enter the phone number as you would write it i e XXX XXX XXXX NOTE Phone numbers should be entered with country codes city or area codes and then the phone number For the U S 1 you would enter XX
59. Key areni ia EEEa ENE AEE a te 4 18 4 3 7 NO ahd YES ROS ra e aerated 4 19 4 3 7 1 Changing a NO or YES value sannesooneeeeeeeeene eenen 4 19 Section 5 BASIC OPERATION eres cokes et ec eee eel ce 5 1 5 1 Programming the MOnitor c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennaeeeeeeeeeeea 5 1 5 2 Post Sampling Verification and Data Retrieval ee 5 6 5 3 Verification Audit Procedures cccccceeessseeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeess 5 8 5 3 1 Verifying the Ambient Air Temperature eerie 5 8 5 3 2 Verifying the Ambient Pressure ssec 5 9 5 3 3 Flow Audit Procedure 0 cccccccccccccceccceccecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeess 5 10 SECTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP ginis 2s cet crete iadieeds hid hte eee elie titi eetarnes 6 1 6 1 Modes of Operation ncs0kiincansie anual umadaode 6 1 6 2 Set TIME Serei teknarar ae bdo ARETE AEAEE ES 6 4 PAGE Ix Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Table of Contents continued 6 3 Set Temps FIOWS Screen cccccccceeeseeceeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeneneeees 6 6 6 3 1 Active Volumetric Flow Control cccccsesseeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 11 6 3 2 Passive Volumetric Flow Control ccccccsesssesseeeeees 6 13 6 3 3 Reporting to Actual Conditions ccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 15 6 3 4 Reporting to Standard Conditions cccccesseeseeeeees 6 17 6 4 Set Hardware SCreen ccceccccecceeeesssneeeeeeesseessne
60. PRC number displayed TEOMCOMM vi 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter PRC number Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 3 2 MobpiFy THE VALUE OF A REGISTER This command modifies the value of a system variable When the user selects this command the computer will request the PRC Appendix B of the variable to be changed at the bottom of the screen Figure J 5 Figure J 5 TEOMCOMM Main screen with request for PRC number displayed M TEOMCOMM Joj x Auto a CEs ret z aja Al TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter PRC number to change _ Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System After the user enters the appropriate PRC the computer will request the new value Figure J 6 at the bottom of the screen After the user enters the new value the personal computer PC will display a confirmation message showing the PRC and the new value that will
61. RS232 connector go to step 4 If your personal computer is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 5 4 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 pin RS232 port of your PC Go to Section D 1 3 5 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter 6 Plug the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your PC 7 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to Section D 1 3 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the PC The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 6 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System D 1 3 LoAbING THE 8500 System SortwarE INTO THE CONTROL UNIT IMPORTANT If you have purchased the TEOM 8500 FDMS Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM 1400a system you must first load the new system software that came with the 8500 module into your TEOM 1400a control unit This will convert your TEOM 1400a system into a TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor Follow these steps to install the 8500 software into the control unit 1 Remove the existing software program from the control unit Section D 1 1 2 Connect your PC to the control unit Section D 1 2 3 Restart your PC and ensure that it is in MS DOS mode 4 Type the following command after the MS D
62. Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 44 Download Data screen 8500 monitor 1 8500 Yersion 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 p Y B N Eo X Downloaded 100 records 8 28 04 12 07 42 PM Lula Load Data Registers Real time Graph Key Pad Down load Graph Storage Pointers 19 4ug 04 15 00 05 19 Aug 04 16 00 05 19 Aug 04 17 00 05 194ug 04 18 00 05 19 Aug 04 19 00 05 19 Aug 04 20 00 05 19 Aug 04 21 00 05 19 Aug 04 22 00 05 19 Aug 04 23 00 05 20 Aug 04 00 00 05 20 Aug 04 01 00 05 20 Aug 04 02 00 05 20 Aug 04 03 00 05 20 Aug 04 04 00 05 20 Aug 04 05 00 05 20 Aug 04 06 00 05 20 Aug 04 07 00 05 20 Aug 04 08 00 05 20 Aug 04 09 00 05 a fAug 04 10 00 05 11 00 00 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 45 Control buttons on the Download Data screen Downloads all stored data in the data buffer starting at the first data record After the data are downloaded the storage pointer will move to the end of the data storage buffer When the data have been downloaded the data will be displayed in the Download Data screen Downloads data from the current storage pointer position to the end of the data buffer After the data are downloaded the storage pointer will lt I move to the end of the data storage buffer Aborts t
63. Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 3 INSTALLING THE BLACK PLastic TUBING You must install the 4 inch black plastic tubing into all Revision A enclosures and some Revision B enclosures If your enclosure already has 4 inch black plastic tubing installed in the center of the enclosure go to Section K 4 Pump Installation Follow these steps to install the black plastic tubing 1 Locate the black plastic duct hood Figure K 14 Figure K 14 Black plastic duct hood APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Remove any equipment tubing or other materials from the area in front of the air conditioning cool air inlet Figure K 15 Figure K 15 Inside view of outdoor enclosure with the cool air inlet and diverter highlighted t Mn l j i p LEH lls Cool air inlet M i Diverter Be i ye n 3 Remove the diverter from the cool air inlet Figure K 15 NOTE You may need to drill out the rivets to remove the diverter APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Place the duct hood over the enclosure s cool air inlet ensuring that the notch in the hood Figure K 14 fits over the bolt at the bottom right hand corner of the cool air inlet
64. Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 40 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 10 Using RPComm RPComm is a communications software package developed for Windows 9x NT 2000 Me XP to provide interactive remote communications with R amp P instrumenta tion RPComm also comes in versions for Windows CE and PalmOS based handheld computers Refer to the Palm Pilot PC Operating Manual for instructions on using the PalmOS based handheld computer to download data from the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Refer to Appendix A for a complete list of RPComm software screens RPComm enables the user to e Download the data stored within the unit s internal storage buffers e Schedule automatic data downloads e View and graph downloaded data e View a real time graph of selected variables e Remotely operate the unit using a virtual keypad e Make multiple connections System requirements for running RPComm software are e Pentium processor e 64 megabytes MB of random access memory RAM e 40 MB of hard drive space RPComm has two communication modes direct and modem Direct communica tion is accomplished when the unit has a direct cable connection with a personal computer PC Modem communication is accomplished when the unit has a connec tion with a PC through the use of a modem and phone line A
65. Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and set up the system you must check the voltage setting of the control unit Section 2 4 1 assemble the main flow connections Section 2 4 3 1 the bypass flow connections of the control unit Section 2 4 3 2 the 8500 module Section 2 4 4 the electrical connections Section 2 4 5 the sensor unit connections Section 2 4 6 the flow splitter Section 2 5 1 the tripod Section 2 5 2 the sample tube Section 2 5 3 and the sampling system components Section 2 5 4 and install a sample inlet onto the flow splitter Section 2 5 5 After you have set up the system you must perform a leak check on the monitor Section 3 and install a filter in the mass transducer and the 8500 filter conditioner unit Section 3 before starting a sample run 2 1 INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor consists of three basic components the TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit containing the sample inlet and mass transducer TEOM Series 1400a control unit containing the operator terminal and control electronics and the 8500 module If you have purchased the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor as a total package including the Series 1400a control and sensor units and 8500 module follow all instructions in this section with the exception of Section 2 3 Converting a 1400 Control Unit If you have purchased the 8500 module as an add on kit you must follow the instructions in these subsections only Section 2 3 Converting a
66. System The Set Contact Closure screen contains the following information Contl PRC NAND 7 00 Cont2 PRC 90 00 This field contains the program register code PRC Appendix B of the variable whose current value is to be tested When in the Edit Mode use the up and down arrow keys to select the appropriate PRC from a list of predefined settings This field contains the comparison or logical opera tor lt lt gt gt lt gt AND or NAND used to compare Cont1 PRC and the constant value When in the Edit Mode use the up and down arrow keys to select the appropriate operator from a list of pre defined settings This field contains the constant value against which Contl PRC is compared This field contains the program register code PRC Appendix B of the variable whose current value is to be tested When in the Edit Mode use the up and down arrow keys to select the appropriate PRC from a list of predefined settings This field contains the comparison operator lt lt gt gt lt gt or logical operator AND or NAND used to compare Cont2 PRC and the constant value When in the Edit Mode use the up and down arrow keys to select the appropriate operator from a list of predefined settings This field contains the constant value against which Cont2 PRC is compared The monitor performs an evaluation of the designated PRC s current value for each contact closure channel This test in
67. TEOM 1400a control unit Section D 1 This will convert your TEOM 1400a system into an TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor NOTE Be sure to check Thermo Scientific s website before uploading new software to ensure that you have the latest software version for either the unit s operating software or RPComm Users must log in and obtain a password to download new software Go to http www tagteam com TagTeam Client login asp NOTE The RPComm software for the TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor is a Microsoft Windows based program Users should have a general understanding of their personal com puter PC and of the Windows operating system including entering and editing text and opening closing and saving files APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 1 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System xX Always wear appropriate anti static devices when working with the system electronics Figure D 1 Control unit with cover removed D 1 CONVERTING THE 1400a To an 8500 To convert your TEOM 1400a Ambient Particulate Monitor into a TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor you must install the system software that came with the FDMS Module First remove the existing software program from your TEOM 1400a control unit Section D 1 1 Then connect the TEOM 1400a control unit to a PC Section D 1 2 After establishing aconnection between your control unit and PC load the 8500 software into the control unit Sect
68. Temps Flows screen with additional lines displayed NOTE If you make any mistakes while performing any of these steps exit from the KO Confirmation screen and re enter it The unit will reset all values to zero when the user re enters the screen 12 2 2 VERIFYING THE AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE Perform the ambient air temperature verification Section 12 2 2 pressure verifica tion Section 12 2 3 and leak check Section 3 before executing the flow verification procedure Section 12 2 4 SET TEMPS FLOWS T Case gt 30 00 30 00 T Air 30 00 30 00 T Cap 30 00 29 98 Follow these steps to verify the ambient air temperature 1 Press lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 12 22 SET TEMPS FLOWS T Case gt 30 00 30 00 T Air 30 00 30 00 T Cap 30 00 29 98 F Main F Aux T A S P A S Amb Temp Amb Pres FAdj Main FAdj Aux 2 When in the Set Temps Flows screen locate the current ambient temperature reading in the Amb Temp field Figure 12 23 SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Determine the current temperature C at the ambient tempera ture sensor using an external thermometer C 5 9 x F 32 4 Verify that the value of the Amb Temp field is within 2 C of the measured temperature If this is no
69. When in the downloaded data screen with the storage data dis played place your cursor on the data cell where you want to begin the selection Press and hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor until all the desired data is selected 4 An alternate way to select data is to place your cursor on the column heading where you wish to begin the selection Press and hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor across the columns until all the desired data are selected This will choose all the data in the selected columns 5 When you have selected the appropriate data step 3 or data columns step 4 select the Copy icon 2 4 on the tool bar Figures 10 33 and 10 34 This will copy the selected data to the Windows clipboard The data can then be pasted into another application NOTE Column heading information will be included with these data even if the entire column was not selected Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 39 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 6 2 GRAPHING DownLoaDED DATA Follow these steps to graph downloaded data 1 When in the RPComm Download Data screen with storage data displayed Figure 10 33 place your cursor on the data cell where you want to begin the selection Press and hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor until all the desired data is selected 2 An alternate way to select data is to place your cursor on
70. a a Zar digit Channel Number as defined Number of current status conditions Number of current status conditions current status conditions Upto 3 digits appended to the end of the entry for RS Para 3 ap oe e LISTING OF FUNCTION CODES xx Q te To Set Time Remotely lt Run gt lt Data Stop gt lt F1 gt lt F5 gt lt Stop All gt Ensure that the instrument is in the Stop Mode Set Time Transmit the proper values in PRCs 2 through 6 Execute the SF26 command APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AK Protocol Ask Storage Command ASTO COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 ASCII code for the 1 digit Station Number for example 4 052 The Station Number is always 1 digit in length RS Para 2 75048 ASCII code representation of the 2 digit Channel Number for example KO 075 048 The Channel Number is always 2 digits in length RS Para 3 13010 Optional Up to 3 ASCII codes can be added to response from the instrument In this case lt CR gt and lt LF gt ASCII codes 013 and 010 are appended to the response Enter 0 if nothing is to be appended COCO O Ask Storage command 4 digit Ask Storage command ejk 2 digit Channel Number as defined ese o o Number or cument status conditions EEEE isc as storage This can be smaller than The number of records to be requested number due
71. age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field This field contains the value of a user defined stor age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field Pace 8 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Null This field contains the value of a user defined stor age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field When the user displays the View Storage screen the monitor displays the latest data record that was saved to the internal data logger The storage pointer also will be located at the latest data record that was saved to the internal data logger Press the right lt gt gt and left lt lt gt arrow keys to move the storage pointer and to display other data records stored in the monitor s internal data logger To move the storage pointer to and view the next highest data record press the right lt gt gt arrow key For example if the user was viewing data record number 78 and wanted to move the storage pointer to data record number 79 they would press the right lt gt gt arrow key To move t
72. amp eS Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status 8500 Inactive Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Enter the desired name for the new connection Figure 10 16 Figure 10 16 RPComm Connection List screen with new name for new connec tion T RP Comm lolx Ee He n Hlel DmxXA SS aH 2i Connection Name Modem Status 8500 Inactive 6 Press Enter 7 To create additional connections go to Section 10 2 3 3 Creating Multiple New Connections If you do not want to create addi tional new connections go to step 8 8 The connection should now be ready for use If you are connect ing to a Series 8500 FDMS Monitor go to step 10 If you are connecting to a different instrument go to step 9 Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 Because different instruments require different RS232 port settings these values must sometimes be changed Refer to Section 10 2 4 Checking Connection Settings for information on confirming or changing these settings 10 To connect to the monitor click on the connection to highlight the selection 11 Select the Connection icon El on the tool bar of the Connec tion List screen This will display the RPComm Download Data screen Figure 10 12 NOTE If the conne
73. been lost from your PC or to skip forward to download more recent data records NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this section are from the Windows 98 and XP operating systems These screens may vary slightly from your computer s screens if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 31 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 5 1 SETTING THE STORAGE POINTER POSITION Follow these steps to set the storage pointer position 1 When in the RPComm Connection List screen Figure 10 7 ensure that a new connection or other connection name is se lected Figure 10 29 Figure 10 29 RPComm Connection List screen with a new connection high lighted RP Comm Iof x File Help 29 Te tle D BX Alo 3 el st ai Connection Name Status Modem Status New Connection 8500 Inactive Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 32 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Select the Connection icon z on the tool bar Figure 10 29 The RPComm Download Data screen will display Figure 10 30 Figure 10 30 RPComm Download Data screen i New Connection 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 fx Y Fi G eas X St Point Soot Rs Raine Gh Fo Pal a Storage Data Down load Graph Storage Pointers Section 10 Usina RPComm
74. black wire lengths round connector to 15 pin connector 5 m 16 5 ft 3 8 inch nylon green tubing 3 ft 1 4 inch black tubing 3 inch insulation sleeve 2 sample tube extensions 1 m 40 inch 9 to 9 pin RS232 serial pin cable 9 to 15 pin valve signal cable 15 to 15 pin valve position cable 15 to 25 pin data interface cable 9 to 25 pin computer adapter 9 to 25 pin modem cable Data interface cable 15 pin to 25 pin Module connection cable 3 power cables Box of 20 TEOM filter cartridges Box of 25 filter cartridges 47 mm Pallflex TX40 2 filter cassettes 4 large in line filters Filter exchange tool Pre filter assembly for baseline testing Flow audit filter Flow splitter PM 10 inlet Flow audit adapter kit Valve cleaning brush 2 15 pin subminiature D connectors 2 18 mm hex nuts 4 hose barbs SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Metal 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting 1 2 inch x 1 2 inch push to connect union fitting 3 8 inch x 3 8 inch push to connect union fitting 3 8 inch x 3 8 inch push to connect elbow fitting 2 3 15 Amp fuses 2 FDMS Series 8500 Operating Manuals 1 binder 1 on CD ROM 2 TEOM Series 1400a Service Manuals 1 binder 1 on CD ROM SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 3 ConvertINGA 1400 Contr
75. can display the Set Analog Outputs screen on the four line display of the control unit in three different ways 1 Press lt A O gt on the keypad 2 In the Main screen Figure 9 7 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 9 8 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Analog Outputs and then press lt ENTER gt 3 Press lt 0 gt and lt 4 gt and then press lt ENTER gt The Set Analog Outputs screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 9 13 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Set Analog Outputs screen Figure 9 13 Set Analog Outputs screen with SET ANALOG OUTPUTS additional lines displayed Max Volt gt 10 VDC A01 Var 01 Hr MC A01 Min 0 00 500 00 08 Hr MC 0 00 500 00 Tot Mass 0 00 5000 00 10 VDC SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The Set Analog Outputs screen contains the following information Max Volt AOI Var AO1 Min AO2 Max AO2 Var AO2 Min AO2 Max SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT This field contains the full scale voltage setting The range for this variable is 1 2 5 or 10 VDC If you are unable to select 5 or 10 VDC while setting this variable then you must change the setting for the Jumpers variable to 10 VDC
76. computer PC connected to the control unit This parameter does not need to be entered if COM1 is being used on the personal computer If you are using COM2 enter a 2 for this parameter bbbbb An optional parameter for the baud rate at which the RS232 port of the control unit is configured Examples of baud rates that can be entered are 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 The default value is 9600 bps NOTE If an MS DOS environment error occurs while following one of the above commands add the following statement to the CONFIG SYS file of your computer SHELL C DOS COMMAND COM P E 768 APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 12 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 Press Enter 10 The STATUS light will begin to blink Press any key 11 The Title screen and then the Main screen will display on the control unit s four line display Press lt DATA STOP gt on the monitor s keypad to enter the Setup Mode 12 Press lt SHIFT gt and continue to hold it down 13 While you are pressing the lt SHIFT gt key press lt STOP ALL gt This will cause the unit to perform a full software reset 14 The Title screen and then the Main screen will display again on the control unit s four line display 15 When in the Main screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen 16 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow key
77. computer cable to one of the RS232 ports on the control unit 2 Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit 3 If your PC or other serial data recording device is equipped with a 9 pin RS232 connector go to step 4 If your PC or other serial data recording device is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 5 4 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 pin RS232 port of your PC or other serial data recording device Go to step 8 5 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter 6 Plug the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your PC or other serial data recording device 7 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to step 8 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the PC or other serial data recording device The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 31 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 27 View Storage screen 8 To set the storage pointer to the first data record to be down loaded go to step 9 If you do not want to move the storage pointer go to step 12 9 Press lt STORE gt on the keypad to display the View Storage screen Figure 9 27 VIEW STORAGE 2056 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 gt 01 Hr MC 34 9 24 Hr
78. display the Set Time screen Figure 5 3 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC Section 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 5 2 Control unit keypad Figure 5 3 Set Time Sereen SET TIME 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 Second gt 0 Minute 20 6 When in the Set Time screen enter the current time and date in the appropriate fields Section 5 and press lt ENTER gt Press lt ESC gt to display the Main screen 7 When in the Main screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt on the keypad to display the Menu screen Figure 5 4 SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 5 4 Menu screen LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs 8 When in the Menu screen ensure that the cursor is on Set Temps Flows and press lt ENTER gt The Set Temps Flows screen Figure 5 5 will now display Figure 5 5 Set Temps Flows screen SET TEMPS FLOWS T Case gt 30 00 30 00 T Air 30 00 30 00 T Cap 30 00 29 98 9 When in the Set Temps Flows screen determine how you want the monitor to report the mass concentration values actual seasonal or standard and enter the necessary parameters Sec tion 5 Enter the appropriate values for the main SAMPLE and auxiliary BYPASS flow adjustment factors
79. enclosure on top of the outdoor enclosure 8 Ensure that the right hand edge of the 8500 module enclosure fits against the right hand edge of the metal seam on the top of the outdoor enclosure Figure K 4 Figure K 4 8500 module enclosure resting against the right hand edge of the metal seam on the top of the outdoor enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 Ensure that the front right hand corner of the 8500 module enclosure fits into the front right hand corner of the metal seam on the top of the outdoor enclosure Figure K 5 Figure K 5 Close up view of the front right hand corner of the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 6 8500 module enclosure with door opened APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 Use a pen or felt tipped marker to outline the inside perimeter of the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 7 Figure K 7 Outlining the inside perimeter of the 8500 module enclosure 12 Use a pen or felt tipped marker to mark the eight screw holes located in the four sides of the enclosure Figure K 8 Figure K 8 Marking the eight screw holes on the bottom of the 8500 module enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics
80. hand column in the T A S line SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Use the keypad to enter 99 as the standard temperature 9 Press the arrow keys to select the left hand column in the P A S line 10 Use the keypad to enter 9 as the average pressure at the site 11 Press the right arrow key to select the right hand column in the P A S line 12 Use the keypad to enter 9 as the standard pressure 13 Press lt ENTER gt 14 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to restart data collection SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 3 4 REPORTING TO STANDARD CONDITIONS The unituses the parameters in the Set Temps Flows screen to determine how to report the measured mass concentration levels If the user chooses to set the unit to report the mass concentration levels to standard conditions they must set the standard temperatures and pressures to the appropriate standard regulatory values when in the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 This will cause the monitor to use the standard temperature and pressure values in its flow rate calculations NOTE If the user wants to use the instrument for US EPA equivalent PM 10 measurements they must ensure that the standard temperature is set to 25 C and the standard pressu
81. highlighted 12 The new mass flow controllers that are shipped directly from R amp P are already calibrated However R amp P recommends that you check the calibration of the new mass flow controllers Service Manual Section 3 13 Install the top cover onto the control unit 14 Return the unit to its normal operating configuration SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 33 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 4 INSTALLING THE CONTROL AND SENSOR UNITS The control unit can be located at any convenient location such as a laboratory bench that is within 20 meters of the sensor unit the default cable length is 10 m R amp P recommends that the sample line be as short as possible for best results Consult R amp P when the distance between these units is longer than 20 meters The sensor unit should be located directly below the inlet point of the sample stream on a sturdy surface Figure 2 50 Schematic diagram of a typical installation i i Sample inlet W F E Purge flow g out flow Back view of control unit 4 Sa SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 34 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 51 Power line filter with voltage setting indicator A highlighted Figure 2 52 Back panel of control unit with the fuse power cord socket and power line filter A ambient
82. if necessary Section 5 Press lt ENTER gt to save your changes 10 Press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Set Hardware screen Figure 5 6 Figure 5 6 Set Hardware screen SET HARDWARE Cal Const gt 9605 Ser Num 22822 Wait Time 1800 SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 When in the Set Hardware screen check the unit serial number and calibration constant Section 12 to ensure they are correct If these values are correct go to step 11 If these values are not correct press lt EDIT gt and enter the correct parameters Then press lt ENTER gt to save the changes Go to step 12 12 Press lt STORE gt to display the Set Storage screen Figure 5 7 Figure 5 7 Set Storage screen SET STORAGE Stor Varl gt 01 Hr MC Stor Var2 24 Hr MC Stor Var3 Samp Dew 13 When in the Set Storage screen select the variables to be stored in the monitor s internal data logger the number of data fields per record and the interval at which records are stored Section 5 Press lt ENTER gt to save the changes 14 Press lt RS232 gt to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 5 8 Figure 5 8 Set RS 232 Mode screen SET RS 232 MODE Mode None gt None Print On Line 15 When in the Set RS 232 Mode screen select the appropriate protocol for controlling the unit remotely or downloading the stored
83. in a number of screens the user may change the unit s operating parameters To change the unit s operating paramaters the user must enter the Edit Mode When you are in a screen that has values that can be changed or edited press the up lt T gt and down lt l gt arrow keys to select the field to be edited Then press the lt EDIT gt key on the monitor s keypad to enter the Edit Mode A will appear on the screen in place of the gt cursor Edit the system parameter and then press the lt ENTER gt key to save the change Press the lt ESC gt key to exit the Edit Mode while in any screen In certain cases the instrument will beep when the lt EDIT gt key is pressed The monitor will beep for three different reasons the selected variable cannot be changed or edited the selected variable can be edited only when the monitor is in the Setup Mode the monitor is in the low lock or high lock mode Section 12 If the monitor is displaying a screen that can be edited and the monitor beeps when the user presses lt EDIT gt key then the user must press the lt DATA STOP gt key to enter Setup Mode before attempting to edit a variable If the monitor is in the low lock or high lock mode Section 12 and the user attempts to edit a variable by pressing the lt EDIT gt key the cursor will not change to a and the monitor will not beep New values can be entered in one of two ways Direct keypad entry D
84. instrument is in the Stop All Mode an X will appear in the operating mode field of instrumentation the Main screen s status line Section 5 Also the monitor will reset its system variables to the original values that were set by the user Pressing lt STOP ALL gt does not set the unit to its default parameters The instrument will remain in the Stop All Mode until you press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to begin data collection or press lt DATA STOP gt to enter the Setup Mode or turn off the control unit SEcTION 13 RESETTING THE Monitor Pace 13 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 13 1 Main screen 13 2 RE INITIALIZING THE INSTRUMENT Follow these steps to reset the monitor to its original settings 1 Press lt DATA STOP gt on the control unit s keypad to enter the Setup Mode 2 In the Main screen Figure 13 1 press and hold the lt SHIFT gt key OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC 3 Then press lt STOP ALL gt This will reset the system variables to their original values 4 Release the lt SHIFT gt key 5 Follow the procedures in Section 5 Basic Operation to enter the appropriate average temperature and pressure for the sampling location or to select automatic measurement Refer to the program register codes PRCs Appendix B for a list of the original settings SEcTION 13 RESETTING THE Monitor Pace 13 2 Revision C
85. is defined in the Change Record Step box Change Record Step box The step size can be 1 5 10 100 or 1000 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 50 Registers screen i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 Minute Hour Day Month Year Mass Rate Mass Conc 7 Mass Rate T t Mass 8 Mass Conc i Vol Coeff 9 Tot Mass Mas Aye 10 Vol Coeff Frequency 11 Mass Ave Noise 12 Frequency C Op Mode Cur LoPas 14 Op Mode Cur HiPas 15 Cur LoPas New LoPas 16 Cur HiPas New HiPas 17 New LoPas Const A 18 New HiPas Const B 19 Const Set CaseT 20 Const B Set AirT 21 Set CaseT Set CapT Set T 22 Set ArT Case Temp Figure A 51 Control buttons on the Registers 14 Reads selected register values from the unit screen te co Selects all registers Saves register data to a file APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 52 Real Time Graph screen i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 Down Load Data Registers Real time Graph Key Pad 1 Mass Rate 0 6 0 2
86. lt RS232 gt key Set RS 232 Mode screen Section 9 lt STORE gt key View Storage screen Section 8 Additionally any screen can be displayed by entering its screen number from the keypad and pressing the lt ENTER gt key The two digit screen number for each screen is shown in Figure 4 9 For example the screen number of the Main screen is 18 You can display the Main screen by pressing the lt 1 gt key the lt 8 gt key and then the lt ENTER gt key SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 10 Revision B 002 Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System gt Operating Manual Figures 4 9 Hierarchy of software screens pL ueeI0S uogenuaouog SSe 9 uae10 uoneinsjeg S14 LL uae10g UONELUYUOD OM LL Uae10g onesqieo Boyeuy 01 use10g Spuomssed eS iz UBAINS y Uyeq EE z u 199 s ndu Bojeuy maA aegen 61 uae10 SMO 4 SAWA 8S 1 uaa10g JEMPIEH 19S 60 uae10 aBelojs jes 20 UaaldS SHuUINeS iem zwog 90 UdalOS BUNOS JUL WOD zz UBB1DS nsojo 1081U00 18S 80 uaauoS abelojs MIAA PPO CEC SH 19S v0 ugalos SINANO Bojeuy S 0 UBIO OUI JOS 02 UBEIDS NU N 10 u 105 sepoD snes jueung 84 u 10S UEN Pace 4 11 SECTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 4 10 K
87. lt STEP SCREEN gt key on the control unit s keypad 2 Press the lt 2 gt and lt 0 gt keys and then press the lt ENTER gt key The Menu screen contains more information lines than can be viewed at one time Press the down lt gt arrow key on the control unit s keypad Figure 4 1 to view the additional information lines Figure 4 12 LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs Set Time Set Analog Outputs Set Contact Closure Set RS 232 Mode View Storage Set Passwords Analog Calibration KO Calibration FTS Calculation Mass Concentration SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The following screens can be accessed through the Menu screen Figure 4 12 Set Temps Flows screen Section 6 Set Hardware screen Section 6 View Analog Inputs screen Section 9 Set Time screen Section 6 Set Analog Outputs screen Section 9 Set Contact Closure screen Section 9 Set RS 232 Mode screen Section 9 View Storage screen Section 8 Set Passwords screen Section 11 Analog Calibration screen Section 12 KO Confirmation screen Section 12 FTS Calculation screen Section 12 Mass Concentration screen Section 7 Follow these steps to view an instrument screen through the Menu screen 1 When in the Main screen Figure 4 3 press the lt STEP SCREEN gt key to display the Menu screen Fi
88. minutes The sampling process consists of alternate base and reference cycles During the reference cycle the air flow passes through a 47 mm filter where it becomes the reference flow Figure 1 7 The 47 mm filter in the 8500 module produces a sample air stream without particulate matter The 47 mm filter is maintained at 4 C to provide a time integrated sample that can be used for subsequent chemical analysis The 8500 module contains a standard FRM style molded filter cassette which contains a47 mm diameter TX40 material filter The reference flow then enters the TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit Figure 1 5 In the sensor unit the reference flow passes through an exchangeable collection filter that is mounted on a TEOM microbalance This mass transducer continuously provides a direct measurement of the PM mass collected on the filter After the reference flow passes through the TEOM filter it enters the TEOM Series 1400a control unit where an electronics system transmits the appropriate set points to the main mass flow controller to maintain constant volumetric flow rates This active volumetric control ActiVol system is based upon inputs from ambient temperature and pressure sensors When the reference flow exits the TEOM Series 1400a control unit it becomes the purge flow Pace 1 17 Revision B 002 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 1 7 Reference flow diagram inside the 8500
89. not change this pa rameter This field contains the average analog input 4 engineering units value Do not change this pa rameter This field contains the average analog input 5 engineering units value Do not change this pa rameter Pace 9 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System A I 6 This field contains the average analog input 6 engineering units value Do not change this pa rameter The program register code PRC that is assigned for analog input channel 0 PRC 114 can be stored in the monitor s internal data logger and queried over the RS232 connector SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 10 Define Analog Inputs A I screen Figure 9 11 Define Analog Inputs A I screen with additional lines displayed 9 1 2 Derine Anacoc Inputs A I SCREEN The user can define the data conversion from analog voltages to engineering units for analog input channel 0 only when in the Define Analog Inputs A D screen Figure 9 10 DEFINE A I 0 A I FS gt 4 83 A I Type Mass Conc Const A 0 000 Youcan display the Define Analog Inputs screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 In the View Analog Inputs screen Section 9 1 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt on the control unit keypad 2 Press
90. noticeably shorter inspect the in line filter in the main flow line Section 12 and replace it if necessary N This field contains the RS232 mode It defines the current function of the 9 pin RS232 connectors on the front and back panels of the TEOM control unit You can select the RS232 mode when in the Set RS 232 Mode screen Section 9 IMPORTANT Never connect serial devices to the front and back RS232 ports of the instrument at the same time This can cause the RS232 features of the monitor to malfunc tion U This field contains the protection indicator Section 11 of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor It incorpo rates three states of password protection Unlocked Mode U Low lock Mode L High lock Mode H 09 39 This field contains the current time hh mm Refer to Section 6 for instructions on changing the time and date stored by the instrument Pace 4 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 2 2 INFORMATION LINES The Main screen contains more information lines than can be viewed at one time Press the down lt gt arrow key on the control unit s keypad Figure 4 1 to view the additional information lines Figure 4 5 Figure 4 5 Main screen 6 with additional information OK 4 21 NU lines displayed Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC 24 Hr MC 69 3 Tot Mass 974 38 Case Temp 30 00 Air Temp 30 01 Cap Temp 29 98 Main Flow 3 00
91. open for as short a time as possible to minimize the temperature change in the system X Do not handle TEOM filters with your fingers SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION 3 1 4 TEOM Fitter Removal Follow these steps to remove a TEOM filter from the Series 1400a sensor unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Turn on the sample pump by plugging it into an appropriate power source Figure 3 17 Press the POWER switch to turn on the control unit Figure 3 14 Press the lt DATA STOP gt key on the control unit s keypad Figure 3 18 Open the door of the sensor unit Figures 3 2 and 3 3 Locate the silver handle on the front of the mass transducer Figure 3 4 Note that there is a shipping latch in the middle of this handle Grasp the silver handle and move the shipping latch upward with your thumb Figure 3 5 Pull down on the silver handle Figure 3 6 Pull the holding rod off of the latch plate Figure 3 7 With the mass transducer unlatched hold the black knob Figure 3 4 and swing the bottom of the mass transducer downward exposing the filter Figure 3 8 When the mass transducer is in the open position the tapered element TE will automatically stop oscillating 10 Carefully insert the lower fork of the filter exchange tool Figures 3 22 and 3 23 under the TEOM filter so that the filter disk is between the fork and the upper tab of the filter exchange tool Figures 3 10 3 11 and
92. or the German Ambient Network Protocol refer to Section 9 4 5 If downloading data records using the Fast Store Out RS232 Mode refer to Section 9 4 4 1 If downloading data records using the Print On Line RS232 Mode refer to Sec tion 9 4 4 2 If downloading data records using the Store to Print RS232 Mode refer to Section 9 4 4 3 After you have set up the unit for downloading data go to step 14 14 When the data download is complete set the RS232 protocol to None Section 9 15 Disconnect the RS232 cable from the monitor and the PC or other serial data recording device 16 If any status code conditions occurred during the data download procedure press lt MAIN STATUS gt to display the Current Status Codes screen Section 7 17 When in the Current Status Codes screen check the status codes that are displayed 18 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to reset the unit s status codes and start data collection SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 3 VeRIFICATION AupIT PROCEDURES Perform the ambient air temperature verification Section 5 3 1 pressure verifica tion Section 5 3 2 and leak check Section 3 before executing the flow verification procedure Section 5 3 3 5 3 1 VERIFYING AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE Follow these steps to verify the ambient air temperature 1 Press the lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt keys and the
93. sensor unit is located below the 8500 module The 8500 module is connected to an air inlet tube at the top of the sensor unit 2 4 6 1 SENSOR UNIT CONNECTIONS Follow these steps to assemble the sensor unit connections 1 Cuta4cm 1 1 2 inch diameter hole in the roof of your monitor ing site 2 Locate the sensor unit Figure 2 102 Figure 2 102 TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit pD riata me TET Portecate Man Mama Diiia 000 Sarma Liat SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 67 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 103 Electric and air connecting cable installed on the sensor unit with the electrical connector A highlighted 3 Install the sensor unit on a sturdy surface directly below the 4 cm 1 1 2 inch diameter port in the roof 4 Locate the electric and air connecting cable that is connected to the control unit Section 2 4 3 1 5 Install the electric connector of the electric and air connecting cable into the 25 pin connection port on the sensor unit Figure 2 103 NOTE Ensure that the electric and air connecting cable is not bent sharply or kinked SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 68 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Install the black tubing of the electric and air connecting cable into the air flow port on the sensor unit Figure 2 104 NO
94. storage buffer and the stored variables that will be downloaded to the PC or other serial data record ing device when in the Set Storage screen Section 6 Pace 9 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System IMPORTANT The instrument will begin download data to the PC or other serial data recording device such as a data logger immediately after the user changes the RS232 Mode to Fast Store Out If you want to use this RS232 Mode be sure to turn on your PC or other serial data recording device connect it to the monitor and set it to retrieve data BEFORE setting the RS232 Mode to Fast Store Out eae COM PRINT SETTINGS Interval gt 1800 Columns 6 Prnt Var 1 01 Hr MC When the user selects an RS232 Mode the abbreviation for the selected RS232 Mode displays on the status line of the Main screen Figure 9 22 The abbreviation for the current RS232 Mode is the first letter of the RS232 Mode s full name 9 4 2 Com PRINT SETTINGS SCREEN The Com Print Settings screen Figure 9 23 allows the user to determine the format of the data download when the monitor is in the Print On Line RS232 Mode Section 9 4 1 Although the name of the Print On Line Mode implies that the user would only use this RS232 mode when connecting to a serial printer this is not the case The user can set the monitor to download data to any type of serial data capture device using the
95. successful or if there is no instrument attached then the serial number area will Figure 10 13 RPComm be blank or will display 00000 Figure 10 13 Download Data screen with unsuccessful connection displayed i Unit 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 00000 Yal SNES xX Down Load Data Registers Real time Graph Key Pad Storage Data Down load Graph Storage Painters Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 3 2 CHANGING THE NEw Connection NAME Follow these steps to change the name of a new connection 1 Create a new connection Section 10 2 3 1 2 Click on New Connection to highlight the selection Figure 10 11 3 Wait 3 seconds and then click again New Connection The New Connection should now have a box around it Figure 10 14 Figure 10 14 RPComm Connection List screen with New Connection highlighted and a box around it RP Comm Pile Es DaxA ss Modem Status Inactive SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Press Delete or Backspace and the selection will disappear Figure 10 15 Figure 10 15 RPComm Connection List screen with empty space in New Connection area S RP Comm Jol x File Help D amp X A e
96. temperature sensor connector B 25 pin electrical connection to sensor unit C bypass flow connection D and sensor flow connection E high lighted 2 4 1 VOLTAGE SETTING Follow these steps to set the proper voltage for your installation 1 Locate the voltage setting indicator on the power line filter on the back panel of the control unit Figures 2 51 and 2 52 2 Consult a licensed electrician if you are uncertain of the electrical requirements in your area If the voltage setting is appropriate for your installation go to step 8 If the voltage setting is not appro priate for your installation go to step 3 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 35 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Place the blade of a small slotted screwdriver in the slot on top of the fuse power cord socket and power line filter Figure 2 53 and open the cover Figure 2 53 Opening the cover of the fuse power cord socket and power line filter with a screwdriver 4 Place the blade of a small slotted screwdriver in the top of the fuse holder insert Remove the insert by sliding it out of the power line filter Figure 2 54 Figure 2 54 Removing the fuse insert with the screwdriver SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 36 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Remove the two fuses from the insert Figures
97. than 0 15 I min and the auxiliary flow reading should read less than 0 60 I min If the main flow reading is less than 0 15 I min and the auxiliary flow reading is less than 0 60 I min go to step 18 If the main flow reading is greater than 0 15 I min and the auxiliary flow reading is greater than 0 60 I min check the hose fittings and other critical connections in the flow system for leaks and repeat steps 7 8 and then go to step 10 10 After you check the hose fittings and other critical connections in the flow system for leaks and repeat steps 7 8 check the main flow reading and the auxiliary flow reading on the Main screen Go to step 11 11 When in the Main screen the main flow reading should read less than 0 15 I min and the auxiliary flow reading should read less than 0 60 l min If the main flow reading is less than 0 15 I min and the auxiliary flow reading is less than 0 60 I min go to step 18 If SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 27 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Xx CAUTION SLOWLY open the valve on the flow audit adapter to gradually release the vacuum in the system the main flow reading is greater than 0 15 I min and the auxiliary flow reading is greater than 0 60 I min you must repeat the leak check procedure using an offset value to account for the charac teristic non linearity of the mass flow sensor for flow values near 0 I min Go to step 12 12
98. the FDMS unit computes a one hour running average of the PM mass concentration The instrument updates this value every six minutes based upon the newest information The unit calculates the mass concentration MC based on the slope of the frequency mass that is measured during each base reference measurement period six min utes Pace 1 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Based upon mass concentration MC measurements obtained during the base and reference periods the FDMS system updates a one hour average of the following results every six minutes Section 7 e Base mass concentration Base MC PM concentration of the particle laden sample stream comparable to the Sample Equilibration System at 30 C e Reference mass concentration Ref MC PM concentration of the particle free sample stream after passing through the purge filter e Mass concentration MC Base mass concentration Base MC ad justed by the reference mass concentration Ref MC Base MC usually positive minus Ref MC negative when mass volatilizes from the filter For example the unit draws a base flow for six minutes and measures a mass concentration of 5 Base MC 5 Then the unit draws a reference flow for six minutes and measures a mass concentration of 1 Ref MC 1 Therefore the mass concentration is 6 where MC Base MC Ref MC 6 5 1 SEC
99. the lt ENTER gt key The Set Storage screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 6 12 Press the up lt T gt and down lt J gt arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Set Storage screen ean de aoe SET STORAGE displayed Stor Varl gt 01 Hr MC Stor Var2 24 Hr MC Stor Var3 Samp Dew Stor Var4 Frequency Stor Var5 Tot Mass Stor Var6 Amb Temp Stor Var7 Null Stor Vars Null Interval 60 00 Stor Vars 4 Station 48048048 The Set Storage screen contains the following information Stor Var 1 8 Interval SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP These fields contain the names of the variables that are currently being stored in the internal data logger The monitor will store a maximum of eight vari ables in a record These parameters can be edited when the monitor is in any operating mode This field contains the time sec interval between successive writings of data to the circular buffer For example if the user sets this field to 3600 the monitor will record data to the internal data logger every hour The averaging time of the analog input is equal to the data storage interval The default setting PAGE 6 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System X Changing the value for Stor Vars erases the storage buffer for this value is 1 800 seconds This parameter c
100. the MS DOS prompt displays again enter the following command after the prompt CD TEOMCOMM 4 Press Enter 5 If you want to run TEOMCOMM with a monochrome monitor go to step 6 If you want to allow a time delay while running TEOMCOMM M go to step 8 If you want to create a SESSION LOG file for debugging purposes go to step 10 If you simply want to begin running the TEOMCOMM software program go to step 12 6 When the MS DOS prompt displays enter the following command after the prompt TEOMCOMM M 7 Press Enter 8 When the MS DOS prompt displays enter the following command after the prompt TEOMCOMM T NOTE The is the number of seconds that you want to allow for the time delay The default setting for the monitor is 0 5 seconds 9 Press Enter 10 When the MS DOS prompt displays enter the following command after the prompt TEOMCOMM D APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 Press Enter 12 When the MS DOS prompt displays enter the following command after the prompt TEOMCOMM 13 Press Enter The TEOMCOMM Main screen Figure J 1 Section J 3 will now display Figure J 1 TEOMCOMM Main screen M3 TEOMCOMM Awol uee Ga ape al TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer
101. the back of the control unit SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 28 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 41 Using a wrench inside the control unit to secure an elbow fitting tight 6 Install the pressure transducer hose that was removed from the original mass flow controllers onto the new mass flow control lers assembly Figures 2 42 2 43 and 2 44 Figure 2 42 left Pressure transducer hose connected to the pressure transducer on the main interface board Figure 2 43 right Pres sure transducer hose connected to the hose fitting on the new mass flow controllers assembly SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 29 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 44 New mass flow controllers assembly installed in the control unit with pump tube pump fitting and pressure transducer hose highlighted Cy Pressure transducer hose 7 Install the pump tube onto the pump fitting located at the back of the control unit Figure 2 44 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 30 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Install the red and black power wires that were spliced into the power supply onto the valve power connections on each board Figures 2 45 and 2 46 Figure 2 45 Installing valve power connectors F
102. the instrument s screens and Appendix B contains a complete list of the monitor s program register codes PRCs 6 1 Mopes oF OPERATION The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor displays its current operating mode in the upper left hand corner of the Main screen Figure 6 1 Figure 6 1 Main screen with operating mode field OK 4 21 A highlighted Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC The unit s operating modes Figure 6 2 are defined as follows SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Operating Mode 1 Operating Mode 2 This operating mode indicates that the unit has not begun to compute mass values because the monitor s temperatures and flow rates are stabilizing The temperatures and flow rates must remain within a very narrow range of values Section 6 3 for 30 minutes before the instrument enters Operating Mode 2 The monitor always starts in Operating Mode 1 when it is turned on or reset Press the lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt key to reset the instrument from any operating mode This action always causes the in strument to enter Operating Mode 1 This operating mode indicates that the unit has begun to collect data records but the monitor has not yet computed its first total mass value Pace 6 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 6 2 Overview of operating modes Operating Mode 1 Press the lt F1 gt Operating Mode 2 or lt RUN g
103. the old program D 3 2 OstaAIniNc RPComm INSTALLATION FILES The RPCommn installation files can be downloaded from Thermo Scientific s Web site Users must log in and obtain a password to download new software Go to http www tagteam com TagTeam Client login asp D 3 3 INSTALLING RPComm Onto a PERSONAL Computer PC Follow these steps to install RPComm onto a PC 1 Exit all Windows programs that you currently have running on your PC 2 The software program rpcomm exe as downloaded from the company website is a self executable file and will install itself onto the computer when executed Double click on the file name to start the installation process 3 Follow the instructions in the RPComm InstallShield Wizard screen to complete the installaton NOTE If your PC displays an Overwrite Protection screen that asks you to choose whether you would like overwrite any installation files that may already be on your computer select the Yes button 4 The RPComm InstallShield Wizard screen with an InstallShield Wizard Completed message will display You do not need to restart your computer to use RPComm It is now available in your PC s Program menu NOTE The RPComm program is equipped with an Auto Start Autorun function This means that every time that you turn on your PC the RPComm software application will automatically begin running If youclose the RPComm software application
104. the single port of the Y fitting onto the short length of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing Figure 2 90 NOTE You may install the Y fitting near the pump Figures 2 90 and 2 91 or near the control unit to conserve tubing Figure 2 90 Y fitting installed on the sample pump 13 Install the other end of the green tubing that is attached to the bypass pump fitting in the dual flow fitting on the back of the control unit into the Y fitting on the pump Figure 2 91 Figure 2 91 Green tubing installed into the Y fitting on the sample pump SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 57 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 14 You must now install the 8500 module Section 2 4 4 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 58 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 4 4 8500 MopuLE INSTALLATION Follow these steps to install the 8500 module 1 Locate the 8500 module Figure 2 92 Figure 2 92 8500 module Thermo P SERIES 9600 Flees DS ee eee peng SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 59 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 93 Close up view of the PURGE INLET port A and PURGE OUTLET port B connections on the bottom right hand corner of the 8500 module when viewed from the BACK of the 8500 module 2 Locate the 3 8 inch
105. these steps to update the PRC list within RPComm 1 Go to the RPComm directory on your computer s hard drive and look at the files The PRC lists are located in this directory Deter mine which PRC list revision you have in yourRPComm directory The file name for the PRC lists have the following format Rp instrument n nnn where instrument instrument model 2000FRM 2025 1400 or 5400 n nnn PRC list revision 2 Go to the Software to Download area of the Thermo website as described in Section D 3 2 If there is a new PRC list available for the TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor it will be listed on this web page APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 15 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 There may be multiple PRC lists on this page one for each instru ment that RPComm supports Determine if there is an updated PRC list for the TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor Select the appropri ate PRC list and save it to a file NOTE Be sure to remember what folder the PRC list file is saved in 4 Disconnect from the World Wide Web 5 If RPComm is running exit the program 6 Copy the downloaded PRC list to the RPComm directory on your computer s hard drive The next time you execute RPComm the program will automatically use the new PRC list in its operations APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 16 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filte
106. to end of file downloaded from the instrument s Storage Marker moved to after last storage Downloading begins at the ee record transmitted Not right filled storage marker which can be set Up to 3 digits appended to the end of the entry for RS Para 3 oes ee 0 ee a E The instrument then transmits the number of storage records shown Pow ff in response bytes10 through 12 above Each record is followed by lt CR gt lt LF gt oes o APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AK Protocol Set Storage Marker Command SSTO COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 ASCII code for the 1 digit Station Number for example 4 052 The Station Number is always 1 digit in length RS Para 2 75048 ASCII code representation of the 2 digit Channel Number for example KO 075 048 The Channel Number is always 2 digits in length RS Para 3 13010 Optional Up to 3 ASCII codes can be added to response from the instrument In this case lt CR gt and lt LF gt ASCII codes 013 and 010 are appended to the response Enter 0 if nothing is to be appended COCO fe veer ever oecmion ee ed E CEE Ra digit Channel Number as defined Number of current status conditions Number of current status conditions current status conditions E E DEA e e Ca e Up to 3 digits appended to the end of New location of the Storage Marker the response
107. to the back of the control unit inside the enclosure 14 Install the green nylon tubing into the small dome connector on the cover Figure K 89 15 Lift the cover slightly and pull the green nylon tubing through the small dome connector Figure K 90 Continue pulling the tubing down through the small dome connector until the end of the tubing reaches the back of the control unit Figure K 90 Green nylon tubing running through the small dome connector and down through the enclo sure ee 16 Install the bypass flow connections in the back of the control unit Section 2 4 3 2 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 65 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 91 Pan head screw with flat washer and sealing washer Figure K 92 8500 module enclosure cover installed 17 Set the cover down onto the top of the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 88 Ensure that the eight screw holes in the cover line up with the eight holes in the gasket 18 Locate the eight 10 32 x 3 4 inch pan head screws eight 10 flat washers and eight 10 flat sealing washers Section K 1 19 Slide the eight washers over the ends of the eight pan head screws 20 Insert the screws with the washers down through the eight holes in the 8500 module enclosure cover Tighten the screws Figure K 91 and K 92 qj wee _ Sealing washer APPENDIX K OuTDOO
108. to the new y axis dimensions Enables panning Panning allows the user to move the graph so that a different section of the x or y axis will be displayed without effecting the scale of either axis With this icon selected place the mouse cursor somewhere within the graph area and hold down the left mouse button Move the mouse to display the desired section of the graph Selecting this icon will undo the last zoom or panning step Rescales the x and y axes so that all the graphs for the selected data are displayed Toggles between the two possible x axis scales date and time and time only This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph These two boxes define the number of axis divisions on the graph The left hand box refers to the x axis and the right hand box refers to the y axis The number of divi sions on the axis can be set to 5 10 15 or 20 Increasing the number of divisions results in a finer axis grid Decreasing the number of divisions results in a courser axis grid This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 27 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 54 Virtual keypad i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 28 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics
109. to use other software you may start it manually from the Start menu APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 14 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System D 3 4 UPDATING THE List oF PROGRAM REGISTER Copes IN RPComm NOTE Refer to Section 10 for further information on using the RPComm software program All 8500 monitors have a list of system variables that is specific to that type of unit A system variable is any value that is entered into calculated by or measured by the instrument This list of system variables is called the program register code PRC list When the monitor s software is modified the PRC list often is affected usually new PRCs must be added for software enhancement If there are new PRCs then the PRC list must be updated within the RPComm software program This can be accom plished by 1 The entire RPComm program can be downloaded from the Thermo Scientific website and installed on the computer as described in Section D 3 However this is necessary only if the revision number of the RPComm software program has changed Changes to the unit s operating software do not always require that you download the new RPComm program 2 Anew PRC list can be downloaded from Thermo s website and installed on your computer This will update the PRC list within RPComm without requiring the user to reinstall the entire program Follow
110. transmission according to B move to beginning of storage the entry for RS Para 3 buffer E move to end of storage buffer Enter positive numbers such as 250 to move forward by 250 records and negative numbers such as 1000 to move backwards by 1 1000 records Do not right fill OE APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AK Protocol Response if Command Addressed to Instrument is Unrecognizable COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 ASCII code for the 1 digit Station Number for example 4 052 The Station Number is always 1 digit in length ASCII code representation of the 2 digit Channel Number for example KO 075 048 The Channel Number is always 2 digits in length RS Para 3 13010 Optional Up to 3 ASCII codes can be added to response from the instrument In this case lt CR gt and lt LF gt ASCII codes 013 and 010 are appended to the response Enter 0 if nothing is to be appended RS Para 4 ol Not used COCO pe veer ever tenon es A CO Le NS Gat RS Para 2 75048 ee ee C is es _ E p oc i e a s Te lo error Ste code 008 Up to 3 digits appended to the end of the response transmission according to the entry for RS Para 3 N w af a 4a3 3 a fox oe oOo a OJo k a i 3 a a a a oOoO lfoao ln i a la I wo N A N APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL
111. ug m to several g m The ambient temperature sensor can measure temperatures ranging from 25 to 105 C with an accuracy of 2 C The ambient pressure sensor is rated from 0 68 to 1 09 atm and is specified to have a maximum error of 1 5 in the temperature range of 0 to 85 C The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor smooths both the average temperature and average pressure over a period of approximately 15 seconds The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses the PM 10 inlet to perform a 10 um particle size cutoff Other size selective inlets are available for PM 2 5 and PM 1 monitoring Section 2 Pace 1 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 1 4 Schematic diagram of a typical installation SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 4 GENERAL System CONFIGURATION The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is composed of three major components Figure 1 4 the TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit TEOM Series 1400a control unit and the 8500 module The user enters the system parameters into the control unit with the keypad that is located on the front of the unit Additionally the system is furnished with software for personal computers to allow the user to view the operation of the instrument in real time and to allow the user to enter system values directly from the PC The instrument does not require a dedicated computer to function in the field Yr Sample inlet m Ec a i pe 8500 modu
112. unit the Title screen Figure 4 2 momentarily appears on the instrument s display to identify the model number of the unit and copyright date Figure 4 2 Figure 4 1 Front panel of TEOM control unit with the four line display A keypad B and POWER button C highlighted Figure 4 2 Title screen FDMS Series 8500 Copyright 2004 Rupprecht Patashnick SECTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 4 3 Main screen with the status line A and information lines B highlighted Figure 4 4 Main screen with the current status condition A current operating mode B status watch A I 1 Mode C filter loading percentage D current RS232 mode E protection level F and current time G highlighted SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW 4 2 Main SCREEN The Main screen Figure 4 3 shows information regarding the existence of any status conditions the current operating mode and certain operational information This screen is divided into two sections the status line at the top of the screen and three information lines below the status line Figures 4 3 and 4 4 OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC BOO OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC If the Main screen is not currently displayed on the control unit s four line display you can display the Main screen in two different ways 1 Press the lt
113. uniti1466 txt Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options NOTE After TEOMCOMM downloads the data records it will position the storage pointer after the last data record that was transmitted This will ensure that the previously trans mitted data records will not be transmitted again at the next data download If the user wishes to transmit the data records a second time they must change the position of the storage pointer by using the Set Storage Pointer command Section J 3 5 APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 3 5 Set STORAGE POINTER This command allows the user to change the location of the storage pointer in the monitor s internal data storage buffer When the user selects this command PC will display the current location of the storage pointer and request the new storage pointer V Set the storage pointer position to the desired location before executing the The user may enter the following values to move the storage pointer s position Download Storage com mand B This value will move the storage pointer to the beginning of the data storage buffer The beginning of the data storage buffer contains the oldest record in the buffer E This value will move the storage pointer to the end V The location of the storage pointer may be changed remotely Positive number Negative number of the data storage buf
114. will now change to the cursor When in the Set Storage screen press the up lt f gt and down lt gt arrow keys to select the Stor Var 1 8 fields that you want to edit You can change the variable in each Stor Var field in one of two ways 1 Enter the number of the appropriate program register code PRC Appendix B using the control unit s keypad 2 Press the up lt T gt and down lt l gt arrow keys to increase or decrease the Pace 6 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System X Changing the value for Stor Vars erases the storage buffer PRC number To increase the PRC number by one press the up lt T gt arrow key For example if the mass concentration PRC 008 is displayed in Stor Var1 and the user wants to change the PRC to total mass PRC 009 the user would press the up lt T gt arrow key To decrease the PRC number by one press the down lt gt arrow key To increase the PRC number by 10 steps at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To decrease the PRC number by 10 steps at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt J gt arrow key To increase the PRC number by 20 steps at a time press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To decrease the PRC number by 20 steps at a time press the lt CTR
115. within the graph area and hold down the left mouse button Move the mouse so that the desired section of the graph is displayed Selecting this icon will undo the last zoom or panning step Rescales the x and y axes so that all the graphs for the selected data are displayed Toggles between the two possible x axis scales date and time and time only This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph 5 These two boxes define the number of axis divisions on the YF graph The box on the left refers to the x axis and the box on the right refers to the y axis The number of divisions can be set to 5 10 15 or 20 divisions Increasing the number of divisions results in a finer axis grid Decreasing the number of divisions results in a courser axis grid This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 57 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 58 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 11 1 Main screen with keypad locking level A highlighted Section 11 Password Protection The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor offers three levels of keypad locking 1 unlock mode 2 low lock mode and 3 high lock mode The Main screen displays the current keypad locking level on its status line Figure
116. 0 m 2 air flow lines Data Cables Cable USB to serial Pumps Piston pump 120 V 60 Hz 1 4 hp Piston pump 240 V 50 Hz 1 4 hp Piston pump rebuild kit APPENDIX E CONSUMABLES AND PARTS 10 001594 0006 10 001594 0006 EXCH 10 001595 0016 10 001595 0016 EXCH 05 001794 56 002744 50 002820 50 002820 EXCH 54 003582 EXCH 50 003232 50 003232 EXCH 51 003355 03 003407 03 003408 56 009420 56 009420 EXCH 56 009477 56 009477 EXCH 56 009445 56 009445 EXCH 51 003613 0002 51 003613 0010 51 003613 0020 51 003336 0002 51 003336 0010 51 003336 0020 07 010239 10 001403 10 001404 59 008630 Pace E 3 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Push to Connect Fittings and Collets Straight 1 4 fitting Straight 3 8 fitting Straight 1 2 fitting Elbow 1 4 fitting Elbow 1 4 to 3 8 fitting 3 8 tube x 1 4 FNPT straight Reducer 3 8 tube to 1 4 tube 1 4 collet 3 8 collet 1 2 collet Batteries Battery clock for U39 revision B board Battery for U33 revision B board Battery round revision B board Inlet Parts O rings used in PM 10 inlet O ring 1 1 4 ID Viton O ring 2 3 8 ID BUNA Jar for PM 10 inlet PM 10 screw 6 32 x 1 4 PM 10 standoff Fuses 0 5 A 250 V voltage set fuse 2 A 250 V in line fuse 5 A 250 V F301 on inteface board 2 A 230 V F302 on interface board 1 A 230 V slow blow in Corcom 2 A 115 V slow blow in Corco
117. 0 module APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 91 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The panel on the back of the 8500 outdoor enclosure Figure K 129 attached with 12 screws allows you to remove the 8500 module access panel Figure K 130 Also you can reach the electrical connections and the power switch of the 8500 module by removing the back panel of the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 129 8500 module outdoor enclosure with back panel installed Back panel 8500 outdoor enclosure Figure K 130 8500 module outdoor enclosure with back panel removed 8500 module access panel 8500 outdoor enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 92 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix L Series 8500 Schematics This section contains schematic diagrams and interconnect diagrams of the major electronic components in the Series 8500 Filter Dynamics Measurement System Schematic diagrams for the industrial microcomputer system are not included here because they are proprietary to the manufacturers of these boards Refer to the Series 1400 Service Manual for diagrams of the control and sensor unit ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS Schematic Schematic Schematic Description Part Number Revision Interconnect Diagram 81 010880 A APPENDIX L SERIES 8500 SCHEMATICS Pace L 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Serie
118. 00 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 33 Set Password screen SET PASSWORD Cur Lo Pass gt New Lo Pass Cur Hi Pass Figure A 34 Set Password screen with SET PASSWORD additional lines displayed Cur Lo Pass gt New Lo Pass Cur Hi Pass Figure A 35 Analog Calibration screen ANALOG CALIBRATION Calibrate gt YES A O Value 50 00 A I Channel 50 00 Figure A 36 KO Confirma tion screen KO Confirm gt Filt Wght 287 53182 Audit KO Figure A 37 KO Confirma tion screen with additional KO Confirm lines displayed gt Filt Wght 287 53182 Audit KO Actual KO Diff APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 38 FTS Calcula tion screen FTS Calculation Manometer gt 5 009788 Mano B 0 1724 Mano M 0 3570 Figure A 39 FTS Calcula tion screen with additional FTS Calculation lines displayed Manometer gt 5 009788 Mano B 0 1724 Mano M 0 3570 FTS Flow Amb Temp Amb Pres Figure A 40 Mass concen Ganon Screen Mass Concentration Curr Chan Mass Conc Base MC Figure A 41 Mass concen tration screen with Mass Concentration additional lines displayed Curr Chan Mass Conc Base MC APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System A 2 RPComm Software SCREEN
119. 11 1 The instrument is always in the unlock mode when it is first shipped allowing the user full access to all of the functions of the monitor OK 4 21 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC The three states of password protection are defined as Unlock U mode The user has access to all capabilities of the instru ment Low lock L mode The user can view all of the instrument screens or restart data collection by pressing lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt but cannot edit any of the system variables Also the user can change the operating mode of the instru ment while in the low lock mode to perform functions such as a filter exchange High lock H mode The user cannot make any changes from the keypad except for turning off the high lock mode with the proper password Also the user can only view the operation of the instrument through the current screen on the four line display The keys for moving the cursor and switching to different screens are disabled when the monitor is in the high lock mode SEcTION 11 PASSwoRD PROTECTION Pace 11 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System In low lock protection mode the user can not edit any of the parameters in the system 11 1 INtmATING THE Low Lock Mope Follow these steps to enter and exit the low lock mode 1 Press lt LOCK gt on the monitor s keypad The monitor will display an x in place of the usual gt curs
120. 2 9 Install the 8500 module onto the Series 1400a sensor unit Section 2 10 Assemble the electrical and sensor unit connections Section 2 11 Secure the control unit to the rack angle uprights Section 2 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Locate the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 27 Figure K 27 8500 module enclosure 13 Locate one of the 8500 module enclosure gaskets Section K 1 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 14 Place the gasket on the top of the outdoor enclosure and line up the holes in the gasket with the mounting holes in the enclosure Figure K 28 Figure K 28 Gasket on top of outdoor enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 15 Place the 8500 module enclosure on top of the gasket Section K 29 and line up the holes in the bottom of the 8500 module enclosure with the holes in the gasket Figure K 29 8500 module enclosure on top of outdoor enclosure 16 Locate the eight 1 4 20 x 1 1 2 inch pan head screws and 1 4 inch flat washers Section K 1 17 Slide the eight flat washers over the eight pan head screws APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 26 Revision C 000 Operating Man
121. 3 13 Perform the software and hardware calibrations for the mass flow controller Service Manual 14 Remove the 3 8 Swagelok cap from the flow splitter bypass extension 15 Install the bypass flow line onto the flow splitter bypass exten sion 16 Perform a leak check Section 3 4 17 Remove the flow audit adapter from the top of the flow splitter 18 Install the sample inlet onto the flow splitter 19 Install a new TEOM filter into the mass transducer 20 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 27 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 28 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 13 Resetting the Monitor This section explains how to initiate an emergency shut off and reset the instrument to its original settings and describes what happens to the monitor after a power failure occurs 13 1 Stop Att Commanp Certain situations may arise in which the user may want to turn off all temperatures and flows in the instrument To initiate this procedure press lt STOP ALL gt on the V Press the lt STOP ALL gt an P P key to shut down all control unit s keypad to enter the Stop All Mode and cease data collection When the temperature and flow
122. 3 24 The tines of the fork should straddle the hub of the filter base NOTE TEOM filters must be preconditioned to avoid excessive moisture buildup prior to their use in the system Section 3 1 3 Pace 3 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 22 Removing a TEOM filter Figure 3 23 Filter removal Filter bass Hub Figure 3 24 Close up of the filter exchange tool with the upper tab A and the fork B highlighted 11 Gently pull straight up lifting the TEOM filter from the tapered element TE Figure 3 23 Do not twist or tilt the filter exchange tool from side to side while removing the filter from the TE This will damage the TE SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 2 47 mm FILTER INSTALLATION The user should install a new 47 mm filter into the 8500 module before running the first sample run and every time that you install a new TEOM filter into the Series 1400a sensor unit Section 3 3 Follow these steps to install the 47 mm filter 1 Locate the 8500 module Figure 3 25 Figure 3 25 8500 module Tharra 2 Open the small filter door located on the side of the 8500 module Figures 3 25 and 3 26 Figure 3 26 8500 module with filter door open SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual
123. 48048 which is the ASCII code for O00 The monitor always outputs the current date and time and the station identifier at the beginning of each data output transmission SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 28 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 25 Com 2 Way Settings screen 9 4 3 Com 2 Way SETTINGS SCREEN The Com 2 Way Settings screen Figure 9 25 allows the user to set up information exchange between the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and a PC or other serial data recording device using the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Protocol Appendix C The AK Protocol is used in combination with the RPComm software program Section 9 and the TEOMCOMM software program Appendix L Refer to Appendix H for further information on modem communications COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 gt 52 RS Para 2 75048 RS Para 3 13010 Youcan display the Com 2 Way Settings screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 In the Main screen Figure 9 7 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 9 8 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set RS 232 Mode and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 9 18 In the Set RS 232 Mode screen press lt STEP SCREENS to display the Com Print Settings screen Figure 9 21 In the Com Print Settings screen press lt ST
124. 5 10 100 or 1000 5 After you have set the storage pointers position go to Section 10 2 5 2 for information on downloading the data records Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 35 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 5 2 Downtoapine Darta From A STORAGE BUFFER Follow these steps to download data with RPComm from one of the data storage buffers 1 Ensure that the storage pointer s is in the correct position Sec tion 10 2 5 1 2 When in the RPComm Connection List screen ensure that a new connection or other connection name is selected Figure 10 29 3 Select the Connection icon El on the tool bar Figure 10 29 The RPComm Download Data screen will display Figure 10 30 4 When in the RPComm Download Data screen select the appropri ate control button to initiate the data downloading process After the data downloading procedure is complete the Download Data screen will display with the data records that were downloaded Figure 10 33 Refer to Figure 10 34 for a complete description of the control buttons on the RPComm Download Data screen Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 36 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 33 Downloaded storage data 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 YF Il B amp B Eo x Downloaded 100 records 8 28 04 12 07 42 PM pee Load Data
125. 500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix I ASCII Codes The following is a list of ASCII codes that are used in the TEOMCOMM software Code Character 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 OANDNBPWNK CO 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 090 NK MSS CHUAOVOZZOAGH DADA D gt APPENDIX I ASCII Copes Pace l 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank APPENDIX I ASCII Copes Pace l 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix J TEOMCOMM Software TEOMCOMM is a communications software package which provides interactive remote communication with the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor The user can use this software application to download data stored in the instrument and retrieve and set instrument operating parameters remotely TEOMCOMM has two communication modes direct and modem Direct commu nication is accomplished when the unit has a direct cable connection witha PC Modem communication is accomplished when the unit has a connection with a PC through the use of a modem and phone line Appendix H Before m
126. 7 Mass Rate Tot Mass 8 Mass Conc Vol Coeff 9 Tot Mass Mass Ave 10 Vol Coeff Frequency 11 Mass Ave Noise 12 Frequency Op Mode Cur LoPas 14 Op Mode Cur HiPas 15 Cur LoPas New LoPas 16 Cur HiPas T New HiPas 17 New LoPas Const 18 New HiPas Const B 19 Const 4 Set CaseT 20 Const B ae ue 21 Set CaseT Set T 22 Set AirT Case Temp Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 50 Figure 10 41 Registers screen with all current values displayed Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Select the Read Registers icon 3 on the tool bar to read the selected registers from the unit All the current values will appear in the list on the left hand side of the screen next to their corresponding labels Figure 10 41 i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 7 Mass Rate 8 Mass Conc 9 Tot Mass 10 Vol Coeff 11 Mass Ave 12 Frequency 14 Op Mode 15 Cur LoPas 16 Cur HiPas 17 New LoPas 18 New HiPas 19 Const 4 20 Const B 21 Set CaseT 22 Set AirT Minute Hour Day Month Year Mass Rate Mass Conc Tot Mass Vol Coeff Mass Ave Frequency Noise Op Mode Cur LoPas Cur HiPas C New LoPas 7 New HiPas Const 4 Const B Set CaseT Set ArT Set CapT Set T Case Temp
127. 800 seconds This field contains the number of data columns 1 6 that the instrument will transmit in each data output transmission The default setting is 6 col umns of data This field contains the data variable PRC that will be transmitted in Column 1 during each data output transmission This field contains the data variable PRC that will be transmitted in Column 2 during each data output transmission This field contains the data variable PRC that will be transmitted in Column 3 during each data output transmission PAGE 9 27 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Prnt Var4 Prnt Var5 Prnt Var6 Station This field contains the data variable PRC that will be transmitted in Column 4 during each data output transmission This field contains the data variable PRC that will be transmitted in Column 5 during each data output transmission This field contains the data variable PRC that will be transmitted in Column 6 during each data output transmission This field contains the station number ASCII char acter string which is a representation of a numeric field that can be up to three digits long The station variable is transmitted during each data transmis sion and is stored with every data record in the monitor s internal data storage buffer Refer to Appendix I for a list of ASCII codes The default setting for the station number is 480
128. 9 pin RS232 port of your serial printer Go to step 8 5 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter 6 Plug the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your serial printer 7 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to step 8 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the serial printer The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem 8 To set the storage pointer to the first data record to be down loaded go to step 9 If you do not want to move the storage pointer go to step 12 9 Press lt STORE gt on the keypad to display the View Storage screen Figure 9 27 10 Press the right and left arrow keys to move the storage pointer to the data record where you want the data download to begin Section 8 11 Press and hold the lt CTRL gt key then press lt LAST FIRST gt This will move the storage pointer to the data record just before your beginning data record SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 36 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Ensure that your serial printer is turned on and is ready to begin printing 13 Press lt RS232 gt on the keypad to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 9 20 14 In the Set RS 232 Mode screen press lt EDIT gt 15 Press the up and down arrow keys to select Sto
129. AL COMMUNICATION Pace C 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AK Protocol Ask Register Command AREG continued SO fe weer tow onc e are ates ee 22 lt LF gt Up to 3 digits appended to the end of the response transmission according to the entry for RS Para 3 N w N N N o wo 2 wo w N wo wo o aN o AJAA S1 e ES a o BEN ee E EE o ye eC e l e APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AK Protocol Enter Register Command EREG COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 ASCII code for the 1 digit Station Number for example 4 052 The Station Number is always 1 digit in length RS Para 2 75048 ASCII code representation of the 2 digit Channel Number for example KO 075 048 The Channel Number is always 2 digits in length RS Para 3 13010 Optional Up to 3 ASCII codes can be added to response from the instrument In this case lt CR gt and lt LF gt ASCII codes 013 and 010 are appended to the response Enter 0 if nothing is to be appended COCO O 2 digit Channel Number as defined Number of current status conditions Number of current status conditions current status conditions Program Register Code of the wiles oo ae l PRC variable whose value is being Hah Ai d to th igits lon
130. AND 7 NAND PRC 137 Contact Closure Operator 0 lt 1 lt 2 3 gt 4 gt 5 lt gt 6 AND 7 NAND APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Less Than Less Than or Equal Equal Greater Than or Equal Greater Than Not Equal And Not And Less Than Less Than or Equal Equal Greater Than or Equal Greater Than Not Equal And Not And Pace B 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix C Two Way Serial Communication The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor supports two serial communication protocols the AK Protocol and the German Ambient Network Protocol These protocols permit a locally or remotely located computer to obtain information electronically from the unit These protocols are described in this appendix C 1 AK ProtocoLt The AK Protocol allows users to query the present value of any system variable remotely and allows the user to change those system variable values The user also can download information from the internal data logger The RPComm software program uses this protocol for two way communication directly to a personal computer PC or through a modem The following AK Protocol commands are presented in detail on the following pages AREG Ask Register Command The user can query the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor for the current value of any system variable Appendix B EREG Enter Register Command The user can assign a new value to any sy
131. Aux Flow 13 66 Frequency When you press the down arrow key to view additional information lines the status line remains visible at the top of the screen Because the Main screen displays data computed by the instrument none of the data values on this screen can be edited or changed by the user NOTE Upon initial instrument start up the values in the mass concentration fields are the running averages that are accumulated until a 1 hour time period has passed The values are visible to provide the user with an indication that the instrument is functioning after instrument power up or reset These raw values are used for internal calculations only SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The information lines contain the following information SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC This field contains the mass concentration value The unit calculates the mass concentration MC value by subtracting the Ref MC from the Base MC Section 7 This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the 1 hour mass concentration average ug m This is a sliding average that is updated every 60 minutes on the hour This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the 8 hour mass concentration average ug m This is a sliding average that is updated every 60 minutes on the hour This value can
132. C s keyboard 6 Refer to Figure 10 36 for a complete description of the control buttons on the Download Graph screen SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 42 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 36 Control buttons on the Download x Clears all data listed on the right hand side of the Download Graph Graph screen screen This includes the data being displayed Decreases the scale of the x and y axes concurrently With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button and make a box around an area inside the graph that you want to zoom into Once the box is finished release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the box dimensions Decreases the scale of the x axis With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor horizontally to the end of the zoom area and release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the new x axis dimensions Decreases the scale of the y axis With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor vertically to the end of the zoom area and release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the new y axis dimensions Enables panning Panning allows the user to move the graph area so that a different section of the x or y axis w
133. C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Inspect the large diameter impactor nozzle O ring for damage or wear Replace it if necessary If the O ring is still in good condi tion apply a thin film of silicone grease to the O ring Also apply a light coating of silicone grease to the aluminum threads of the acceleration assembly Figure G 8 7 Figure G 8 Acceleration assembly with O ring and threads highlighted Acceleration assembly threads Impactor nozzle O ring 7 Reinstall the insect screen and align the top plate markings with the lower plate markings The four holes in the top plate should align with the four spacer standoffs Install the top plate onto the lower plate and tighten the four pan head screws Figure G 3 APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure G 9 Inside of bottom of inlet assembly with collector plate high lighted Figure G 10 Cleaning the vent tubes of the lower inlet assembly G 1 3 CLEANING THE Lower COLLECTOR ASSEMBLY Follow these steps to clean and maintain the lower collector assembly NOTE Most of the contamination in the inlet is usually found on the collector plate 1 Using a general purpose cleaner with a paper towel clean the collector assembly walls and plate Figure G 9 Collector plate 2 Clean the three vent t
134. CTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 98 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 5 6 3 CONVERTING FROM A PM 10 To A PM 2 5 Monitor Follow these steps to convert the PM 10 Monitor to a PM 2 5 Monitor using the sharp cut cyclone SCC second stage inlet 1 Remove the PM 10 inlet from the top of the flow splitter by pulling it straight upward Figure 2 150 2 Apply a small amount of silicone grease to the 2 O rings inside of the base of the SCC PM 2 5 inlet Figure 2 146 3 Install the SCC PM 2 5 inlet onto the top of the flow splitter by pushing it straight down until it hits a stop 4 Apply a small amount of silicone grease to the two O rings inside of the base of the PM 10 inlet Figure 2 144 or 2 145 5 Install the PM 10 inlet onto the top of the SCC PM 2 5 inlet by pushing it straight down until it hits a stop Figure 2 151 Figure 2 151 Modified PM 10 inlet installed onto a sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 2 5 inlet Modified PM 10 inlet SCC PM 2 5 inlet SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 99 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is now configured as a PM 2 5 monitor There is no difference in monitor programming or opera tion with the SCC PM 2 5 second stage inlet installed 7 Perform a leak check on the system Section 3 5 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION P
135. Codes eccc coe ntccieen pecan teen meaeanse B 1 APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CODES ssseeessesesssseeaaeceseceeeeeseeeseeeeeess B 1 B 2 PRC Values Defined By Codes ccecceeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees B 9 APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION 0c cecssecssecsssceeeceeeeeseeeeeees C 1 Cele SAK Protocol EAE ois aissea E cette eae oe C 1 C 2 German Ambient Network Protocol cc ccsssssessseeeeeeees C 10 APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEW SOFTWARE 0 ss0sseeseeeseesseeseeaaeecaeceeeeeeeeeeeess D 1 D 1 Converting the 1400a to an 8500 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeeees D 2 D 1 1 Removing the Existing Software Program cccs D 2 D 1 2 Connecting the Control Unit to a Personal Computer D 6 D 1 3 Loading the 8500 System Software Into the Control Unit D 7 D 2 Installing New System Software cccccccceeesesesseeeeeeeeeeees D 10 D 2 1 Connecting the Monitor to a Personal Computer D 10 D 2 2 Loading New System Software Into the Monitor D 12 D 3 Installing RPCOMM 2 3 Scie ien eke eiecas es ene eadeaeee D 14 D 3 1 Uninstalling Previous Versions of R amp P Software D 14 D 3 2 Obtaining RPComm Installation Files ee D 14 D 3 3 Installing RPComm Onto a Personal Computer PC D 14 D 3 4 Updating the List of Program Register Codes in RP COMM seh2 hits een eiictieet NORR D 15 APPENDIX E CONSUMABLES AND PARTS cec
136. Comm Connection List screen is displayed with the multiple connections Figure 10 19 Figure 10 19 RPComm Connection List screen with multiple connections displayed RP Comm lolx File Help Hla D BX Ales ole am Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status Unit 1 8500 Inactive Pa unit 2 8500 Inactive PES 8500 Inactive Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Select the File pull down menu and choose Save Group Figure 10 20 This will display the Save Connection Group Figure tea eon screen Figure 10 21 Connection List screen with File pull down menu displayed S RP Comm Iof xi Ele Help E New Group Open Group 8 3 oF Instrument Type Modem Status Save Group Inactive 8500 Inactive 8500 Inactive New Connection mmm 1 4200 Monitors Plant A 2 Default Figure 10 21 Save Save connection group Connection Group screen Cancel SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 When in the Save Connection Group screen type a name for the group of new connections into the top white box Figure 10 22 Figure 10 22 Save Save connection group Connection Group screen with group name entered e500 Units Albany Monitoring
137. ENCLOSURE Pace K 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 1 ComPILATION PACKAGE You must use the 8500 Roof Modification package 59 009115 to install the 8500 module into a Revision A outdoor enclosure or a Revision B outdoor enclosure The kit includes 8500 module enclosure 2 14 1 2 inch x 13 inch 8500 module enclosure gaskets 8500 module enclosure cover Support arm 2 8500 module enclosure gaskets Sensor unit spacer 14 inch inlet tube Flow splitter extension 3 m 3 8 inch green nylon tubing Black plastic duct hood 4 3 4 inch 6 self tapping screws 18 inches 46 cm of 4 inch black plastic flexible tubing with two hose clamps Circulating fan kit Pump kit 1 2 inch metal push to connect union fitting 3 8 inch plastic push to connect union fitting 8 1 4 20 x 1 1 2 inch pan head screws 8 1 4 inch flat washers 4 10 32 x 3 4 inch pan head screws 4 10 flat sealing washers Nylon ferrules NOTE The 8500 Roof Modification Kit includes nylon ferrules that may be used in place of the metal ferrules that are installed inside the Swagelok fittings Using the nylon ferrules in place of the metal ferrules allows the user to create temporary connections rather than permanent connections NOTE Refer to Section 2 for instructions on installing the water condensation trap kit into the enclosure If you have a Revision A outdoor enclosure no pre cut 14 inch by 13 inc
138. EP SCREEN gt 2 Press lt 0 gt and lt 7 gt and then press lt ENTER gt The Com 2 Way Settings screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 9 26 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Com 2 Way Settings screen SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 29 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 26 Com 2 Way Settings screen with an RS Para 2 RS Para 3 COM 2 WAY SETTINGS additional line displayed RS Para 1 gt 52 75048 13010 The Com 2 Way Settings screen contains the following information RS Para 1 RS Para 2 RS Para 3 RS Para 4 SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT This field contains an ASCII code The definition of this parameter depends on whether the user selects the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Protocol This variable must be set to use either the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Pro tocol to transmit data to and from the monitor This field contains an ASCII code The definition of this parameter depends on whether the user selects the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Protocol This variable must be set to use either the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Pro tocol to transmit data to and from the monitor This field contains an ASCII code The definition of this parameter depend
139. ERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 24 Removing the PM 10 inlet 12 2 4 Flow Aupit PROCEDURE The flow audit procedure checks the flow rates in the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor The tolerances in this audit procedure should not be confused with the tighter specifica tions outlined in the calibration procedures of the Service Manual Perform the ambient air temperature verification Section 12 2 2 pressure verifica tion Section 12 2 3 and leak check Section 3 before executing the flow verification procedure Section 12 2 4 Tools Needed Flow audit adapter kit Follow these steps to perform a flow audit 1 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt on the control unit s keypad NOTE Any data generated by the instrument during this audit procedure are invalid Therefore do not run a flow audit procedure during a valid sampling run 2 Remove the sample inlet from the flow splitter Figure 12 24 SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Locate the flow audit adapter Figure 12 25 Figure 12 25 Flow audit adapter with valve open sl k 4 Ensure that the valve of the flow audit adapter is in its open position Figure 12 26 Figure 12 26 Flow audit adapter installed on flow splitt
140. EW STORAGE 2056 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 gt 01 Hr MC 34 9 24 Hr MC 12 3 5 When in the View Storage screen use the right and left arrow keys to move the storage pointer to the data record where you want the data download to begin Section 8 6 Press and hold the lt CTRL gt key then press lt LAST FIRST gt This will move the storage pointer to the data record just before your beginning data record 7 Initiate the data capture software such as TEOMCOMM or RPComm on your PC or other serial data recording device such as a data logger SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Set your data capture software to the data capture or data download function 9 If the monitor has been previously set up for data transfer to a PC go to step 14 If the monitor has not been previously set up for data transfer to a PC go to step 10 10 Press lt RS232 gt to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 5 8 11 When in the Set RS 232 Mode screen select the appropriate protocol for controlling the unit remotely or downloading the stored data records Section 9 Press lt ENTER gt to save the changes 12 Press lt ESC gt to return to the Main screen Go to step 13 13 If operating the instrument remotely using the RPComm software program refer to Section 10 If operating the instrument remotely using the AK Protocol
141. Fast Storage Out Exit program Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 2 2 SETTING THE COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS Follow these steps to set TEOMCOMM s communication parameters 1 Ensure that your PC is in MS DOS mode 2 Begin running the TEOMCOMM software program Section J 2 1 3 When in the TEOMCOMM Main screen Figure J 1 press the F3 key on the PC s keyboard to view the Set Station param eters currently stored in the program The PC will display the alphanumeric settings for the station number RS Para 1 and channel number RS Para 2 Figure J 2 Figure J 2 TEOMCOMM Main screen with Set Station parameters dis played Auto z HESL z E ot A TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Current Station 4 Current channel K Enter a one character station number Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 The TEOMCOMM program will prompt the user to enter a new station number and channel number Enter 4 for the station number and KO for the channel number
142. GNOV ala Grol voa Shlvis Sod y TOW FSNIVIS SOd y SAVIS JIL Bl a v F SNivis anal A S8e600 TS E Z 3 2 ogsg uo er G i F Z Zez S8v S z l L S9P600 1S a DEDEK 4 gar g h g gage uor 39190 3 o 7 3690 LEJ LEJ DWAVE ea 900600 TS 4 3 a g v Pace L 3 Series 8500 SCHEMATICS APPENDIX L Revision C 000 ZSS e1 J 9002 ge Bry n 3 3 g G40 133HS as yAe 300 aaiieidoud AURIS SI NOYLOST3 ONNSHL Pe voa 2 38088 y Wd 40 IN3SNOO NALLYM JHL LNOHLIM 3NVOT a SI L HOIHM 404 3SOduNd G3SS3YdX3 JHL V pay 888610 18 4 onimvaal_ azis aos SFO pith UAHLO 804 SINAINOO Si JO ASN HO Wd 3YNSO10SIC SNV3N ANY AB NOLLONGONdSS LS3NO3Y NOdN G3NSN3Y 38 OL SI U ONIYIM LNAWLYVdNOS YslYdd ad NOUVEOdHOD NOBLORTE ONESHL Y NI OL AYVLIIHdOYd NOLVWYOJNI SNIVLNOJ ONY JO ALYJdOYd JHL SI LNIWNIOQO SIHL qol 90098 a au aH UIOD OULIOYP MMM NOLVYOdYOO NOYLOST3 O J 90720790 3700 w U SUIGQIH NMYO NISLVSH 18 d YOLSINASHL cOvd ivisonasH 2 VOOO V84010 TS 148600 99 ATANASSV YATTIHO 98ld JAILNO X310 lt ce Arig SONSNaIGS V6E6O0 TS Gtd 94010 99 ATENASSV HATVA Sra OLOW 8I8010 9G om asva ea ATENASSV ATAVO jainai a SBld lt HARRI x a oO 0000 g a lal V6E6OO TS
143. ING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 11 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System D 2 2 Loapinc New System Sortware INTO THE Monitor IMPORTANT If you have purchased the TEOM 8500 FDMS Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM 1400a system you must load the new system software that came with the 8500 module into your TEOM 1400a control unit This will convert your TEOM 1400a system into a TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor Follow these steps to install a newer version of 8500 system software into the monitor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 When in the Main screen Figure D 6 of the control unit press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure D 7 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Hardware Press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Hard ware screen Figure D 8 Record all operating parameters in the Set Hardware screen When in the Set Hardware screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt This will display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure D 9 Record all temperature and pressure values for your sampling setup in the Set Temps Flows screen Connect your PC to the control unit Section D 1 1 Restart your PC and ensure that it is in MS DOS mode Type the following command after the MS DOS command prompt LOADALL p bbbbb where p An optional parameter specifying the serial port COM1 or COM2 used on the personal
144. Installation The pump kit includes Pump Mounting base bar Black rubber cork plug 4 rubber vibration mounts 4 spacers standoffs 4 8 32 x 5 8 inch binder head slot screws step 1 4 8 split ring lock washers step 1 8 10 fender washers steps 2 and 6 4 10 32 x 1 2 inch binder head slot screws step 3 8 10 split ring lock washers steps 3 and 6 4 10 32 x 1 2 inch hex head screws step 6 Follow these steps to install the pump in the outdoor enclosure 1 Attach the mounting base of the pump to the pump mounting legs Figure K 19 using the four 8 32 x 5 8 inch binder head slot screws and four 8 split ring lock washers APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 19 Pump installation drawing ENCLOSURE BOTTOM 1 90 325 24NCH BINDER HEAD SCREW 66 10 SPLUT RINGLOCK WASHER 2 RUBBER VIBRATION MOUNTS 7 8 SPLIT RINGLOCK WASHER 3 SPACERS STANDOFF S Bj E S2ch 34NCH BINDER HEAD SCREW 4 10 FENDER WASHER T PUMP MOUNTING BASE BARI 5 P 24NCH HEX HEAD SCREW 10 PUMP MOUNTING LEGS 2 Secure the four spacers onto the male end of the four rubber vibration mounts Figure K 19 Be sure to insert a 10 fender washer four washers total between the spacers and the rubber vibration mounts 3 Secure the vibration mount assemblies to the pump mounting legs using the four 10 32 x 1 2 inch
145. J 17 12 When in the Com 2 Way Settings screen enter the following parameters in these fields RS Para 1 52 RS Para 2 75048 RS Para 3 13010 RS Para 4 0 13 Press lt ENTER gt Figure J 18 FDMS Series 8500 Main screen OK 4 21 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC 14 Press lt ESC gt to display the Series 8500 Main screen Figure J 18 15 Ensure that the PC is communicating with the monitor through TEOMCOMM by selecting one of the commands from the TEOMCOMM Main screen Section J 3 APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix K Outdoor Enclosure The Outdoor Enclosure provides a heated and air conditioned environment for the Series 1400a control unit Series 1400a sensor unit and pump of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor It also contains enough space in its 19 inch mounting rack for the installation of data logging equipment The outdoor enclosure comes in Revision A and Revision B models The Revision B model has a pre cut hole in the top of the enclosure to accommodate the 8500 module enclosure For Revision A models the user must modify the top of the enclosure to accommodate the installation of the 8500 module Section K 2 This appendix describes the installation and maintenance of the outdoor enclosure Figure K 1 Outdoor enclosure re Air conditioner heater unit i T D p APPENDIX K OuTDOOR
146. L Time GRAPH RPComm can display any system register s in a real time graph Each register value is updated and graphed every second NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this section are from the Windows 98 and XP operating systems These screens may vary slightly from your computer s screens if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems Follow these steps to create a real time graph 1 When in the RPComm Download Data screen Figure 10 33 select the Real Time Graph tab to display the Real Time Graph screen Figure 10 43 SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 54 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 43 Real Time Graph screen i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 Mass Rate SecTION 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 55 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 In the bottom right hand corner of the screen is a list of system registers Using the scroll bar examine the list of registers and place a checkmark next to the registers that you wish to graph As registers are chosen the values will appear on the graph The color key on the top right hand corner of the screen shows the variables being graphed and their corresponding colors 3 Refer to Figure 10 44 for a complete description of the control buttons on the Real Time Graph screen SecTION 10
147. L gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt gt arrow key 6 Press the up lt T gt and down lt gt arrow keys to select the Inter val field 7 Enter the time interval using the control unit s keypad 8 Press the up lt f gt and down lt gt arrow keys to select the Stor Vars field IMPORTANT All data presently stored in the internal data logger will be lost when you change the value of the Stor Vars parameter 9 Enter the number of storage variables Stor Var 1 8 that you want the monitor to store For example if you set Stor Vari to record mass concentration PRC 008 Stor Var2 to record the 1 hour mass concentration measurement PRC 57 Stor Var3 to record total mass PRC 009 and Stor Var4 to record the volatility coefficient PRC 011 you would set the Stor Vars field to 4 10 Press the up lt f gt and down lt gt arrow keys to select the Sta tion field 11 Enter the station number using the control unit s keypad 12 Press the lt ENTER gt key The cursor will now change to the gt cursor 13 Press the lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt key to restart data collection To erase the contents of the circular storage buffer internal data logger change the value of the Stor Vars variable For example if the Stor Vars variable has a value of 8 change the value to 0 and then back to 8 to clear the bu
148. LLATION PAGE 2 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Locate the hoses and Y fitting connected to the mass flow con troller assembly Figure 2 4 Figure 2 4 Mass flow controller assembly with Y fitting and hoses highlighted Main flow hose SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Locate the PUMP port on the back Figure 2 5 and inside Figure 2 6 of the control unit Figure 2 5 Back of the sensor unit with PUMP port highlighted nr TF oT PUMP port OME or PUMP port PUMP port Small metal N collar Figure 2 6 Interior of the control unit with PUMP port small metal collar and Y fitting highlighted A SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Disconnect the main flow hose and bypass flow hose from the Y fitting by pushing in on the small collars at the end of the Y fitting and pulling the hoses out Figure 2 7 Figure 2 7 Removing a hose from the Y fitting mall collars Ag NOTE Do not remove the rigid hose adapters that are installed inside the ends of the main flow hose and the bypass flow hose Figure 2 8 Figure 2 8 Rigid hose adapter installed inside the end of a hose Rigid hose adapter
149. MAIN STATUSS gt key on the control unit s keypad 2 Press the lt 1 gt key the lt 8 gt key and then press the lt ENTER gt key Section 4 3 1 Pace 4 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 2 1 Status LINE The status line Figure 4 4 of the Main screen provides a summary of the current operational conditions of the instrument The status line contains the following information OK SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW This field contains the current status condition It is an alphanumeric code that summarizes the opera tional status of the instrument indicating whether any status condition exists Refer to Section 7 for an explanation of the unit s status codes This field contains the unit s current operating mode It indicates the instrument s current operational setting and the type of data being computed by the monitor The operating modes are Operating Mode 1 1 Operating Mode 2 2 Operating Mode 3 3 Operating Mode 4 4 Setup Mode S and Stop All Mode X Section 6 This field contains the status of analog output chan nel 1 A O 1 Ifthe A O 1 field of the Main screen status line is blank analog output 1 is operating in its usual fashion Section 9 If the A O 1 field contains a analog output 1 is being used as a status watch indicator When defined in this fashion analog output 1 transm
150. MC 12 3 10 Press the right and left arrow keys to move the storage pointer to the data record where you want the data download to begin Section 8 11 Press and hold the lt CTRL gt key then press lt LAST FIRST gt This will move the storage pointer to the data record just before your beginning data record 12 Initiate the data capture software such as TEOMCOMM or RPComm on your PC or other serial data recording device such as a data logger 13 Ensure that the data capture software is set for the same commu nication parameters as the instrument The default settings of the monitor are Baud rate 9600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 14 Set the data capture software to the data capture or data download mode 15 Press lt RS232 gt on the keypad to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 9 20 16 In the Set RS 232 Mode screen press lt EDIT gt 17 Press the up and down arrow keys to select Fast Store Out SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 32 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 18 Press lt ENTER gt The instrument will begin downloading data to the PC or other serial data recording device such as a data logger immediately after pressing lt ENTER gt NOTE If you leave the monitor in the Fast Store Out Mode after the monitor has transmitted the last data record in its data storage buffer the monitor will
151. MS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Attach the 9 to 9 pin cable to the RS232 connector on the front or back of the monitor Attach the null modem adapter to the other end of the 9 to 9 pin cable NOTE Not all null modem adapters can be used in this application because pin connections are not standard The null modem adapter 10 005671 that is available from R amp P is acceptable for use with the FDMS Series 8500 Monitor If your modem is equipped with a 9 pin connector go to step 8 If your modem is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 9 Install the null modem adapter onto the 9 pin connector on your modem Go to step 11 Attach a 9 to 25 pin serial adapter to the null modem adapter NOTE Not all 9 to 25 pin serial adapters can be used in this application because pin connections are not standard The 9 to 25 pin serial adapter 06 005895 0925 that is available from R amp P is acceptable for use with the FDMS Series 8500 Monitor Install the 9 to 25 pin serial adapter onto the 25 pin connector on your modem Go to step 11 Attach a phone line to the modem The modem is now ready to communicate with the monitor APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System H 2 SetTING uP RPComm FoR USE WITH A Mopem NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this appendix are f
152. Measurement System 13 Remove the 8500 module enclosure from the top of the outdoor enclosure Figure K 9 Figure K 9 Top of outdoor enclosure with 8500 module enclosure and screw hole markings 14 Using a 5 16 inch diameter bit drill the eight new mounting holes in the screw hole marks that you made in step 12 Figure K 10 Figure K 10 Drilling one of the new mounting holes Pace K 7 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 15 Using a jigsaw cut out the square section that you outlined in step 11 Figures K 11 K 12 and K 13 Figure K 11 Cutting out the square section APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 12 Drawing of the top of the outdoor enclosure with the square cut out lines Screw holes Square cut out a lines Top of outdoor Metal seam enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 13 Square section cut out of the top of the outdoor enclosure 16 Open the door of the outdoor enclosure 17 Remove the debris and dust from the inside of the outdoor enclo sure 18 Go to Section K 3 Installing the Black Plastic Tubing APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 10
153. Measurement System A 3 TEOMCOMM Sortware SCREENS This appendix contains all of the software screens displayed by the TEOMCOMM software program Figure A 55 Main screen M3 TEOMCOMM an d aee a efS Al TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 29 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 56 Communica tions Setup screen TEOMCOMM v1 41 Parity 1266 2400 4800 9600 19266 Stop Hardware 1 bit j 12 bits s i C Comk 2F8 03 Com Port COM1 COM2 C Comk Connection Direct i C Modem F2 Save Changes Settings Addr IRQ None Even Odd Handshake None CTS and DSR CTS Only DSR Only Phone Number CHex gt Modem Init Data hits 8 hits Flow Control None 1 XON XOFF A CATQEVSG 641248C18D25 7 60 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 30 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 57 Send String screen M3 TEOMCOMM Oo x avo aee a ofS al TEOMCOMM v1 41 Trailer 6661 6661 6661 6661
154. O ring to completely engage the tubing inside the fitting and prevent air leaks To disengage the connection push the small collar located at the end of the fitting Figure 2 16 toward the fitting and pull the tube out Figure 2 17 Dual flow fitting with the reducer fitting installed on the main flow metal tube SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 14 Slightly bend the main flow metal tube away from the main flow controller assembly enough to allow you to install the other plastic reducer fitting onto the bypass flow metal tube 15 Install the other plastic 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting onto the bypass flow metal tube short tube of the dual flow fitting Fig ures 2 16 and 2 18 Figure 2 18 Dual flow fitting with reducer fittings installed on the main flow metal tube and bypass flow i a L metal tube a i Bypass flow f Fa metal tube short ae SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 16 Install the main flow hose from the main flow side of the flow controller into the 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting on the main flow metal tube Figure 2 19 17 Install the bypass flow hose from the bypass flow side of the flow controller into the 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting on the bypass flow metal tub
155. OMM software program Appendix L The instructions in this section explain a two way data transmission which is transmitting data to and from the unit using a PC or other serial data recording device Follow these steps to transmit data to and from the monitor 1 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable to one of the RS232 ports on the control unit 2 Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit 3 If your PC or serial data recording device is equipped with a 9 pin RS232 connector go to step 4 If your PC or serial device is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 5 4 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 pin RS232 port of your PC or serial device Go to step 8 5 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter 6 Plug the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your PC or serial device 7 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to step 8 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the PC or serial device The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem 8 Initiate the data capture software such as TEOMCOMM or RPComm on your PC SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 38 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 Ensure that the data capture software is set for t
156. ON 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 16 Default configuration of contact closures Figure 9 17 Pin assign ments of contact closures 1 and 2 on 15 pin analog output connector 9 3 Contact CLosure Circuits The user can monitor the unit s operation and filter life by using two user definable reed relay contacts that open or close when certain status conditions occur In their default settings the monitor s contact closure circuits respond to status conditions and the filter loading percentage Figure 9 16 Ls Reed Relay Closed Reed Relay Open DATA VALID DATA INVALID Contact Closure Circuit 1 Status codes M T or F are Status codes M T or F are not active active FILTER LOAD FILTER NEEDS EXCHANGE Contact PERCENTAGE OK Closure Circuit 2 Percent of filter remaining is Percent of filter remaining is less than 90 greater than 90 The pin assignments to the contact closure relays Figure 9 17 can be found on the 15 pin analog connectors on the front and back panels of the control unit The contact closure relay can be used for voltages up to 200 VAC or 200 VDC and currents as high as 10 mA Voltage In Voltage Out SeEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 3 1 Set Contact CLosure SCREEN The us
157. OOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 86 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 123 Top of the enclosure Figure K 124 Close up view of the top of the air inlet filter K 7 2 CLEANING THE AiR INLET FILTER The air conditioner is designed to be maintenance free with the exception of the condenser air inlet filter You must periodically clean the air conditioner heater air inlet filter Check the air inlet filter monthly and clean it as necessary Also you must periodically clean the screen that is located on the back of the pump box Follow these steps to clean the air inlet filter 1 Locate the air inlet filter on the top right hand side of the air conditioner heater enclosure Figure K 125 a Air inlet filter 2 Locate the handle on the top of the air inlet filter Figure K 125 Handle at top of filter APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 87 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Pull the filter up and out of the enclosure Figures K 126 and K 127 Figure K 125 Removing filter 4 Clean the filter by flushing it with warm water 5 Allow the filter to dry thoroughly 6 Recoat the filter with McLean Midwest RP Super Filter Coat adhe sive 22 002678 or an equivalent adhesive If the air inlet filter is damaged you can purchase a new filter from R amp P 7 Install the cleaned or new
158. OS command prompt 5 6 7 8 LOADALL p bbbbb where p An optional parameter specifying the serial port COM1 or COM2 used on the personal computer PC connected to the control unit This parameter does not need to be entered if COM1 is being used on the personal computer If you are using COM2 enter a 2 for this parameter bbbbb An optional parameter for the baud rate at which the RS232 port of the control unit is configured Examples of baud rates that can be entered are 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 The default value is 9600 bps NOTE If an MS DOS environment error occurs while following one of the above commands add the following statement to the CONFIG SYS file of your computer SHELL C DOS COMMAND COM P E 768 Press Enter When the STATUS light begins to blink press any key The Title screen and then the Main screen Figure D 6 will display on the control unit s four line display Press lt DATA STOP gt to enter the Setup Mode Press and hold the lt SHIFT gt key APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 7 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure D 6 Main screen OK 4 21 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC 9 While pressing lt SHIFT gt press lt STOP ALL gt to cause the unit to perform a full software reset 10 The Title screen and then the Main screen will display again on the control unit
159. PENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS SET ANALOG OUTPUTS Max Volt gt 10 VDC O01 Hr MC 0 00 SET ANALOG OUTPUTS 10 VDC 01 Hr MC 0 00 500 00 08 Hr MC 0 00 500 00 Tot Mass 0 00 5000 00 10 VDC Revision C 000 Pace A 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Fi A 13 Set Contact Ae eee SET CONTACT CLOSURE Contl1 Pre gt Status NAND 7 00 Cont2 Pre Pres Drop Fi A 14 Set Contact e eG SET CONTACT CLOSURE additional lines displayed Contl1 PRC gt Status NAND 7 00 Cont2 PRC Pres Drop Fi A 15 Set RS 232 ae SET RS 232 MODE Mode None gt None Print On Line Figure A 16 Set RS 232 Mode screen with additional SET RS 232 MODE lines displayed Mode None gt None Print On Line AK Protocol German Prot Store to Print APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Coin eek COM PRINT SETTINGS Interval gt 1800 Columns 6 Prnt Var 1 01 Hr MC ee ea K COM PRINT SETTINGS additional lines displayed Interval gt 1800 Columns 6 Prnt Varl 01 Hr MC Prnt Var2 08 Hr Mc Prnt Var3 12 Hr MC Prnt Var4 24 Hr MC Prnt Var5 Tot Mass Prnt Var6 Null Station 48048048 Figure A 19 Com 2 Way Settings screen RS Para 2 RS Para 3 Figure A 20 Com 2 Way Settings screen with RS Para 2 RS Para 3 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF
160. PPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 52 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 15 Locate the main flow outlet port on the bottom right hand corner of the 8500 module Figure K 72 Figure K 72 Close up view of main flow outlet on the bottom of the 8500 module Main flow outlet 16 Install the 8500 module s main flow outlet port onto the sample inlet of the sensor unit Figure K 73 Be sure to tighten the Swagelok fitting 1 1 4 turn past finger tight with a wrench Figure K 73 8500 module s main flow outlet port installed onto the sample inlet of the sensor unit A APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 53 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 17 Place the Series 1400a control unit on the two angle mounting brackets located in the upper left hand corner of the enclosure Figure K 67 18 Install the electrical connections for the 8500 module Section 2 4 4 19 Assemble the main flow connections Section 2 4 3 1 20 Assemble the electrical connections Section 2 4 5 21 Assemble the sensor unit connections Section 2 4 6 22 Locate the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 74 Figure K 74 8500 module enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 54 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 23 Locate one of the 8500 module enclosure gaskets Sec
161. Pace 10 33 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 When in the Download Data screen select the Storage Pointers tab Figure 10 30 The Storage Pointers screen will display Figure 10 31 Figure 10 31 Storage Pointers screen i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 05 Apr 04 08 09 05 000 8 23 13 0 031 SecTION 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 34 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 When in the Storage Pointers screen select the appropriate control buttons to move the storage pointer Refer to Figure 10 32 for a complete description of the control buttons on the Storage Pointers screen Figure 10 32 Control buttons on the Storage Moves the storage pointer to the first record in the buffer The Pointers screen displayed position of the storage pointer will change unless the storage pointer was already at the beginning of the buffer Moves the storage pointer to the last record in the buffer The displayed position of the storage pointer will change unless the storage pointer was already at the end of the buffer Moves the storage pointer back x number of records where x is defined in the Change Record Step box Moves the storage pointer forward x number of records where x is defined in the Change Record Step box Change Record Step box The step size can be 1
162. Place the bottom of the filter exchange tool on top of the TEOM open for as short a time as filter Figures 3 13 and apply downward pressure approximately possible to minimize the 0 5 kg or 1 Ib to seat the filter firmly in place temperature change in the system 15 Raise the mass transducer to the closed position using the black knob 16 Fasten the holding rod onto the latch plate 17 Push the silver handle up until the shipping latch snaps into place 18 Close and latch the door to the sensor unit Keep the door open for as short a time as possible to minimize the temperature change in the system SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 19 Reset the unit by pressing lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt on the control unit s keypad 20 Wait 5 minutes to allow the temperatures to stabilize inside the transducer and sensor unit 21 Press the lt DATA STOP gt key on the control unit s keypad 22 Open the door of the sensor unit 23 Open the mass transducer 24 Press straight down on the TEOM filter with the bottom of the filter exchange tool Figure 3 13 This ensures that the filter is properly seated after it has experienced an increase in tempera ture 25 Close the mass transducer and sensor unit door 26 Reset the unit by pressing lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt on the control unit s keypad 27 Wait 5 minutes 28 Loo
163. Print On Line Mode You can display the Com Print Settings screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 In the Main screen Figure 9 7 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 9 8 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set RS 232 Mode and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 9 18 In the Set RS 232 Mode screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt 2 Press lt 0 gt and lt 6 gt and then press lt ENTER gt SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 24 Com Print Settings screen with additional lines displayed COM PRINT SETTINGS Interval gt 1800 Columns 6 Prnt Varil 01 Hr MC Prnt Var2 08 Hr Mc Prnt Var3 12 Hr MC Prnt Var4 24 Hr MC Prnt Var5 Tot Mass Prnt Var6 Null Station 48048048 The Com Print Settings screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 9 24 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Com Print Settings screen The Com Print Settings screen contains the following information Interval Columns Prnt Var 1 Prnt Var2 Prnt Var3 SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT This field contains the time interval ssss between data output transmissions The default setting is 1
164. R ENCLOSURE Pace K 66 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 21 Locate the flow splitter extension Figure K 93 Figure K 93 Flow splitter extension 22 Install the smaller end of the flow splitter extension into the large dome connector on the cover of the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 94 Continue sliding the flow splitter extension down into the large dome connector until it hits a stop Figure K 94 Flow splitter extension installed in the large dome connector APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE PAGE K 67 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 23 Locate the flow splitter assembly Figure K 79 24 Install the flow splitter assembly into the flow splitter extension Figure K 95 Install the end of the inlet tube into the metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting that is attached to the top of the main inlet on the 8500 module Figure K 95 Installing the flow splitter assembly into the flow splitter extension APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 68 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 25 Hold the flow splitter assembly securely Figure K 96 26 Slide the flow splitter extension upward as far as it will go on the flow splitter Figure K 96 Figure K 96 Flow splitter extension pushed all the way up the flow splitter assembly Slide the flo
165. RS232 ports on the control unit 2 Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit 3 If your personal computer PC is equipped with a 9 pin RS232 connector go to step 4 If your personal computer is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 5 4 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 pin RS232 port of your PC Go to step 8 5 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter 6 Plug the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your PC 7 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to step 8 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the PC The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem 8 Ensure that the Main screen Figure D 6 is displayed on the control unit s four line display APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 10 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 Press lt F2 gt on the control unit s keypad until an N None Mode displays in the RS232 Mode field of the Main screen s status line Figure D 10 The instrument must remain in the None Mode while executing the computer routines described in this section RS232 Mode field Figure D 10 Main screen with the RS232 Mode field OK 4 highlighted Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC APPENDIX D INSTALL
166. Register Codes This appendix lists the code assignments for system variables program register codes PRCs used to define the operation of the instrument Appendix C Two Way Serial Communication This appendix describes the two way RS232 protocols used to exchange information between the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and a computer or data logger Appendix D Installing New Software This appendix explains how to install new system software into the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor This appendix also explains how to obtain and load RPComm onto your personal computer PC Appendix E Consumables and Parts This appendix lists the consumables and spare parts used in the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Pace 1 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Appendix F Filter Log This appendix contains a filter log to track all readings associated with each exposed filter Appendix G Inlet Maintenance This appendix contains maintenance procedures for the PM 10 inlet the modified PM 10 inlet the sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 1 and PM 2 5 inlets Appendix H Modem Communications This appendix describes how to connect the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor to a modem for offsite communications and how to set up a serial switching device for use with multiple instruments Appendix I ASCII Codes This appendix contains a list of the principal ASCII codes that may be used for setting up the in
167. Registers Real time Graph Key Pad l Down load Graph Storage Pointers 19 4ug 04 15 00 05 19 4ug 04 16 00 05 19 Aug 04 17 00 05 19 Aug 04 18 00 05 19 Aug 04 19 00 05 19 Aug 04 20 00 05 19 Aug 04 21 00 05 19 Aug 04 22 00 05 19 Aug 04 23 00 05 20 4ug 04 00 00 05 20 Aug 04 01 00 05 20 Aug 04 02 00 05 20 Aug 04 03 00 05 20 Aug 04 04 00 05 20 Aug 04 05 00 05 20 Aug 04 06 00 05 20 Aug 04 07 00 05 20 Aug 04 08 00 05 20 4ug 04 09 00 05 Aug 04 10 00 05 17 00 00 Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 37 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 34 Control buttons on the RPComm Download Data screen Downloads all stored data in the data buffer starting at the first data record After the data are downloaded the storage pointer will move to the end of the data storage buffer When the data have been downloaded the data will be displayed in the Download Data screen Downloads data from the current storage pointer position to the end of the data buffer After the data are downloaded the storage pointer will lt move to the end of the data storage buffer Aborts the download This action will set the storage pointer to the record location where the download was aborted B Copies the selected data to the Windows clipboard The data can then be imported and used in other programs Sends the selected data to the Download Graph screen Sto
168. S This appendix contains all of the software screens displayed by the RPComm software program Figure A 42 Connection List screen RPComm Connection List Group Default Iof x Eile Help Deax es amp M Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 43 Control buttons on the Connection List screen b x 5l Bl El Displays the instrument connections on the screen as large icons Displays the instrument connections on the screen as small icons Displays the instrument connections on the screen as a list Displays the instrument connections on the screen as a list with details such as instrument type and status Creates a new instrument connection Edits the settings of the instrument connection currently selected Deletes the instrument connection currently selected Establishes a connection to the selected instrument Disconnects the instrument connection Displays the Properties screen showing the connection properties for the selected instrument Displays the Schedule Download screen which allows the user to schedule automatic data downloads from the selected instrument 12 07 2004 10 00 S500 Site 1 Contains a list of the data downloads currently scheduled APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 18
169. SOFTWARE SCREENS COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 gt 52 75048 13010 COM 2 WAY SETTINGS additional lines displayed RS Para 1 gt 52 75048 13010 Pace A 9 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 21 View Storage screen Figure A 22 View Storage screen with additional lines displayed VIEW STORAGE 16 20 03 gt 01 Hr MC 24 Hr MC VIEW STORAGE 16 20 03 gt 01 Hr MC 24 Hr MC Main Flow Frequency Noise Null Null Null APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS 2056 15 Jun 04 34 9 12 3 2056 15 Jun 04 34 9 12 3 3 0 248 3217 5 438 Revision C 000 Pace A 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Sega Set Storage SET STORAGE Stor Varl gt 01 Hr MC Stor Var2 24 Hr MC Stor Var3 Samp Dew cae SET STORAGE displayed Stor Varl gt 01 Hr MC Stor Var2 24 Hr MC Stor Var3 Samp Dew Stor Var4 Frequency Stor Var5 Tot Mass Stor Var6 Amb Temp Stor Var7 Null Stor Var8s Null Interval 60 00 Stor Vars 4 Station 48048048 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 11 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 25 Set Temps Flows screen SET TEMPS FLOWS T Case gt 30 00 30 T Air 30 00 30 T Cap 30 00 29 Figure A 26 Set Temps Flows screen with additional SET TEMPS FLOWS lines displayed T Case gt 30 00 30 T A
170. Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Operating Manual 42 010874 Revision C 08Aug2008 2007 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc All rights reserved Specifications terms and pricing are subject to change Not all products are available in all countries Please consult your local sales representative for details Thermo Fisher Scientific Air Quality Instruments 27 Forge Parkway Franklin MA 02038 1 508 520 0430 www thermo com aqi WEEE Compliance This product is required to comply with the European Union s Waste Electrical amp Electronic Equipment WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC It is marked with the following symbol Thermo Fisher Scientific has contracted with one or more recycling disposal companies in each EU Member State and this product should be disposed of or recycled through them Further information on Thermo Fisher Scientific s compliance with these Directives the recyclers in your country and information on Thermo Fisher Scientific products which may assist the detection of substances subject to the RoHS Directive are available at www thermo com WEEERoHS Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Patents Copyrights and Trademarks This instrumentation from Thermo Fisher Scientific is covered by one or more of the following patents U S Patent Office 3 926 271 4 391 338 4 696 181 4 836 314 with other U S and international patents pending Thi
171. Set Temps Flows and then press lt ENTER gt 2 When in the Set Hardware screen Section 6 4 press lt STEP SCREEN gt 3 Press the lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt keys and then press lt ENTER gt Each temperature and flow rate has two numbers associated with it The left hand value is the parameter setting and can be changed The right hand number is the current value and cannot be changed The Set Temps Flows screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 6 7 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Set Temps Flows screen SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 6 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 6 7 Set Temps Flows screen with additional lines displayed SET TEMPS FLOWS T Case gt 30 00 30 00 T Air 30 00 30 00 T Cap 30 00 29 98 F Main F Aux T A S P A S Amb Temp Amb Pres FAdj Main FAdj Aux Revision C 000 The Set Temps Flows screen contains the following information SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP T Case T Air F Main This field contains the setting and current value of the temperature C inside the control unit The default setting is 30 C and can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode The current value cannot be edited This field contains the setting and current value of the temperature C of the air stream as it enters th
172. Site i 7 into the top white box j Cancel 5 Select OK 6 When in the RPComm Connection List screen Figure 10 7 select the File pull down menu and choose Open Group Figure 10 20 This will display the Open Connection Group screen Figure 10 23 Figure 10 23 Open Open connection group Connection Group screen e500 Units Albany Monitoring Site OK i Cancel 7 Verify that the group name that you entered in step 4 is correct 8 Select Cancel Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 3 5 OPENING A SAVED GROUP Follow these steps to open a saved group 1 When in the RPComm Connection List screen Figure 10 7 select the File pull down menu and choose Open Group Figure 10 20 This will display the Open Group screen Figure 10 23 2 Place your cursor on the saved group name and click once with your mouse The saved group name should now be highlighted Figure 10 24 Figure 10 24 Open Open connection group Connection Group screen with group name high 8500 Units Albany Monitoring Site OK lighted i i itori i Cancel 3 Select OK Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 The connections that you saved under the saved group name should now appear in t
173. Succ ienaitonceiets K 1 K 1 Compilation Package seid ciiosesiecsnig cman eizeteugeaceeeiistiedele K 2 K 2 Preparing a Revision A Outdoor Enclosure eeeeeeees K 3 K 3 Installing the Black Plastic Tubing ceeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeees K 11 K 4 Pump installation siccisideniien ieee K 15 K 5 8500 Module Installation 2 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaees K 18 K 5 1 Installing a Revision A 8500 Module cccecee K 20 K 5 1 1 Flow Splitter Installation Revision A 8500 Module K 28 K 5 2 Installing a Revision B 8500 Module eee K 44 K 5 2 1 Flow Splitter Installation Revision B 8500 Module K 58 K 6 Circulating Fan Installation ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaes K 74 K 7 Outdoor Enclosure Maintenance c cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees K 84 K 7 1 Adjusting the Temperature Setting ceeeeees K 84 K 7 2 Cleaning the Air Inlet Filter 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees K 87 K 7 3 Cleaning the Condenser Coils ccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees K 89 K 8 Installing the Optional Sliding Shelf 00 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeees K 90 K 9 8500 Module Enclosure Access Points cceeeeeeeeeeeees K 91 APPENDIX L SERIES 8500 SCHEMATICS cccecesesceeeeeeceeeenneeeeeeeessesseeneeeeeeess L 1 Electrical Schematics acveie Aeexdaynctc vedi niuetioagecendh teguessioeeenentciveereteieee L 1 PAGE xiv Revision C 000 Operating Man
174. TE Ensure that the electric and air connecting cable is not bent sharply or kinked Figure 2 104 Electric and air connecting cable installed on the sensor unit with the air flow port A highlighted 7 You must now assemble the flow splitter Section 2 5 1 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 69 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 105 Flow splitter 2 5 INSTALLING THE SAMPLING SYSTEM To install the sampling system you must set up the flow splitter assembly Section 2 5 1 tripod assembly Section 2 5 2 sample tube assembly Section 2 5 3 and the sampling system assembly Section 2 5 4 and then choose an appropriate inlet Section 2 5 5 2 5 1 Flow SPLITTER ASSEMBLY An isokinetic flow splitter Figures 2 105 and 2 106 is used in combination with a second automatic flow controller to divide the sample flow into two components after the air stream passes through the size selective inlet The two sample flow compo nents are the main flow 3 l min that flows to the mass transducer and the auxiliary or bypass flow 13 67 l min that is maintained by the second flow controller The flow splitter should be located directly below the sample inlet Figure 2 50 Follow these steps to set up the flow splitter assembly 1 Locate the flow splitter Figures 2 105 and 2 106 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 70 Revision C 000 Operati
175. TION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 ADVANCED FEATURES The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor contains the following features e Self referencing real time TEOM mass monitor e Sample Equilibration System SES used to dry and condition the sample stream e Active volumetric ActiVol flow control incorporating mass flow controllers sensors for ambient temperature and pressure and the control logic for maintaining a constant volumetric flow rate e Characterized size selective inlet systems operating at 1 m h 16 7 1 min for PM 10 PM 2 5 and PM 1 sampling e TEOM inertial microbalance system providing a consistent true mass reading of the collection filter mass e Mass transducer design provides improved mass resolution for short term measurements e Incorporates AB technology for enhanced measurement stability for mobile installations e Filter based direct mass monitoring using TEOM technology The instru mentation contains noradioactive components and has a 2 year warranty e Continuous dust monitor with U S EPA approval EQPM 1090 079 that complies with the California ARB 1 hour acceptance criteria for mass concentration precision e Mass and time resolution mass transducer minimum detection limit of 0 06 ug The instrument has a precision of 2 5 ug m for 1 hour averages e Available with a choice o
176. This test requires the use of two phone lines 5 When in the Connection List screen Figure H 1 select the name of the connection used to verify the modem connection above E3 and then select the Edit Selected Connection icon on the tool bar The Connection Type screen will display Figure H 2 APPENDIX H Mopem COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 7 8 9 10 11 When in the Connection Type screen ensure that the correct instrument type is selected and select the Settings button to display the AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 3 Examine the list of command codes on the right hand side of the AK Protocol Setup screen Select the correct series of command codes needed to trigger the desired instrument As codes are chosen they will appear on the bottom of the screen in the Con nection Command box If a code is entered incorrectly the user can delete the incorrect code by selecting the code in the Con nection Command box and pressing the Delete key on your computer s keyboard The remaining portions of the screen should have been set while establishing the modem connection step 1 Do not modify these settings Select the OK button to exit the AK Protocol Setup screen The Connection Type screen will display Figure H 2 When in the Connection Type screen select the OK button to finis
177. UTPUT Pace 9 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 5 L shaped analog input output board located inside the control unit Output ie A jumpers a us Ei Tei i Ci FEFE nin D i iy a a4 ith bahi ka be ta FERET EET Er n TE E Be ers iE pr he r The following values define the location of analog input channel 0 on the 15 pin analog I O ANALOG I O connector on the front of the control unit Input Channel Signal Ground Location on L shaped board 0 Signal pin 7 Ground pin 8 Analog board channel 4 Pace 9 4 SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 6 View Analog Inputs screen Figure 9 7 Main screen Figure 9 8 Menu screen 9 1 1 View ANALOG INPUTS SCREEN The View Analog Inputs screen Figure 9 6 displays the current values of the monitor s analog inputs VIEW ANALOG INPUTS A I 0 gt 0 000 A I 1 17 363 A I 2 27 463 You can display the View Analog Inputs screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 In the Main screen Figure 9 7 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 9 8 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select View Analog Inputs and then press lt ENTER gt 2 Press lt 2 gt and lt 3 gt and then press lt ENTER gt OK 4 Mass
178. WITH RESPECT TO THE AFFECTED PRODUCTS THE OBLIGATIONS CREATED BY THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT TO REPAIR OR REPLACE A DEFECTIVE PRODUCT SHALL BE THE SOLE REMEDY OF BUYER IN THE EVENT OF A DEFECTIVE PRODUCT EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED ORAL OR WRITTEN WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE SELLER DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE PRODUCTS ARE ERROR FREE OR WILL ACCOMPLISH ANY PARTICU LAR RESULT PAGE III Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Equipment Ratings The following information can be used to determine the power service requirements for the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor not including the sampling pump Line Voltage 115 V 60Hz 1 0 Amp 230 V 50 Hz 0 5 Amp IMPORTANT Disconnect the power cord from the power source output while servicing the instrument to prevent electrical hazard Environmental Ranges The instrument and its sample pump must be installed in a weather sheltered location that is heated in the winter and air conditioned in the summer NOTE There may be hazardous line wire accessible inside the enclosure PAGE IV Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Electrical and Safety Conformity ATER Tiy This producthas bee
179. When in the AK Protocol Setup screen select the Dialing Rules button The Dialing Properties screen will display Figure H 7 Figure H 7 Dialing Properties screen Dialing Properties My Locations am dialing from New Location New in am in this country region Remove Area code United States of America i 8 Area Code Rules m When dialing from here To access an outside line For local calls dial For long distance calls dial I To disable call waiting dial Dial using Tone dial Pulse dial E l For long distance calls use this calling card None Direct Dial OK Cancel Apply 16 Ensure that the dialing rules are correct for your telephone sys tem and area code APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 17 Select the OK button to exit the Dialing Properties screen The AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 3 will now appear as the active screen on your computer 18 When in the AK Protocol Setup screen select the OK button The Connection Type screen Figure H 2 will now appear as the active screen on your computer 19 When in the Connection Type screen select the OK button 20 To connect to your Series 8500 FDMS Monitor through the mo dem highlight the connection name on the Connection List screen Figure
180. X XXX XXXX 23 When in the AK Protocol Setup screen select the Dialing Rules button The Dialing Properties will display Figure H 7 24 Ensure that the dialing rules are correct for your telephone sys tem and area code 25 Select the OK button to exit the Dialing Properties screen The AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 4 will now appear as the active screen on your computer 26 When in the AK Protocol Setup screen select the OK button The Connection Type screen Figure H 2 will now appear as the active screen on your computer 27 When in the Connection Type screen select the OK button 28 To connect to your series 8500 FDMS Monitor highlight the connection name on the Connection List screen Figure H 1 and then select the Connection icon El on the tool bar The Modem connection will now be initiated When communication is estab lished the Download Data screen Figure H 8 will display NOTE If the connection is successful the unit s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen If the connection is not successful or if there is no instrument attached then the serial number will be blank or will display 99999 If the modem loses its connection wait at least 1 minute before trying to establish another connection This allows the modem to reset itself 29 After the connection has been verified disconnect the modem connection to the instrument 30 Connect the
181. ace 2 100 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 3 Sample Preparation This section explains how to install and replace TEOM filters and 47 mm filters and discusses the length of the filters lifetime The Series 8500 FDMS module and sensor unit always must be operated with a TEOM filter installed in the mass transducer and a 47 mm filter installed in the 8500 module Be sure to install both filters before applying power to the instrument Also this section explains how to turn on the monitor and perform a leak check 3 1 TEOM Fitter REPLACEMENT X Do not handle TEOM Do not handle new TEOM filters with your fingers Use the filter exchange tool filters with your fingers Figure 3 1 provided with the instrument to replace filters 3 1 1 First Time TEOM FILTER INSTALLATION Follow these steps to install a TEOM filter before the first sampling run 1 Ensure that the filter exchange tool Figure 3 1 is clean and free of any contamination that might be transferred to the TEOM filter Figure 3 1 Close up of the filter exchange tool A and a TEOM filter B 2 Open the door of the sensor unit Figures 3 2 and 3 3 SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 2 TEOM sensor unit Figure 3 3 TEOM sensor unit with door open 3 Locate the silver handle on the fro
182. ailable from R amp P is acceptable for use with the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 13 Install the 9 to 25 pin serial adapter onto the 25 pin connector on your modem Go to step 14 14 Attach a phone line to the modem The modem is now ready to communicate with the monitor 15 When in the Connection List screen Figure H 1 select the name of one of the connections used to verify the direct connection above and choose the Edit Selected Connection icon on the tool bar The Connection Type screen will then display Figure H 2 16 When in the Connection Type screen ensure that the correct instrument type is selected and select the Settings button to display the AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 3 17 Place your cursor on the small black down arrow located to the right of the white box in the top left hand corner of the AK Proto col Setup screen A menu will display Figure H 4 Select the appropriate modem connection from the list NOTE The Station Setup portion of the screen should have been set when you established your direct connection Section 10 Do not modify these settings 18 When the appropriate modem connection is displayed in the top left hand corner of the AK Protocol Setup screen select the Comm Setup gt button The Properties screen will display Fig ure
183. air or replace at Seller s option defective Products so as to cause the same to operate in substantial conformance with said published specifications provided that a Buyer shall promptly notify Seller in writing upon the discovery of any defect which notice shall include the product model and serial number if applicable and details of the warranty claim b after Seller s review Seller will provide Buyer with service data and or a Return Material Authorization RMA which may include biohazard decontamination procedures and other product specific handling instructions and c then if applicable Buyer may return the defective Products to Seller with all costs prepaid by Buyer Replacement parts may be new or refurbished at the election of Seller All replaced parts shall become the property of Seller Shipment to Buyer of repaired or replacement Products shall be made in accordance with the Delivery provisions of the Seller s Terms and Conditions of Sale Consumables including but not limited to lamps fuses batteries bulbs and other such expendable items are expressly excluded from the warranty under this warranty Notwithstanding the foregoing Products supplied by Seller that are obtained by Seller from an original manufacturer or third party supplier are not warranted by Seller but Seller agrees to assign to Buyer any warranty rights in such Product that Seller may have from the original manufacturer or third party supplier to t
184. allows the user to verify the monitor s K calibration Figure 12 18 KO Confirma tion screen KO Confirm 209 44188 gt Filt Wght 0 07903 without a filter 209 44186 9683 Oscillating frequency with a filter You can display the KO Confirmation screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 In the Main screen Figure 12 19 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 12 20 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select KO Confirmation and then press lt ENTER gt 2 Press lt 1 gt and lt 7 gt and then press lt ENTER gt Figure 12 19 Main screen g OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC Figure 12 20 Menu screen LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The KO Confirmation screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 12 21 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the KO Confirmation screen Figure 12 21 KO Confirma tion screen with additional KO Confirm lines displayed gt Filt Wght 287 53182 Audit K0 Actual KO Diff 209 44188 0 07903 209 44186 9683 The KO Confirmation screen contains the followin
185. alue you do not need to press the lt ENTER gt key after pressing the lt NO gt or lt YES gt key to save the change How ever if you pressed the lt 0 gt key for NO or the lt 1 gt key for YES to change the value you must press the lt ENTER gt key to save the change SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 5 Basic Operation This section explains how to program a sampling run retrieve data after a sampling run in the field and verify your monitor s performance characteristics 5 1 PROGRAMMING THE MONITOR This section describes the procedures for programming the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor for a sampling run See Section 4 for more detailed information on navigating through the monitor s software screens Follow these steps to program the monitor for a sampling run 1 2 3 4 5 Figure 5 1 Main screen OK Install a TEOM filter into the mass transducer Section 3 Install a 47mm filter into the 8500 module Section 3 Press lt DATA STOP gt to ensure that the monitor is in the Setup Mode Section 4 Perform a leak check Section 3 In the Main screen Figure 5 1 press lt TIME DATE gt on the keypad Figure 5 2 to
186. an be edited when the monitor is in any operating mode Stor Vars This field contains the number of data fields that the monitor will store per record The default setting for this parameter is 8 variables This parameter can be edited when the monitor is in any operating mode IMPORTANT All data stored in the internal data logger are lost when you change the value of the Stor Vars parameter Station This field contains the station location variable This parameter contains an ASCII string which is a representation of a numeric field Appendix I that can be up to three digits long The ASCII string is stored with every record in the internal data logger and is transmitted every time data are sent to a serial device The default setting for this parameter is 48048048 which is the ASCII code for 000 This parameter can be edited when the monitor is in any operating mode Follow these steps to change the Stor Var 1 8 variables 1 2 3 4 5 SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Press the lt DATA STOP gt key When in the Main screen Figure 6 1 press the lt STORE gt key to display the View Storage screen Section 8 When in the View Storage screen press the lt STEP SCREEN gt key to display the Set Storage screen Figure 6 9 You also can press the lt 0 gt and lt 9 gt keys and then press the lt ENTER gt key to display the Set Storage screen Press the lt EDIT gt key The gt cursor
187. and latch the door to the sensor unit Keep the door open for as short a time as possible to minimize the temperature change in the system 19 Turn on the control unit SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 1 3 CLEANING THE SWITCHING VALVE You must clean the switching valve that is located inside the 8500 module each time that you clean the sample inlet that is mounted on the tripod or as necessary Tools needed Valve cleaning brush Follow these steps to clean the switching valve 1 Press the lt DATA STOP gt key on the monitor s keypad to enter the Setup Mode Section 6 2 Locate the 8500 module Figure 12 11 Figure 12 11 8500 module Thermo Te SERER enon rg ae a SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Locate the valve signal cable and the valve position cable on the back of the 8500 module Figure 12 12 Figure 12 12 Valve signal cable A and valve position cable B installed onto the back of the 8500 module 4 Disconnect the 9 pin valve signal cable from the 9 pin VALVE CONTROL connection port Figure 12 12 5 Locate the 3 inch black insulation sleeve that is installed on the sample inlet between the sensor unit and 8500
188. appropriate standard regulatory values when in the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 This will cause the monitor to use the standard temperature and pressure values in its sample volume calculations Section 1 NOTE If the user wants to use the instrument for US EPA equivalent PM 10 measurements they must ensure that the standard temperature is set to 25 C and the standard pressure is set to 1 atm Section 6 3 4 regardless of the values that they entered for the average temperature and average pressure settings SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 3 1 Active VoLuMETRIC FLow CONTROL The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses mass flow controllers to ensure a constant and precise volumetric flow through the instrument The mass flow controllers use the actual active volumetric flow control setting or average passive volumetric flow control setting temperature and pressure values to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The active volumetric flow control setting directs the unit to use the actual ambient temperature and pressure to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The passive volumentric flow control setting directs the unit to use the average temperature and pressure values to regulate the volumetric flow through the system If the user wants the unit to use the actual temperature and pressure to control the volumetric fl
189. ating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 24 Locate the flow splitter assembly Figure K 38 25 Install the flow splitter assembly into the flow splitter extension Figure K 50 Install the end of the inlet tube into the metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting that is attached to the top of the main inlet on the 8500 module Figure K 50 Installing the flow splitter assembly into the flow splitter extension APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 38 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 26 Hold the flow splitter assembly securely Figure K 51 27 Slide the flow splitter extension upward as far as it will go on the flow splitter Figure K 51 Figure K 51 Flow splitter extension pushed all the way up the flow splitter assembly Hold here Slide the flow _ splitter extension _ upward APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 39 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 28 Tighten the dome connectors on the cover plate 29 Locate the support arm Section K 1 30 Slide the support arm over the end of the flow splitter and install it into the elbow on the cover Figures K 52 and K 53 Figure K 52 left Support arm installed 5 Support ring Figure K 53 right Close nf up view of the elbow _ Set screw k 31 Tighten the set screws in the elbow on the cover an
190. be stored in the monitor Some parameters can be changed only when the monitor is in the Setup Mode Section J 3 3 Figure J 6 TEOMCOMM Main screen with request for value of PRC number displayed M3 TEOMCOMM Auto 4 Hae E gjs A TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter a new value for PRC 45 Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 3 3 Set INSTRUMENT MODE This command allows the user to change the Operating Mode of the monitor When the user selects this command the PC will request the new Operating Mode Figure J 7 Figure J 7 TEOMCOMM Main screen with request for new operating mode displayed M3 TEOMCOMM Avo ue a ef al TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter mode number _ lt i Run 2 Data Stop 3 Stop All 4 F5 5 User Defined Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System After the user enters the appropriate valu
191. cable with ambient temperature sensor sensor and connector ie A highlighted Connector 2 Run the temperature sensor s cable through the 4 cm diameter hole and attach the cable s connector to the AMBIENT TEMP connection port on the back of the control unit Figure 2 125 IMPORTANT Be sure to connect the ambient temperature sensor s cable to the connector on the back of the control unit Figure 2 125 Back panel of control unit with the AMBIENT TEMP connec tion port A highlighted SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 81 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Locate the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing Section 2 2 4 Cut a length of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing that will reach between the bypass extension Figure 2 126 of the flow splitter and the control unit Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular 5 Insert one end of the cut 3 8 inch nylon green tubing into the open end of the bypass flow filter Figures 2 126 and 2 127 located on the back of the control unit Bypass flow filter Figure 2 126 Bypass and main flow large in line filters located on the back of the control unit Figure 2 127 3 8 inch green nylon tubing inserted into the bypass flow large in line filter SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 82 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement S
192. capacity Most configurations store more data Computed using a storage interval of 30 minutes SEcTION 8 ViEWING STORED DATA Pace 8 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 8 2 View Storage screen Figure 8 3 Main screen Figure 8 4 Menu screen 8 1 View STORAGE SCREEN The View Storage screen Figure 8 2 allows users to view the data records stored in the monitor s internal data logger circular storage buffer The fields in this screen cannot be edited VIEW STORAGE 2056 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 gt 01 Hr MC 34 9 24 Hr MC 12 3 You can display the View Storage screen on the four line display of the control unit in three different ways 1 Press lt STORE gt on the control unit keypad 2 In the Main screen Figure 8 3 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 8 4 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select View Storage and then press lt ENTER gt 3 Press lt 0 gt and lt 8 gt and then press lt ENTER gt OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs SEcTION 8 ViEWING STORED DATA Pace 8 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The View Storage screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display
193. ccceeccccececeeeececeeeanececeneeecaeeeaneeees E 1 E 1 GOnSUMADIES aeriana teal tect ee teal tat Sar E 1 E 2 PAS EE E A ENA E E S P nese E 2 APPENDIX Fe FILTER LOG rersnerer ses n a E hed E S EAS ee F 1 PAGE XII Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Table of Contents continued APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE 0 cccccceeeseeeeceeeeeeeessneeceeeeeeesssensaeeeeeeseeeeees G 1 G 1 Cleaning the PM 10 and Modified PM 10 Inlets cee G 1 G 1 1 Removing the Inlet 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees G 1 G 1 2 Cleaning the Top Acceleration Assembly ce G 3 G 1 3 Cleaning the Lower Collector Assembly ceee G 7 G 1 4 Reinstalling the Inlet 0 2 0 eee eee eeseeeeeeteeeeeeeenteees G 11 G 2 Maintenance of Sharp Cut Cyclone SCC Inlets G 12 APPENDIX H MODEM COMMUNICATIONS cccceceeeecceeeeeeeesceneaeeeeeeeeseeseneeeeeeeees H 1 H 1 Setting up a Standard Commercial External Modem H 1 H 2 Setting up RPComm for use with a ModemM ceeeeeeeeees H 3 H 3 Setting up the Serial Switching Device ceceeeeeeeees H 11 H 3 1 Multiple R amp P Instruments of the Same Model H 11 H 3 2 Multiple R amp P Instruments of Different Models H 14 H 3 2 1 Connecting a Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and Other R amp P Instruments of Different Models eeeeeeeee
194. ceeccceeeeeeeesesenteeeeeeeees 2 49 2 4 3 1 Main Flow Connections ccccccccssseessteeeeeeeseeeaes 2 49 2 4 3 2 Bypass Flow Connections cceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 2 54 2 4 4 8500 Module Installation eeseeeeeeceeecneeeneeeeees 2 59 2 4 5 Electrical Connections cccccccccsssssseeeeeeeesssseesteeeeees 2 63 2 4 6 Sensor WI sr anpa i ERSA Sa Tani 2 67 2 4 6 1 Sensor Unit Connections 0 ceceeescsceeeeeseeestaees 2 67 2 5 Installing the Sampling System cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 70 2 5 1 Flow Splitter Assembly sssnnnssennnseseneeeeneeeeenerssrrreserrrneee 2 70 2 5 2 TPO ASSOMDNS iisisti a 2 74 2 5 3 Sample Tube Assembly cccceeeesseeeteeeseeeeteneeeenees 2 79 2 5 4 Sampling System Setup cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeee 2 81 2 5 5 Installing the Water Condensation Trap Kit 08 2 91 2 5 6 IMISES SIS CHOI asee a renal E E 2 95 2 5 6 1 Installing a Sample Inlet eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 96 2 5 6 2 Converting from a PM 10 to a PM 1 Monitor 2 98 2 5 6 3 Converting from a PM 10 to a PM 2 5 Monitor 2 99 PAGE VIII Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Table of Contents continued SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION cccccccsecceececcceccecceeccesececeeeceeeeeceseeeeseseeeaes 3 1 3 1 TEOM Filter Replacement c cceessec
195. cheduled for each connection listed in the connection list If more than one download is scheduled for the same time the downloads will occur in the order that they are listed in the Scheduled Download box NOTE Thermo recommends that you schedule data downloads to occur 5 minutes apart to ensure smooth data transmission Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 46 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System During a scheduled download RPComm assigns file numbers or names to the downloaded data according to the file numbers that already exist in the download directory RPComm increments the file numbers by a value of one more than the largest file number that already exists in the download directory For example if the download directory has one file in it with the number 20114s01 txt at the next scheduled data download RPComm will assign the file name 20114s02 txt to the new downloaded data The number 02 was the next available file number SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 47 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 8 VIEWING NSTRUMENT OPERATION NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this section are from the Windows 98 and XP operating systems These screens may vary slightly from your computer s screens if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems 10 2 8 1 ViewinG System REGISTERS
196. cimal representation of the exclusive or of all response bytes The high byte of the CRC is transmitted as byte 38 and the low byte ff if more than one Program Register Code is specified in RS Para 3 byte 5 is sent as byte 39 of the response transmission is either 2 or 3 and bytes 7 to 36 are repeated for each Program Register Code NOTE ABOUT MULTIPLE PRC CODES APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 12 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix D Installing New Software The TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor s instrument software is stored in battery backed random access memory New revisions of the system software can be loaded directly into the instrument with a PC This appendix explains how to convert your TEOM 1400a control unit into a TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor by uploading the system software that came with your TEOM 8500 FDMS Module Section D 1 This appendix also explains how to install new system software into the TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor Section D 2 and how to obtain and load RPComm onto your PC Section D 3 System requirements for running RPComm software are e Pentium processor e 64 megabytes MB of random access memory RAM e 40 MB of hard drive space IMPORTANT If you have purchased the TEOM 8500 FDMS Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM TEOM 1400a system you must first load the new system software that came with the 8500 module into your
197. cludes a comparison operator lt lt gt gt lt gt or a logical operator AND or NAND and a constant value with which the PRC is compared If the result of the comparison for an output channel is true the monitor closes the circuit makes contact otherwise the channel remains open SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System In the monitor s default configuration contact closure channels 1 and 2 are defined as follows Channel 1 Current Status Code NAND 7 Channel 2 Current Filter Pressure Drop lt 90 9 4 Down oapinc Data The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor can transmit information to other devices through a number of different means including analog output RS232 output a parallel printer output user defined logic level outputs and contact closure In addition to providing on line printing capabilities the instrument directly supports a number of RS232 communication protocols suchas the AK Protocol and the German Ambient Network Protocol Appendix C When using the AK Protocol the user can change the value of system variables and download stored data from a remote location Also the instrument can download its stored data records directly to a serial printer or other serial device such as a PC This section explains how to download data through the RS232 port to a serial printer PC and other data capture devices s
198. continue to transmit stored data records to the PC or other serial data recording device as data records are stored in its data storage buffer The user sets the rate at which data records are stored in the data storage buffer and the stored variables that will be downloaded to the PC or other serial data recording device when in the Set Storage screen Section 6 19 When the data download is complete set the RS232 protocol to None 20 Disconnect the RS232 cable from the monitor and the PC or other serial data recording device SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 33 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 4 4 2 Print ON LINE Mope The user must set up the monitor to download data records using the Print On Line Mode before they have been recorded This RS232 protocol will download data to a PC or other serial recording device while the unit is recording data records Follow these steps to download data using the Print On Line Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable to one of the RS232 ports on the control unit Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit If your PC or other serial data recording device is equipped with a 9 pin RS232 connector go to step 4 If your PC or other serial data recording device is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 5 Plug the
199. ction is successful the instrument s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen Figure 10 12 If the connection is not successful or if there is no instrument attached then the serial number area will be blank or will display 00000 Figure 10 13 SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 3 3 CREATING MuLTIPLE New CONNECTIONS Various new connections can connect to different types of R amp P instruments Follow these steps to create multiple new connections 1 If you are creating multiple new connections only to Series 8500 FDMS Monitors go to step 2 If you are creating multiple new connections to different instruments go to step 7 2 Create a new connection Section 10 2 3 1 and change the name of the new connection Section 10 2 3 2 3 Create another new connection Section 10 2 3 1 Figure 10 17 Figure 10 17 RPComm Connection List screen with a named connection and a new connection RP Comm OP x File Help He Dm xX Ale 3a JA Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status Unit 1 8500 Inactive 8500 Inactive New Connection Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Change the name of the new connection Section 10 2 3 2 Figure 10 18 Figure 10 18 RPCom
200. culates the mass concentration MC based on the slope of the frequency mass that is measured during each base reference time period six minutes NOTE Upon initial instrument start up the values in the mass concentration fields are the running averages that are accumulated until a 1 hour time period has passed The values are visible to provide the user with an indication that the instrument is functioning after instrument power up or reset These raw values are used for internal calculations only Figure 7 6 Mass Concen tration Screen Mass Concentration Curr Chan BASE Mass Conc 11 5 Base MC 10 3 You can display the Mass Concentration screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 When in the Main screen Figure 7 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 7 7 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Mass Concentration and then press lt ENTER gt 2 Press lt 1 gt and lt 4 gt and then press lt ENTER gt Figure 7 7 Menu screen LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs SEcTION 7 STATUS CODES PAGE 7 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 7 8 Mass Concen tration screen with additional lines displayed SEcTION 7 STATUS CODES Mass Concentration Curr Chan Mass Conc Base MC The Mass Concentration screen co
201. d File Help New Group Open Group Status Modem Status Save Group Inactive New Connection Default i 2 3 4 SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 The RPComm Connection List screen will display with a Quit R amp P Communicator message Figure 10 6 3 Select Yes Figure 10 6 RPComm Connection List screen with Quit R amp P Communica tor message RPComm Connection List Group Default ile Help be ebef iia ee Connection Name DB x es gl instrument Type Status ModemStatus RPComm Connection List Group Default Quit A amp P Communicator SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 3 CONNECTING To THE Monitor With RPComm A connection is the hardware software and proper settings that enable information to travel between your PC and the monitor The hardware part of the connection is accomplished with the use of a 9 to 9 pin serial cable Section 10 1 The software part of the connection is accomplished when RPComm is started The proper settings must be set up within RPComm to complete the connection NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this section are from the Windows 98 and XP operating systems These screens may vary slightly from your compute
202. d all data OK Cancel Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 45 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Select the box next to the day s of the week that you want the data to be downloaded You may choose a single day each week or any other combination of days 4 Select the time s on the chosen day s that the data are to be downloaded The data can be downloaded up to four times a day 5 Select the directory location where you want the downloaded data to be stored Thermo recommends that you create a separate directory for data downloads and that you remove these files from this directory on a regular basis because the file serial number can track only 100 files The data file will be saved under a file name according to the following convention nnnnnsyy txt where nnnnn the unit s serial number s data type s storage data yy file number 01 02 etc 6 Select which data files are to be downloaded 7 When the schedule has been completed select OK to save your changes The scheduled downloads for the next 24 hours are listed in the scheduled download list on the Connection List screen For example Figure 10 38 shows a scheduled download for 08 28 2002 at 12 00 pm for unit 8500 Site 1 Figure 10 38 Example of a scheduled download in the 08 20 2004 12 00 S500 Site 1 ki RPComm Connection List screen 8 Data downloads can be s
203. d codes can be sent over the phone line to trigger a particular serial port and therefore allow communication with the connected instrument RPComm can be configured to operate with these devices and send the required command codes H 3 1 MurtipLte R amp P INSTRUMENTS OF THE SAME MopeEL Refer to this section if you are connecting two or more R amp P instruments of the same model to a serial switching device Follow these steps to set up a serial switching device 1 Set up the unit for modem communications Section H 1 Verify that modem communications to each instrument are successful before adding the serial switching device 2 Obtain a serial switching device from a commercial manufac turer R amp P has found that devices manufactured by Black Box Corp work well with its instrumentation although other devices also should function properly The part number and cost of the device will vary depending on how many serial devices the user wishes to connect to it 3 From the serial switching device s documentation determine the command codes required to activate each serial port being used 4 Unplug the serial cable and its adapter s from the modem and plug the cable assembly into the serial switching device Follow the instructions provided with the serial switching device and connect it to the modem NOTE R amp P recommends that the serial switching device s connections be tested before the unit is placed in the field
204. d filter cassette 9 Install the filter holder into the filter holder 10 Close the filter door SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 33 Main screen with filter loading percent age highlighted Figure 3 34 Main screen showing that filter replace ment is required 3 3 FILTER LOADING The filter loading percentage value indicates the fraction of the TEOM filter s total capacity that has been used You can check the TEOM filter loading percentage on the monitor s Main screen Figure 3 33 Because this value is determined by the pressure drop of the main sample flow line the instrument always shows a non zero value even if no TEOM filter is mounted in the mass transducer New TEOM filters generally exhibit filter loading percentages of 15 to 30 at a main flow rate of 3 l min and less at lower flow rates Filter loading percentage OK 4 21 NU 09 39 Mass Conc 11 5 01 Hr MC 12 5 08 Hr MC 8 3 TEOM filters must be replaced before the filter loading percentage reaches 100 to ensure the validity of the data generated by the instrument Figure 3 34 At some point above 100 the main flow drops below its set point Status condition Filter loading percentage X 4 91 NU 09 45 Mass Conc gt 11 5 01 Hr MC 12 7 08 Hr MC 9 2 If the filter loading percentage is higher than 30 at a main flow rate of
205. d in the support ring on the flow splitter Figures K 52 and K 53 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 40 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 32 Locate the bypass extension on the flow splitter Figures K 33 and 54 Figure K 54 Removing the fastening nut from the bypass extension Bypass ay extension wf 33 Remove the fastening nut from the bypass extension Figure K 54 of the flow splitter APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 41 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 34 Remove the rubber ring from the bypass extension fastening nut Figure K 55 Figure K 55 Bypass extension fastening nut A and rubber ring B 35 Install the bypass extension fastening nut onto the end of the nylon green tubing Figure K 56 Ensure that the knurled or bumpy side of the bypass extension fastening nut is directed down the green bypass tubing toward the top of the enclosure Figure K 56 Installing the bypass extension and rubber ring onto the green bypass tubing 36 Install the rubber ring onto the end of the green bypass tubing Figure K 56 Ensure that the rubber ring is approximately 1 4 inch from the end of the green bypass tubing APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 42 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 37 Insert the green bypas
206. data records Section 9 Press lt ENTER gt to save the changes SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 16 17 18 19 20 Section 5 Basic OPERATION If operating the instrument remotely using the RPComm software program refer to Section 10 If operating the instrument remotely using the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Protocol refer to Section 9 4 5 If downloading data records using the Fast Store Out RS232 Mode refer to Section 9 4 4 1 If downloading data records using the Print On Line RS232 Mode refer to Sec tion 9 4 4 2 If downloading data records using the Store to Print RS232 Mode refer to Section 9 4 4 3 After you have set up the unit for downloading data go to step 17 If setting up the unit to receive an analog input refer to Section 9 If setting up the unit to transmit analog outputs refer to Sec tion 9 2 If setting up the unit s contact closure circuits refer to Section 9 3 If not setting up the unit to receive analog inputs transmit analog outputs or to use the unit s contact closure circuits go to step 18 If using the password function to control access to unit opera tion refer to Section 11 If not using the unit password function go to step 18 Press lt ESC gt to display the Main screen Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to start data collection NOTE Upon initial in
207. data records are stored in its data storage buffer The user sets the rate at which data records are stored in the data storage buffer and the stored variables that will be downloaded to the serial printer when in the Set Storage screen Section 6 IMPORTANT The instrument will begin download data to the serial printer immediately after the user changes the RS232 Mode to Store to Print If you want to use this RS232 Mode be sure to turn on your serial printer and connect it to the monitor BEFORE setting the RS232 Mode to Store to Print PAGE 9 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Fast Store Out Figure 9 22 Main screen with RS232 Mode field A OK 4 21 highlighted Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT This field contains the Fast Store Out RS232 Mode When the monitor is in the Fast Store Out Mode the unit downloads all data records from the storage pointer to the end of the data storage buffer to a PC or other serial data recording device such as a data logger If the user leaves the monitor in the Fast Store Out Mode after the monitor has transmitted the last data record in its data storage buffer the monitor will continue to transmit stored data records to the PC or other serial data recording device as data records are stored in its data storage buffer The user sets the rate at which data records are stored in the data
208. dified PM 10 inlet SCC PM 2 5 inlet The exact maintenance interval between cleanings of the SCC depends on the particulate matter mass concentration and composition in the ambient air Field and laboratory experience indicate a required cleaning interval of three to four weeks or more Thermo suggests that the user clean the SCC inlet more frequently until operational experience allows better determination of proper cleaning intervals based on your local conditions Because the sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 1 inlet is similar in construction to the SCC PM 2 5 inlet the maintenance procedures are the same for both inlets APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Follow these steps to maintain the SCC inlet 1 Pull the SCC up and off the flow splitter 2 Pull off the transfer tube Figures G 16 and G 18 If it is too tight to remove it by hand pry it off with a rigid plastic lever Figure G 18 SCC transfer tube 3 Remove the top cap Figures G 16 and G 19 and emptying cup Figures G 16 and G 20 from the chamber Figures G 16 and G 21 Figure G 19 SCC top cap WH APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure G 20 SCC emptying cup Figure G 21 SCC chamber with emptying cup transfer tube and top cap removed 4 We
209. ditions RH Weights w1 w2 WA Exposure Stats Val Time Tot Time Weights w1 w2 WF Conditions RH Temp Date Time Conditions RH Temp Date Time Weights w1 w2 Wi Exposure Stats Val Time Tot Time Volume Exposure Time Conditions RH Temp Date Time Conditions RH Temp Date Time Weights w1 we Ws WF Conditions RH Temp Date Time Conditions RH Temp Date Time Exposure Stats Conditions Val Time Tot Time Volume RH Temp Date Time Conditions RH Temp Date Time Pace F 2 APPENDIX F FILTER Loa Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix G Inlet Maintenance This appendix contains maintenance procedures for the PM 10 inlet modified PM 10 inlet sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 1 and PM 2 5 inlets G 1 CLEANING THE PM 10 anb Mopiricp PM 10 INLETS Supplies and tools recommended for maintenance Ammonia based general purpose cleaner Cotton swabs Small soft bristle brush Paper towels Distilled water Silicone based stopcock grease Small screwdriver Small crescent wrench Pocket knife Thermo recommends cleaning and maintaining the PM 10 inlet every 1 to 3 months of continuous operation This includes removing the inlet from the unit cleaning it and checking its O ring
210. djustment factor This value is used during the software cali bration of the mass flow controller Service Manual The default setting for this parameter is 1 000 and this value can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses mass flow controllers to ensure a constant and precise flow through the instrument The mass flow controllers use the actual active volumetric flow control setting or average passive volumetric flow control setting temperature and pressure values to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The active volumetric flow control setting Section 6 3 1 directs the unit to use the actual ambient temperature and pressure to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The passive volumentric flow control setting Section 6 3 2 directs the unit to use the average temperature and pressure values to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The instrument is delivered with the following temperatures and pressures settings Standard temperature 25 C Standard pressure 1 atmosphere atm Average temperature 25 C Average pressure 1 atmosphere atm If the user receives the FDMS Series 8500 module directly from Thermo the only change that the user must make before using the instrument for U S EPA equivalent PM 10 measurements is to choose how they want the monitor to control the volumetric flow actively Section 6 3 1 or passively Secti
211. down lt gt arrow key To increase the value of the variable by 100 steps at a time press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To decrease the value of the variable by 100 steps at a time press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt J gt arrow key Press the lt ENTER gt key to save the change Using the up and down arrow keys to change a variable is very convenient when chang ing a variable that is not entirely numeric For example when in the Set Analog Outputs screen Section 9 you can press the lt EDIT gt key the up lt T gt arrow key and then the lt ENTER gt key to change the value of AO2 Var from 01 Hr MC to O8 Hr MC It is generally a good practice to use the up lt T gt and down lt J gt arrow keys to change the value of alphanumeric variables such as the Month value in the Set Time screen and Max Volt and Jumpers values in the Set Analog Out puts screen In certain cases two editable variables may appear on the same line For example in the Set Temps Flows screen Section 6 the average and standard temperature variables T A S are on the same line If you want to change the value of these variables make sure the Set Temps Flows screen is displayed on the control unit s four line display When in the Set Temps Flows screen press the press up lt T gt and down lt gt arrow keys to m
212. e mass transducer The default setting is 30 C and can be adjusted when the monitor in the Setup Mode The current value cannot be edited This field contains the setting and current value of the temperature C inside the mass transducer The default setting is 30 C and can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode The current value cannot be edited This field contains the setting and current value of the main SENSOR FLOW flow rate l min The default setting is 3 l min and can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode The current value cannot be edited Pace 6 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System F Aux T A S P A S Amb Temp Amb Pres FAdj Main SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP This field contains the setting and current value of the auxiliary BYPASS FLOW flow rate l min The default setting is 13 67 l min and can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode The current value cannot be edited This field contains the average and standard tem perature C settings The default setting for both parameters is 25 C and can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode The user can use these values to set the unit s volumetric flow control Sections 6 3 1 and 6 3 2 and to determine how the unit reports the mass concentration levels Sections 6 3 3 and 6 3 4 If the instrument has been used before and the user wants to retu
213. e s storage data yy file number 01 02 etc 2 Once you have chosen a file name select the Save button 3 The file will be saved in a comma delimited ASCII format which can be imported into any spreadsheet program The data include all column heading information Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 44 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 7 ScHEDULING Data DownLoaps RPComm s automatic download capability allows the user to schedule automatic data downloads from a unit up to four times a day NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this section are from the Windows 98 or XP operating systems These screens may vary slightly from your computer s screens if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems Follow these steps to schedule an automatic data download 1 When in the RPComm Connection List screen ensure that a new connection or other connection name is selected Figure 10 29 2 When in the RPComm Connection List screen select the Sched ule Download icon d on the tool bar The Schedule Downloads screen Figure 10 37 will now display Figure 10 37 Schedule 8500 monitor 1 Downloads screen Days Times E c WIN98 X I Sunday ga E S lV Monday My Documents Iv m 0 00 E 0 00 Nugedey z 5 8500 downloads m 0 00 a 0 00 IV Wednesday T Thursday IV Friday T Saturday C Down loa
214. e screen Figure 9 20 14 In the Set RS 232 Mode screen press lt EDIT gt 15 Press the up and down arrow keys to select Print On Line 16 Press lt ENTER gt The instrument will begin downloading data to the PC or other serial data recording device such as a data logger immediately after pressing lt ENTER gt 17 When you want to stop downloading data set the RS232 protocol to None 18 Disconnect the RS232 cable from the monitor and the PC or other serial data recording device SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 35 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 4 4 3 STORE To Print MoDE The user can set up the monitor to download data records using the Store to Print Mode before they have been recorded while they are being recorded or after they have been recorded The Store To Print mode is designed to transmit information to a serial printer by sending one new record every 2 seconds Follow these steps to download data using the Store to Print Mode 1 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable to one of the RS232 ports on the control unit 2 Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit 3 If your serial printer is equipped with a 9 pin RS232 connector go to step 4 If your serial printer is equipped with a 25 pin connec tor go to step 5 4 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the
215. e and barometric pres sure No adjustment is necessary in the case of a volumetric flow meter The total volumetric flow measured by the reference flow meter must be 16 67 1 0 I min to be acceptable 10 Disconnect the bypass flow line from the bypass extension on the bottom of the flow splitter Figure 12 28 SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 28 Disconnect ing the bypass flow line from the bypass extension 11 Cap the exit of the flow splitter bypass extension with the 3 8 inch Swagelok cap Figure 12 29 Figure 12 29 Bypass flow extension with 3 8 inch Swagelok cap SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Read the main flow approximately 3 0 l min on the reference flow meter If you are using a mass flow meter you must make any necessary corrections to translate this reading to volumetric I min at the current ambient temperature and barometric pressure No adjustment is necessary in the case of a volumetric flow meter The volumetric flow measured by the reference flow meter must be 3 0 0 2 I min to be acceptable If the main flow reading is within acceptable limits go to step 14 If the main flow reading is not within acceptable limits go to step 1
216. e filter assembly and dispose of the water out side the enclosure or set a waste container below the filter bowl inside the enclosure and loosen the drain screw at the bottom of the bowl allowing the water to empty into the container IMPORTANT Monitor and log the vacuum gauge reading A pump in good condition should produce a vacuum thatis at least 65 percent of ambient pressure For example ifthe ambient pressure is 29 92 Hg the vacuum gauge should read at least 21 Hg If the pump can not maintain a vacuum of 65 percent of ambient pressure the pump may need to be rebuilt or replaced Refer to Appendix E for rebuild kit or replacement pump part numbers NOTE Inextremely humid conditions consider raising the enclosure temperature to 75F 24C to avoid excess water accumulation in the trap Appendix K SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 94 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 5 6 INLET SELECTION The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor can be configured with a variety of inlet systems This section describes the procedures for installing a sample inlet onto the sampling system setup Section 2 5 6 1 and converting the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor from a PM 10 to a PM 1 monitor Section 2 5 6 2 or to a PM 2 5 monitor Section 2 5 6 3 NOTE If your Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is configured for use as a PM 10 or PM 2 5 monitor with the original PM 10 inlet Figure 2 144 and you are
217. e for the new Operating Mode the PC will display a confirmation message that states that the instrument s Operating Mode has been successfully changed The user may choose between the following Operating Modes Operating Mode 1 Operating Mode 2 Operating Mode 3 Operating Mode 4 Operating Mode 5 APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware This selection puts the monitor into the Run Mode Section 6 This selection puts the instrument into the Setup Mode Section 6 This selection puts the instrument into the Stop Mode Section 6 This selection toggles the Analog Output 1 field between its normal operating mode and its use as a Status Watch indicator Section 4 This selection allows the user to exercise the SFxx command Set Function xx defined in the AK Protocol Appendix C For example the user can set the monitor s time parameter by using command code 26 while in Operating Mode 5 Appendix C Pace J 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 3 4 DownLoab STORAGE This command allows the user to download data records that are stored in the monitor s internal data buffer The data download will begin at the current location of the storage pointer and end at the most recently recorded data record When the user selects this command the PC will request the number of data records that they want to download Figure J 8 Figure J 8 TEOMCOMM Main scree
218. e of the dual flow fitting Figure 2 19 Figure 2 19 Dual flow fitting with main flow and bypass flow hoses installed 18 If you must install the second generation flow controllers go to Section 2 3 2 Mass Flow Controller Upgrade If your 1400a System already has the second generation flow controllers installed inside the control unit go to step 19 19 Install the top cover onto the control unit and go to Section 2 4 Installing the Control and Sensor Units SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 3 2 Mass FLow ConTROLLER UPGRADE The replacement procedure includes removing the original design mass flow control lers Section 2 3 2 1 splicing into the control unit s 15 volt power supply Section 2 3 2 2 installing the new mass flow controllers Section 2 3 2 3 and testing the new mass flow controllers The Mass Flow Controllers Upgrade Kit Figure 2 20 for the Series 1400a Ambient Particulate Monitor includes Assembled pre calibrated mass flow controllers with Technocraft valves Power wire connector for the new controller attached Wiring harness attached Two splice connectors Figure 2 20 1400a flow controllers with the Technocraft valves Power wire connector Splice connectors Wiring harness SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS
219. e serial COM port on your PC that the unit is connected to Section 10 1 4 The Station Setup portion of the screen lists a Station Number default 4 052 and Channel Number Default 075 048 Do not change the default values without first contacting R amp P 5 The description boxes for Delay Time Phone Number and Con nection Command are not used for a direct connection 6 Select OK when you have confirmed the proper settings Section 10 Using RPComm Pace 10 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Select OK when in the Connection Type screen to finish the connection setup New Connection will now be displayed in the Connection List screen Figure 10 10 Figure 10 10 RPComm Connection List screen with a New Connection RP Comm lolx Eie Help D 0 New Connection 8500 Inactive owe Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status ars a IDSXA Ss E 8 To change the name of the New Connection go to Section 10 2 3 2 Changing the New Connection Name If not go to step 9 9 If you want to create additional connections go to Section 10 2 3 3 Creating Multiple New Connections If not go to step 10 Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 The New Connection should now be ready for use If yo
220. e that there is a faulty connection or component such as the mass flow controller or the vacuum pump in the system If the flow read ings do not exceed these calculated values go to step 18 18 Slowly open the valve located on the flow audit adapter IMPORTANT Before removing the flow audit adapter open the valve on the adapter slowly to gradually release the vacuum in the system 19 Remove the flow audit adapter from the flow splitter 20 Install the sample inlet onto the flow splitter Section 2 SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 28 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 21 Replace the TEOM filter in the mass transducer Sections 3 1 4 and 3 1 2 22 Close the mass transducer and the sensor unit door SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 29 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 30 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 4 Software Overview This section describes the steps involved in navigating through the basic screens of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and interacting with the unit Follow the procedures outlined in Sections 2 and 3 before attempting to operate the monitor 4 1 Title SCREEN When the user presses the power switch Figure 4 1 of the Series 1400a control
221. e the bottom of the filter exchange tool on top of the filter Figures 3 13 and apply downward pressure approximately 0 5 kg or 1 Ib to seat the filter firmly in place 13 Raise the mass transducer to the closed position using the black knob 14 Fasten the holding rod onto the latch plate 15 Push the silver handle up until the shipping latch snaps into place 16 Close and latch the door to the sensor unit Keep the door open for as short a time as possible to minimize the temperature change in the system 17 Supply power to the instrument at the appropriate voltage Sec tion 2 3 1 18 Press the POWER switch on the front panel of the control unit Figure 3 14 The Title screen will appear on the control unit s four line display Figure 3 15 After a moment the Main screen Figure 3 16 will display SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 14 Control unit with the POWER button A highlighted Figure 3 15 Title screen FDMS Series 8500 Copyright 2004 Rupprecht Patashnick Figure 3 16 Main screen OK 4 21 NU Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC 19 Plug the pump Figure 3 17 into an appropriate power source to draw a sample stream through the system SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure
222. eeeeeeseees 6 19 6 5 Set Storage Screen eeeecseeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeseeeeeeeeaeaeees 6 22 SECTION 72 STATUS CODES cananan tit neato gestae A e Dee E S 7 1 7 1 IAS OES oae a ane cuumudssncaadtina dime A 7 1 7 2 Mass Concentration Screen cccccccesesscceeeeeeeesessteeeeeeeseeeees 7 4 SECTION 8 VIEWING STORED DATA 2 50 icccteoatoettlaveiaoeidiendcawieeeoietncblacntee 8 1 8 1 View Storage Screen cccececcceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseseeaeeeeeseeeeseeneeees 8 2 SECTION 9 DATA INPUT AND QUTPUT sictecccideesidccdedetandarialendenanstad daceilenebeendas 9 1 9 1 ANAlOGIADUIS sees aaa AEEA I SEAS 9 1 9 1 1 View Analog Inputs Screen ccscccecceeeeesesteeeeeeeeeeeees 9 5 9 1 2 Define Analog Inputs A I Screen ccccecceeessteeeeeeeeees 9 8 G2 Analog OUIDUNS in ea deve geet aeee 9 11 9 2 1 Set Analog Outputs Screen 0 eceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeee 9 12 9 2 2 Changing Analog Output JUMPeIS ceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 15 9 3 Contact Closure Circuits cccncicisasinnniadiediiaa dines 9 18 9 3 1 Set Contact Closure SCreen ccccceeeeeesssttteeeeeeeees 9 19 9 4 Downloading Dates cad cers surteonicdc seats iuatenontdepeee aantaoveenagadee 9 21 9 4 1 Set RS 232 Mode Screen ccssceccceceeeeeeessnneeeeeeeeseees 9 22 9 4 2 Com Print Settings Sereen cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 9 26 9 4 3 Com 2 Way Settings Screen cccccceeeeeeeeee
223. eeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 1 3 1 1 First Time TEOM Filter Installation ccccsseseeeeeeeeees 3 1 3 1 2 Routine TEOM Filter Installation cccccssssssreeeeeeees 3 11 3 1 3 Filter Pre Conditioning cceeesseeeeeeeeeceeeesseeeeneeseeees 3 14 3 1 4 TEOM Filter Removal ccccccsssseccceeeeeesssssnseeeeeeeseees 3 15 3 2 47 mm Filter Installation ceeeeeseeeeeeeeecseecseeeeaeeeeeees 3 17 3 3 Filter L adingi y eenia a a eae 3 21 3 3 1 Filter Life es ctesiesctantetciicceeeinavinis eaten EET 3 22 3 3 2 When to Replace TEOM and 47 mm Filters 3 22 3 4 Turning On the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor cccceeee 3 23 3 5 Beak CHECK A EE thes topceetyirca acncusaneese 3 25 SECTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW c cccccccccsssssccccceeesssessascceeeesessssseeeeeeeeesseses 4 1 4i ANMIGASCKOS IT uictasdsunsscverminenescesenceasug eh ono tuccmedehicu EO Sooke 4 1 4 2 Mal SCRE tik E ET S 4 2 4 2 1 Status LING rere eae E EE REEE 4 3 4 2 2 Information Lines ceseeeseeeseeseeeaeeaeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 5 4 3 Navigating Among Screens sssssesseeeeseneeeeeressrrreserrr neern e 4 8 4 3 1 PRY PO AS AE E EE T E AT 4 8 4 3 2 Positioning the Cursor ssssssssssesssssrreerenresrrrrssrrrrrerrrnene 4 12 4 3 3 Menu SCIOGN iseni a E E 4 13 4 3 4 EDITKEY raria oi seeded a a a 4 15 4 3 5 Display Key ccna nant E E eee ateaae 4 17 4 3 6 Units
224. eeeteeeeees 9 29 9 4 4 Downloading Data One Way Communication 9 31 9 4 4 1 Fast Store Out Mode cccccessssseceeeeeesesesneeeees 9 31 9 4 4 2 Print On Line Mode cccceseseseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 9 34 9 4 4 3 Store to Print Mode cccccceesssseeeeeeeeeessssneeeeeeees 9 36 9 4 5 Data Downloading Two Way Communication 9 38 SECTION 10 USING RPCOMM c00 cscseeeseessessessseeseeseeeseesaeesaeeaaeeaeeeeeees 10 1 10 1 Instrument Setup for Direct Communication 0 cee 10 2 10 2 Using RPCM ce scece tesa oe tentcten teed doe ea ices aha ates acetane 10 4 10 2 1 Starting RPCOMM asec tactices eects 10 4 10 2 2 Exiting RP COMM ipsas iach ted tephonenaigiias 10 7 PAGE x Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Table of Contents continued 10 2 3 Connecting to the Monitor With RPComm 006 10 9 10 2 3 1 Creating a New Connection 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 10 10 2 3 2 Changing the New Connection Name 10 16 10 2 3 3 Creating Multiple New Connections 60 10 20 10 2 3 4 Saving Multiple New Connections as a Group 10 23 10 2 3 5 Opening a Saved Group cceeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeees 10 26 10 2 4 Checking Connection Settings ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 10 28 10 2 5 Downloading Data 2 0 scsscecisetateeenietece aeveeteeecnnee eee 10 31 10
225. een Figure 12 19 press lt DATA STOP gt on the monitor s keypad Press lt STEP SCREEN gt The Menu screen will display on the four line display 12 20 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select KO Confirmation Press lt ENTER gt The KO Confirmation screen will display Figure 12 18 You also can display the KO Confirmation screen by pressing lt 1 gt lt 7 gt and then lt ENTER gt Press lt EDIT gt Press the up and down arrow keys to select the Filt Wght field Using the monitor s keypad enter the weight of the pre weighed calibration verification filter in the Filt Wght field Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt Wait for the oscillating frequency value on the KO Confirm line to stabilize 10 When the frequency stabilizes press lt FIRST LAST gt to record the frequency f 11 Install the pre weighed calibration filter in the instrument Section 3 and wait for the frequency to stabilize again 12 When the frequency stabilizes press the lt FIRST LAST gt key to SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES record the frequency f The instrument will now automatically compute and display the audit value of the calibration constant K in the Audit KO field Pace 12 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 22 Set Temps Flows screen Figure 12 23 Set
226. eference flow meter such as a bubble meter dry gas meter or mass flow meter to the top of the flow audit adapter This reference flow meter should have been recently calibrated to a primary standard have an accuracy of 1 at 3 I min and 16 67 l min and a pressure drop of less than 0 07 bar 1 psi 9 Read the total flow approximately 16 67 I min on the reference flow meter If you are using a mass flow meter you must make any necessary corrections to translate this reading to volumetric l min at the current ambient temperature and barometric pres sure No adjustment is necessary in the case of a volumetric flow meter The total volumetric flow measured by the reference flow meter must be 16 67 1 0 I min to be acceptable 10 Disconnect the bypass flow line from the bypass extension on the bottom of the flow splitter Figure 5 15 Section 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 5 15 Disconnecting the bypass flow line from the bypass extension 11 Cap the exit of the flow splitter bypass extension with the 3 8 inch Swagelok cap Figure 5 16 Figure 5 16 Bypass flow extension with 3 8 inch Swagelok cap SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Read the main flow approximately 3 0 l min on the reference flow meter If you are us
227. ement System Figure K 114 Fan assem bly installed in the standard position ina Figure K 115 Fan assem bly installed in a higher position to avoid blocking the heater B i APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 81 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Locate the 3 foot length of 1 1 2 inch green tubing and adapter Install the tubing into the adapter Figure K 116 Figure K 116 Tubing installed in adapter 11 Install the tubing and adapter into the 1 1 2 inch tubing outlet of the fan assembly Figure K 117 Figure K 117 Adapter and tubing installed into the 1 1 2 inch tubing outlet of the new fan assembly APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 82 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Install the other end of the 1 1 2 inch green tubing through the bracket in the enclosure roof Figure K 118 and up into the 8500 module enclosure NOTE Ensure that the green tubing is installed two thirds of the way up into the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 119 Figure K 118 Green tubing installed through the bracket in the roof of the enclosure Figure K 119 Green tubing installed two thirds of the way up into the 8500 module enclosure 8500 module _ enclosure HUTT Enclosure Ss
228. enclosure cover Figure K 42 Figure K 42 8500 module enclosure cover Elbow Large dome connector a Small dome connector 11 Locate the other 8500 module enclosure gasket Section K 1 12 Place the gasket on the top of the 8500 module enclosure and line up the holes in the gasket with the mounting holes in the module enclosure Figure K 43 Figure K 43 Top of 8500 module enclosure with gasket installed APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 34 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 13 Place the cover on top of the 8500 module enclosure Make sure that the two dome connectors Figure K 42 are lined up with the two push to connect fittings Figures K 41 and K 43 14 Locate the 18 inch length of the 3 8 inch green nylon tubing Section K 1 15 Install the nylon tubing into the small dome connector on the enclosure cover Figure K 44 Figure K 44 Green nylon tubing installed through the Green nylon tubing small dome connector L Large dome connector h Small dome connector 16 Lift the cover slightly and install the nylon tubing into the plastic 3 8 inch push to connect fitting on the bypass inlet on top of the 8500 module Figure K 45 Figure K 45 Green nylon tubing installed in the plastic 3 8 inch push to connect fitting APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 35 Revision C 000 Operating Man
229. ency Wait 0 300 A S X F N 1 1 1 oa o oa oO nd Codes are decribed later in this Appendix APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System B 2 PRC Vatues Defien By Copes Some of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor s PRCs have values that are defined by codes The codes are defined in this section PRC 014 Operating Mode 0 S Setup 1 1 Operating Mode 1 2 2 Operating Mode 2 3 3 Operating Mode 3 4 4 Operating Mode 4 5 X Stop All PRC 041 Status Condition 0 OK No Status Conditions 1 M Frequency Signal Failure 2 T Temperature s Outside of Bounds 4 F Flow s Outside of Bounds 8 X Exchange Filter 16 V Voltage Low 32 C Cooler Status 64 P Valve Position 128 D Drier Status 256 I Inlet Humidity High PRC 043 Current RS232 Mode None Print On Line AK Protocol German Protocol Storage to Print Fast Store Out nAnBWN RK PRC 061 Protection Level 0 Unlock 1 Low 2 High APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System PRC 065 Maximum Analog Voltage 0 1V 1 2V 2 5V 3 10 V PRC 075 Analog Jumper Setting 0 2 VDC 1 10 VDC PRC 094 Analog Calibration Mode 0 Off On PRC 136 Contact Closure Operator 0 lt 1 lt 2 3 gt 4 gt 5 lt gt 6
230. ent System Figure 12 3 Sensor unit with door open 3 With the mass transducer in its closed upright position locate the thermistor in the cap of the mass transducer Figure 12 3 4 Press on the metal locking clip of the thermistor and pull it out of the cap 5 Locate the silver handle on the front of the mass transducer Figure 12 4 Note that there is a shipping latch in the middle of this handle SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 4 Mass trans ducer in the closed position with the silver handle A and black knob B high lighted 6 Grasp the silver handle and move the shipping latch upward with your thumb Figure 12 5 Figure 12 5 Lifting the shipping latch on the silver handle SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Pull down on the silver handle Figure 12 6 Figure 12 6 Pulling the silver handle down i Holding rod 8 Pull the holding rod off the latch plate Figure 12 7 Figure 12 7 Releasing the holding rod on the mass transducer SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 With t
231. er PM concentration as it exists in the ambient air The FDMS unit automatically generates mass concentration measure ments ug m that account for both nonvolatile and volatile PM components The system is composed of a TEOM Series 1400a Ambient Particulate Monitor loaded with Series FDMS 8500 module operating software and an FDMS kit For current users of TEOM Series 1400a Revision B monitors the FDMS kit can be added to an existing installation Section 2 The FDMS system is composed of two major subsystems e The sampling system consists of a size selective inlet flow splitter air chiller dryer and a switching valve that is used to direct the sample flow through the 8500 module e The analysis and control system is made up of a sample filter that is part of the TEOM microbalance humidity sensors for the main and bypass flows and a control unit containing flow controllers and data manage ment hardware The mass calibration verification kit allows users to confirm FDMS mass measure ment accuracy using an NIST traceable mass transfer standard The Streamline FTS Flow Transfer Standard uses differential pressure across a specially constructed orifice to determine flow rates The unit is calibrated on a bench developed in a collaborative effort between the manufacturer Chinook Engineering LLC and NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology Based upon the adjusted change in the filter sample mass and sampled volume
232. er can define the operation of the contact closure circuits in the Set Contact Closure screen Figure 9 18 This programmability allows the user to tailor the channels to a variety of alarm conditions that may exist at different sites Figure 9 18 Set Contact Closure screen SET CONTACT CLOSURE Cont1 Prec gt Status NAND 7 00 Cont2 Pre Pres Drop You can display the Set Contact Closure screen on the four line display of the control unit in three different ways 1 Press lt A O gt on the keypad This will display the Set Analog Outputs screen Figure 9 9 In the Set Analog Outputs screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt 2 In the Main screen Figure 9 7 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 9 8 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Contact Closure and then press lt ENTER gt 3 Press the lt 2 gt key twice and then press lt ENTER gt The Set Contact Closure screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 9 19 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Set Contact Closure screen Figure 9 19 Set Contact Closure screen with SET CONTACT CLOSURE additional lines displayed Cont1 PRC gt Status NAND 7 00 Cont2 PRC Pres Drop SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement
233. er with valve open SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Install the flow audit adapter onto the flow splitter Figure 12 26 6 When in the Main screen press the up and down arrow keys until the Main Flow SENSOR FLOW and Aux Flow BYPASS FLOW lines display on the screen Figure 12 27 These values represent the actual volumetric flows as measured by the monitor s flow controllers Figure 12 27 Main screen with Main Flow and Aux OK 4 Flow lines displayed Main Flow Aux Flow 7 Confirm that these flows are within 2 of their set points 3 0 I min for the Main Flow and 13 67 I min for the Aux Flow Any greater deviation may indicate that the in line filters are plugged or other blockages exist in the system 8 Attach a reference flow meter such as a bubble meter dry gas meter or mass flow meter to the top of the flow audit adapter This reference flow meter should have been recently calibrated to a primary standard have an accuracy of 1 at 3 I min and 16 67 l min and a pressure drop of less than 0 07 bar 1 psi 9 Read the total flow approximately 16 67 I min on the reference flow meter If you are using a mass flow meter you must make any necessary corrections to translate this reading to volumetric l min at the current ambient temperatur
234. erating mode see description at left CURRENT OPERATING MODE Bytes 20 21 DEAC fem The two digit hexadecimal representation of the current operating mode is determined as follows 2 digit hexadecimal representation of current instrument status condition see Mode 1 description at left Mode 2 ee i E Mode 4 0 decimal 16 MoS 0 ef o o Mode X 20 decimal 32 3 digit Location ID as defined by RS Para 2 CURRENT STATUS CONDITION Bytes 23 24 of o f o 3 digit PRC of the variable being transmitted zero filled from the left The 2 digit hexadecimal representation of the current status aj o f o These bytes are not defined in the condition is computed by summing the numeric values for all German Protocol but are included for current status conditions Bytes 23 and 24 are both equal to O if z e e informational purposes if no current status condition exists Bo OK No current status conditions These bytes are not defined in the Mass Transducer German Protocol and are reserved for Temperatures future definition lt space gt lt space gt Flow Rates P P Voltage Low Valve position Drier status oe en High byte and low byte of CRC The CRCs are replaced by a single lt CR gt if transmit byte 8 was lt CR gt Up to 3 digits appended to the end of the response transmission according to DEFINITION OF CRC BYTES the entry for RS Para 4 The CRC information in bytes 38 and 39 is the hexade
235. eration No current status conditions Frequency signal failure Control unit is not receiv ing a frequency signal Temperature s outside of operational bounds The range is 0 5 C for all temperatures Flow s outside of operational bounds The range is 0 1 l min for the main flow and 0 4 l min for the auxilliary bypass flow Exchange filter This status code becomes active when the filter loading percentage reaches 90 capacity Voltage low This status code becomes active when the AC voltage reading drops below 105 volts Cooler status This status code becomes active when the temperature varies 1 C from the setpoint of 4 C Valve position This status code becomes active when the valve directing the flow is not positioned properly Drier status This status code becomes active when the dew point measured downstream of the 8500 module exceeds 2 C Inlet humidity high This status code becomes ac tive when the relative humidity at the drier inlet exceeds 98 NOTE A frequency signal failure M status condition automatically triggers the temperature outside of opera tional bounds T status code because the monitor turns off the air and case temperature controls when the mass transducer does not output a frequency Pace 7 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 7 3 Status Codes screen Figure 7 4 Status Codes screen wi
236. eriod or dot and then a 3 character file extension such as txt For example site256 txt would be an acceptable file name When the user enters an MS DOS compliant file name the computer will request that the user change the monitor s RS232 Mode to Fast Storage Out Figure J 13 Figure J 13 TEOMCOMM Main screen with request to change monitor s RS232 mode to Fast Store Out displayed M3 TEOMCOMM Auto z SHESI EE z gjs A TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Set RS 232 mode on instrument to Fast Storage Out ESC to abort Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options When the user changes the monitor s RS232 Mode to Fast Storage Out the PC will download the appropriate number of records and save them on its hard drive Also the PC will display a confirmation message that will show the number of data records that were saved to the appropriate file name NOTE After TEOMCOMM downloads the data records user should immediately change the monitor s RS232 Mode to None or AK Protocol APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 3 7 Exit PRoGRAM VY The TEOMCOMM This command stops the TEOMCOMM software program from runni
237. erties screen with the telephone setup infor mation will display Figure 10 27 in front of the Comm Setup screen Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 28 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 27 Properties Propertiae screen with telephone setup information Connection a Donis repi Eber the ares code pathout the long dishance peia Phone number Connect usir com Cogigure CE __ coca _ 3 Select the Configure button The Properties screen with COM setup information will display Figure 10 28 Figure 10 28 Properties Properties Ea screen with COM setup information Connection Bis per cond S600 Daab fa Panis Nore Stop bax 1 Flow conio FITS Aectore Defaults Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 29 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 5 6 7 8 SecTION 10 Usina RPComm When in the Properties screen with COM setup information check the settings For the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor the settings should be Baud rate 9600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control RTS Change the values to match your instrument if necessary NOTE To return the settings to their default values select the Restore Defaults button When the settings are accurate select the OK button in the Properties screen
238. erval at which records are stored The capacity of the data logger as measured by the number of records depends upon the number of data fields system variables stored ineach record The instrument always stores the time date and station number in each record in addition to any data fields selected by the user Figure 6 10 Set Storage screen SET STORAGE Stor Varl gt 01 Hr MC Stor Var2 24 Hr MC Stor Var3 Samp Dew Figure 6 11 shows the capacity of the monitor s internal storage Because header information is stored in each record the capacity of the data logger does not decrease proportionately with an increase in the number of data fields per record Figure 6 11 Approximate internal data storage Internal Data Storage Capacity capacity for the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Data Fields per Record Capacity in Records Capacity in Time 1 7 017 20 8 week 2 4 911 14 6 weeks 3 3 777 11 2 weeks Minumum storage capacity Most configurations store more data Computed using a storage interval of 30 minutes SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System You can display the Set Storage screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 When in the View Storage screen Section 8 press the lt STEP SCREEN gt key on the control unit s keypad 2 Press the lt 0 gt and lt 9 gt keys and then press
239. et are for enclosures that require drilling Figure K 110 Screw holes in bracket EN in First try these mounting holes a ha A z If a heater or other equipment interferes use these mounting holes Use these mounting holes if your enclosure requires drilling APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 78 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Install the two 10 x 32 machine screws into the holes in the mounting bracket Figure K 111 and install the nuts if necessary Figure K 112 Figure K 111 Installing 10 x 32 machine screw through mounting bracket and rack mount Figure K 112 Close up view of nut installed on screw APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 79 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Locate the 18 inch 46 cm length of 4 inch black plastic flexible tubing with two hose clamps 8 Install the open end of the 4 inch black plastic flexible tubing onto the large plastic T fitting on the fan assembly Figures K 113 and K 114 Figure K 113 Black plastic tubing installed on duct hood and T fitting m i iq Duct hood G aa 9 Tighten the hose clamp to secure the black plastic tubing Figures K 113 K 114 and K 115 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 80 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measur
240. evision B 8500 MopbuLe The 8500 Roof Modification package includes a 3 meter length of 3 8 inch green nylon tubing Section K 1 You will use this 3 meter length of tubing in steps 20 22 and 39 However the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor system and add on kit includes 5m 16 5ft of 3 8 inch nylon green tubing in its compilation package Section 2 You will use the 5 m length of tubing in steps 27 28 33 35 and 38 NOTE The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses push to connect fittings for all air lines To engage these connections the air tube must be pushed completely into the fitting so that the tube is fully inserted and cannot be pulled out While pushing the tubing into the fitting there is an intermediate stop at an O ring You must push the tubing past the O ring to completely engage the tubing inside the fitting and pre vent air leaks To disengage the connection push the small collar located at the end of the fitting toward the fitting and pull the tube out Follow these steps to install the flow splitter into the outdoor enclosure 1 Locate the flow splitter Figures K 78 and K 79 Figure K 78 Flow splitter APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 58 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 79 Flow splitter drawing Sample tube 15 5 cm 6 from top of flow splitter Bypass flow ou thet V2 sample tube fastener nut i Sample tube APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE
241. evision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 5 SENDINGHEADER AND TRAILER CODES The TEOMCOMM Send String screen Figure J 15 allows the user to send a string of characters through the personal computer s PC s RS232 port The user may define and send both a header and trailer string when in this screen Press F4 to display the TEOMCOMM Send String screen Figure J 15 TEOMCOMM Send String screen PMSTEOMCOMM TE avo uee Es ef al TEOMCOMM v1 41 Trailer 6661 6661 6661 6661 6661 Fi Main F2 Save Changes F3 Send Header F4 Send Trailer APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Y Set the instrument to the AK Protocol when operating the TEOMCOMM software Figure J 16 Set RS 232 Mode screen J 6 INSTRUMENT SETUP FoR DIRECT COMMUNICATION Your PC must be connected to the monitor s control unit Follow these steps to connect the PC to the monitor 1 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable to one of the RS232 ports on the control unit 2 Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit 3 If your PC is equipped with a 9 pin RS232 connector go to step 4 If your personal computer is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 5 4 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 pin RS232 port of you
242. experiencing difficulties with rain intrusion you can purchase the modified PM 10 inlet Figure 2 145 from Thermo 57 004742 This inlet substan tially reduces the possibility of rain intrusion and is installed in the same manner as the PM 10 inlet Also you can convert the original PM 10 inlet toa modified PM 10 inlet by using the PM 10 Inlet Conversion Kit 55 004747 Conversion in structions are included with the kit SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 95 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 144 left Original PM 10 inlet 16 7 I min Figure 2 145 right Modified PM 10 inlet 16 7 min Figure 2 146 left Sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 2 5 second stage inlet 16 7 I min Figure 2 147 right Sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 1 second stage inlet 16 7 min 2 5 6 1 INSTALLING A SAMPLE INLET Follow these steps to install a sample inlet onto the sampling system setup 1 Choose an appropriate sample inlet for your sampling needs Figures 2 144 2 145 2 146 and 2 147 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 96 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Slide the sample inlet onto the top of the flow splitter until it stops Figure 2 148 Ensure that the entrance to the sample inlet Figure 2 149 is 1 8 to 2 1 m above the roof Figure 2 148 Flow splitter with an installed mod
243. eypad arrows 4 3 2 POSITIONING THE CURSOR Many of the monitor s screens have several lines of information that cannot be seen when the screen is displayed on the four line display Press the up lt T gt and down lt t gt arrow keys Figures 4 6 and 4 10 to move the cursor on the screen up or down one line at a time To move the cursor up six lines press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To move the cursor down six lines press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt gt arrow key To move the cursor to the first line of the screen press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To move the cursor to the last line of the screen press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the down lt gt arrow key SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 4 11 Menu screen Figure 4 12 Menu screen with additional information lines displayed 4 3 3 Menu SCREEN The user can access all of the monitor s screens directly or indirectly through the Menu screen Figure 4 11 LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs You can display the Menu screen on the four line display of the control unit in two different ways 1 When in the Main screen Figure 4 3 press the
244. f sample inlets for PM 10 PM 2 5 or PM 1 measurements e Sample filters can be analyzed after exposure for heavy metals using standard laboratory techniques such as AA or ICAP Pace 1 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Viewing andentry of instrument parameters are made possible by amenu driven user interface Keypads are available in English Spanish and German Internal data logging of up to 40 weeks with one data record stored every hour Each record may contain up to eight user selectable variables Two levels of password protection low and high lock These can be used to restrict access to instrument functions Advanced RS232 support This allows users to retrieve real time and stored information and change instrument parameters both remotely and at the sampling location Three real time analog outputs allow straightforward connections to data loggers or chart recorders These outputs can be configured as 0 1 0 2 0 5 or 0 10 VDC The monitor also contains two user definable contact closure circuits Pace 1 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 Overviewor MANUAL This manual describes the installation and operation of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Follow the setup instructions contained in Sections 2 and 3 before applying power to the unit in the
245. f you want to change the communication param eters go to step 8 If you do not want to change the communication parameters go to step 11 8 Press the right and left arrow keys to move the cursor to the desired parameter field 9 Press the up and down arrow keys to select the appropriate communication parameter 10 Press the spacebar to select the new value for the communication parameter An asterisk will appear in the brackets next to the newly selected communication parameter 11 Press F2 The TEOMCOMM Main screen Figure J 1 will now display APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 3 TEOMCOMM Main Screen The TEOMCOMM Main screen Figure J 1 contains a list of commands that are available in the TEOMCOMM software Press the up and down arrow keys to select the appropriate command and then press Enter After you press Enter the computer will prompt you for any additional information that may be required for the selected command J 3 1 REQUEST THE VALUE OF A REGISTER This command returns the value of arequested system variable When the user selects this command the computer will request the variable s PRC Appendix B Figure J 4 After the user enters the appropriate PRC the personal computer PC will display the current value of the variable Figure J 4 TEOMCOMM Main screen with request for
246. fer The end of the data storage buffer contains the most recent data record that was recorded The entry of a positive number causes the storage pointer to move from its current position forward through the data records by the number entered This command moves the storage pointer toward the end of the data storage buffer 1 e toward the newest data record that was recorded The entry of a negative number causes the storage pointer to move from its current position backward through the data records by the number entered This command moves the storage pointer toward the beginning of the data storage buffer i e toward the oldest record in the buffer After the user entered a value the PC will display the contents of the data record at the new location of the storage pointer APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure J 11 TEOMCOMM Main screen with request for file name to store data displayed M3 TEOMCOMM J 3 6 Fast STORAGE Out This command allows the user to download records stored in the data storage buffer using the Fast Store Out RS232 Mode Section 9 This command can be used only when the PC is connected directly to the monitor It can not be used when the PC is connected to a modem The Fast Storage Out command is similar to the Download Storage command The Fast Storage Out command allows the user to downl
247. ffer and resume storing eight data fields per record SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 7 1 Main screen with the current status condition A highlighted Figure 7 2 Control unit with the CHECK STATUS light A highlighted SEcTION 7 STATUS CODES Section 7 Status Codes This section describes the status codes generated by the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and the operating information contained in the Mass Concentration screen 7 1 Status Copes The current status condition Figure 7 1 is located on the upper left hand corner of the Main screen It is an alphanumeric code that indicates the operational status of the instrument indicating any status condition that exists OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC Whenever a status code other than OK is displayed on the Main screen the instrument automatically turns on the CHECK STATUS light Figure 7 2 on the front panel of the control unit CHECK STATUS Pace 7 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SEcTION 7 STATUS CODES The status condition can consist of one or more of the following codes OK M Normal op
248. filter into the air conditioner heater enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 88 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 7 3 CLEANING THE CONDENSER COILs You must clean the air conditioner s condenser coils as needed Remove the cover of the air conditioner heater Figure K 123 Clean the front and back of the condenser coils Figures K 123 and K 124 with a brush or compressed alr Figure K 126 Air condi tioner heater with cover removed Figure K 127 Close up view of the condenser coils APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 89 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 8 INSTALLING THE OPTIONAL SLIDING SHELF Locate the following parts to install the sliding shelf Sliding shelf 4 10 32 screws 4 10 star lock washers Follow these steps to mount the sliding shelf 1 Unpack the shelf and place it on a flat surface Note that the shelf is mounted upside down so that the front and rear lip of each shelf points upward 2 Completely extend one of the shelf slides 3 Locate the black lever at the end of the shelf slide near the shelf Pull the lever and pull the shelf slide off the shelf 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the other shelf slide 5 Examine the mounting rails in the outdoor enclosure Remove the existing mounting shelf if necessary 6 Place the left shelf slide in the correct
249. finger tight with a wrench Figure 2 71 8500C module s main flow outlet port installed onto sample inlet of sensor unit A 9 Locate the purge flow inlet and outlet ports and the set screw hole on the bottom left hand corner of the 8500 module Fig 2 72 Figure 2 72 Close up view of the purge flow outlet port A set screw hole B and purge flow inlet port C on the bottom left hand corner of the 8500C module SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 46 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Install the purge flow inlet and outlet ports into the top of the brace Figure 2 73 Figure 2 73 Purge flow inlet and outlet ports installed into the top of the brace 11 Locate the set screw for the 8500 module brace Section 2 2 12 Install the set screw into the hole in the top of the brace Figures 2 73 and 2 74 NOTE There are two holes in the top of the brace Install the set screw into the hole that is located near the back of the 8500 module Figure 2 74 Set screw installed into the 8500 module near the purge flow inlet port A and the purge flow outlet port B PURGE PURGE INLET OUTLET SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 47 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 13 Locate the 3 inch insulation sleeve Figure 2 75 Figure 2 75 3 inch insulation sleeve 14 Insta
250. for signs of damage or wear Because the PM 10 inlet is similar in construction to the modified PM 10 inlet the maintenance procedures are the same for both inlets G 1 1 REMOVING THE INLET Follow these steps to remove and disassemble the inlets 1 To remove the inlet lift the entire inlet assembly upward off the flow splitter 2 Remove the rain jar and set it aside 3 Disassemble the upper and lower inlet halves by unscrewing counterclockwise the top acceleration assembly from the lower collector assembly Figure G 1 APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 1 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure G 1 Schematic drawing of the PM 10 inlet with the top acceleration assembly disassembled from the lower collector assembly APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE J S Fo 2 Fa t A GELEE e 7 H Md in yy F VER Revision C 000 Acceleration assembly Collector assembly Rain jar Pace G 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System G 1 2 CLEANING THE Top ACCELERATION ASSEMBLY Follow these steps to clean and maintain the top acceleration assembly 1 Mark the top plate deflector cone and lower plate with a pencil to facilitate proper orientation when reassembling the assembly after cleaning and maintenance Figure G 2 Figure G 2 Marking the top plate deflector and lower plate O p
251. g and is not requested The PRC may be up to 3 rig ed in the response digits long Do not right fill if the CEEA ee ar Pas Up to 3 digits appended to the end of New value to be entered for variable lt LF gt the response transmission according to referenced by Program Register the entry for RS Para 3 Code in bytes 11 to 13 above NOTE The value entered may be of varying length and is not restricted to 4 bytes APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AK Protocol Set Function Command SFxx RS Para 1 52 ASCII code for the 1 digit Station Number for example 4 052 The Station Number is always 1 digit in length ASCII code representation of the 2 digit Channel Number for example KO 075 048 The Channel Number is RS Para 2 9048 always 2 digits in length Optional Up to 3 ASCII codes can be added to response from the instrument In this case lt CR gt and lt LF gt ASCII rae 13919 codes 013 and 010 are appended to the response Enter 0 if nothing is to be appended RS Para 4 Not used Transmission to Instrument Response from Instrument COCON f woe too esniion 4 F Set Function command where xx 4 digit Set Function command with the fepresents a 2 digit code baleen 2 digit xx code corresponding to the 00 and 32 These codes are defined g P 9 ld function that was set E
252. g information 209 44188 Filt Wght 287 53182 209 44186 Audit KO Actual KO Diff This field contains the current value of the calibration constant K This field contains the weight g of the pre weighed calibration verification filter This field contains the oscillating frequency hz of the tapered element oscillating microbalance TEOM with a TEOM filter installed This field contains the oscillating frequency hz of the tapered element oscillating microbalance TEOM without a TEOM filter installed This field contains the audit value of the calibration constant K This field contains the current calibration constant K value that was entered into the monitor by R amp P or the user This field contains the percentage difference be tween the audit value and the currently entered K value SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 2 1 2 VERIFYING THE CALIBRATION CONSTANT Tools Needed Mass calibration verification kit 59 002107 Pre weighed calibration filter Filter exchange tool Dessicant for humidity protection Humidity indicator NOTE Refill kits for the mass calibration verification kit are available from Thermo 59 002019 Follow these steps to confirm the system s K calibration 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 When in the Main scr
253. g is to be appended Transmission to Instrument Response from Instrument ee a aes The DA command signifies a Le i se request for data from the instrument Lae 3 digit Instrument Identifier as defined by RS Para 1 These three Ts le are optional lt i High byte followed by low byte of CRC The CRCs may be replaced aea DEFINITION OF CRC BYTES Response identifier to the DA command Number of variables transmitted by the instrument as specified by RS Para 3 May be 01 02 or 03 lt space gt Space 3 digit Instrument Identifier as defined by RS Para 1 lt space gt The CRC bytes above bytes 8 and 9 are the hexadecimal representation of the exclusive or of bytes 1 through 7 The high byte of the CRC is transmitted as byte 8 and the low byte is sent as byte 9 Value of variable being transmitted in the format NNNN EE For example a value of 63 7 is represented as 0637 01 x x AJo N a If a syntax error exists or the value of the variable is 0 the instrument returns 0000 00 D lt space gt lt space gt Space ase ff ake Se o oyj n APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System German Network Protocol continued Transmission to Instrument Response from Instrument Sr ee Ee ee ae Pe CERNS 2 digit hexadecimal representation of current instrument op
254. g the bottom of the mass transducer downward exposing the tapered element TE Figure 3 8 An old TEOM filter may be already installed on the TE Refer to Section 3 1 4 to remove this filter NOTE If the control unit is operating power is applied to the control unit when you open the mass transducer the tapered element TE will automatically stop oscillating 10 Pick up a new conditioned TEOM filter Section 3 1 3 from one of the filter holders Figure 3 20 with the filter exchange tool Fig ure 3 1 so that the filter disk lies between the fork and the upper tab of the tool and the hub of the filter lies between the tines of the fork Figures 3 10 and 3 11 Do not touch the filter with your fingers while picking it up with the filter exchange tool SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 20 Open mass transducer with extra filters in the filter holders A highlighted 11 Hold the filter exchange tool in line with the tapered element Figures 3 12 and 3 13 and lightly place the hub of the filter onto the tip of the tapered element 12 Gently press down on the TEOM filter to ensure that it is seated properly Figure 3 13 13 Remove the filter exchange tool by slowly retracting it sideways until it clears the filter Figure 3 13 Do not disturb the filter Y Keep the door to the Series 1400a sensor unit 14
255. ge the connection push the small collar located at the end of the fitting toward the fitting and pull the tube out Follow these steps to install the flow splitter into the outdoor enclosure 1 Locate the flow splitter Figures K 31 and K 32 Figure K 31 Flow splitter APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 28 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 32 Flow splitter drawing Sample tube 15 5 cm 6 from top of flow splitter Bypass flow ou thet V2 sample tube fastener nut i Sample tube APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Revision C 000 Pace K 29 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Loosen the 1 2 inch sample tube nut at the base of the flow splitter Figure K 33 Figure K 33 Close up view of the bottom of the flow splitter Flow splitter Bypass tube 1 2 inch ____ sample tube nut Sample tube 3 Remove the sample tube that is located inside the flow splitter 4 Locate the 14 inch inlet tube Figure K 34 and the metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting and the plastic 3 8 inch push to connect fitting Figures K 35 and K 36 Figure K 34 14 inch inlet tube Figure K 35 left Plastic 3 8 inch push to connect fitting 1 Figure K 36 right Metal i l 1 2 inch push to connect a e a fitting APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 30 Revision C 000
256. green nylon tubing Section 2 2 3 Cut a length of 3 8 inch nylon green tubing that will reach be tween the 8500 module and the control unit Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular 4 Insert one end of the cut tubing into the PURGE INLET port on of the 8500 module Figure 2 93 PURGE PURGE INLET OUTLET NOTE The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses push to connect fittings for all air lines To engage these connections the air tube must be pushed completely into the fitting so that the tube is fully inserted and cannot be pulled out While pushing the tubing into the fitting there is an intermediate stop at an O ring You must push the tubing past the O ring to completely engage the tubing inside the fitting and prevent air leaks To disengage the connection push the small collar located at the end of the fitting toward the fitting and pull the tube out SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 60 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Install the other end of the cut green tubing into the main flow port on the dual flow fitting on the back of the control unit Fig ure 2 94 Figure 2 94 Back of control NOTE The main flow port of the dual flow fitting is the one marked with a unit with the bypass pump dimple port A and the main flow port B highlighted 6 Cut another length of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing that will reach betwee
257. gure 4 11 You also can press the lt 2 gt and lt 0 gt keys and then press the lt ENTER gt key to display the Menu screen 2 When in the Menu screen press the up lt f gt or down lt gt arrow keys to move the cursor to the name of the screen that you want to view 3 Press the lt STEP SCREEN gt key or the lt ENTER gt key to display the desired screen 4 Press the lt MAIN STATUS gt key or the lt ESC gt key to return to the Main screen When the monitor is displaying certain screens additional related screens can be displayed by pressing the lt STEP SCREEN gt key For example if the monitor is displaying the Set Analog Ouputs screen Section 9 and the user presses the lt STEP SCREEN key the unit will now display the Set Contact Closure screen Section 9 However when the unit is displaying a screen that does not have an additional related screen and the user presses the lt STEP SCREEN key the unit will display the Main screen If the monitor is displaying any screen except the Main screen and the user presses the lt MAIN STATUSS gt key the monitor will display the Main screen SECTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 3 4 EDIT Key The monitor is normally in the Display or Browse Mode which allows the user to move from screen to screen to view the system s operating parameters However
258. h hole in the top of the enclosure go to Section K 2 Preparing a Revision A Enclosure If you have a Revision B Enclosure go to Section K 3 Pump Installation APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 2 PREPARING A Revision A OutDoor ENCLOSURE Revision A enclosures must be modified before installing the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Follow these steps to prepare the enclosure 1 Locate the outdoor enclosure Figure K 1 2 If you are retrofitting an existing Series 1400a complete outdoor enclosure to include the 8500 module go to step 3 If you are setting up the outdoor enclosure for the first time not retrofitting an existing Series 1400a system go to step 6 3 Turn off the Series 1400a control unit 4 Remove the entire sample inlet system including the size selec tive sample inlet flow splitter and sample tube extension s seal plate and where applicable the ACCU System from the top of the enclosure 5 Remove the Series 1400a sensor unit and control unit from the complete outdoor enclosure 6 Locate the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 2 Figure K 2 8500 module enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Place the 8500 module enclosure on top of the outdoor enclosure Figure K 3 Figure K 3 8500 module
259. h main inlet APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 62 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Install the metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting onto the main inlet Figure K 86 Figure K 86 Metal 1 2 inch push to connect fitting installed on main inlet 9 Locate the 8500 module enclosure cover Figure K 87 Figure K 87 8500 module E enclosure cover APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 63 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Locate the other 8500 module enclosure gasket Section K 1 11 Place the gasket on the top of the 8500 module enclosure and line up the holes in the gasket with the mounting holes in the module enclosure Figure K 88 Figure K 88 Top of 8500 module enclosure with gasket installed 12 Place the 8500 module enclosure cover on top of the 8500 module enclosure Make sure that the large dome connector Figure K 89 is lined up with the push to connect fitting Figure K 88 Figure K 89 Green nylon tubing installed through the small dome connector n Green nylon tubing Small dome connector i APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 64 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 13 Locate the 3 8 inch green nylon tubing Section K 1 Cut a piece of tubing that is long enough to reach from the flow splitter
260. h manages the flow control of data at the hardware level The default setting for the monitor is None Refer to the Service Manual to change the monitor s hardware hand shake setting This field contains the type of communication flow control which may be either None or Xon Xoff The default setting for the monitor is None Refer to the Service Manual to change the monitor s flow control setting Pace J 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Connection Communication Port ComX Settings Phone Number Modem Init APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware This field contains the monitor s communication mode Di rect or Modem The Direct Mode is used to connect the instrument directly to an on site computer The Modem Modeis used to connect the instrument to aremote computer using a modem This field contains the PC s communication COM port that the control unit is connected to Direct Mode or that the modem is connected to Modem Mode The range for this paramater is 1 2 3 or 4 This field contains the settings for the PC s communication COM port that the control unit is connected to Direct Mode or that the modem is connected to Modem Mode This field contains the phone number that the modem will dial to establish a connection with the off site computer This field contains the modem s initialization settings Pace J 23 R
261. h the connection setup To initiate a modem connection to a selected instrument high light the connection name on the Connection List screen Figure H 1 and select the Connection icon B on the tool bar The connection to the instrument will be initiated and the proper command codes will be sent to the serial switching device When communication is established the Download Data screen will display Figure H 7 NOTE If the connection is successful the unit s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen Ensure that the correct serial number is displayed to verify that the proper command codes were sent and that the serial port trigger is functioning properly If the connection is not successful or if there is no instrument attached then the serial number will be blank or will display 99999 If the modem loses its connection wait at least 1 minute before trying to establish another connection This allows the modem to reset itself 12 RPComm can now be used as described in Section 10 APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 13 To connect to a different instrument through the serial switching device the current connection must be terminated Select the Disconnect icon B on the tool bar to terminate the current connection 14 Enter the proper command codes for the desired instrument as described in step 7 a
262. he 3 8 inch flow line tubing on the sensor flow fitting Note that the flow arrow A on the filter points away from the control unit NOTE The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses push to connect fittings for all air lines To engage these connections the air tube must be pushed completely into the fitting so that the tube is fully inserted and cannot be pulled out While pushing the tubing into the fitting there is an intermediate stop at an O ring You must push the tubing past the O ring to completely engage the tubing inside the fitting and prevent air leaks To disengage the connection push the small collar located at the end of the fitting toward the fitting and pull the tube out 4 Locate one of the large in line filters Figure 2 79 5 Push the filter onto the open end of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing so that the flow arrow on the filter points away from the control unit Figure 2 80 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 50 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Locate the 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting Figure 2 81 Figure 2 81 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting 7 Insert the 3 8 inch end of the reducer fitting into the large in line filter Figure 2 82 Figure 2 82 Reducer fitting inserted into the large in line filter SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 51 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter D
263. he RPComm Connection List screen and the name of the saved group should appear at the top of the screen Figure 10 25 Figure 10 25 RPComm Connection List screen with the name of the saved group at the top of the screen RPComm Connection List Group 8500 Units Albany Monitoring Site File Help 2a te D amp exA SeSgl H a Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status Unit 1 8500 Inactive Unit 2 8500 Inactive Pa unit 3 8500 Inactive SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 27 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 4 CHECKING CONNECTION SETTINGS Because different instruments require different RS232 port settings these values must sometimes be changed You also may want to confirm the settings before beginning to download data from the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Follow these steps to check or change the RS232 port settings in RPComm 1 When in the RPComm Connection List screen Figure 10 7 select the Display Connection Properties button The AK Proto col Setup screen will display Figure 10 26 Figure 10 26 AK Protocol AK Protocol Setup Setup screen M1 co OK Station Setup Cancel Station Number 4 24 052 Dialing Rules Channel Number 0754 joss eee ee omm Setup gt gt Delay Time Phone Number Connection Command 2 When in the AK Protocols Setup screen select the Comm Setup button The Prop
264. he download This action will set the storage pointer to the record location where the download was aborted B Copies the selected data to the Windows clipboard The data can then be imported and used in other programs Sends the selected data to the Download Graph screen Stores the data to a file The file is saved in a comma delimited ASCII Sy a format Opens a data file that has been previously saved to disk for display or uw graphing Clears the data currently being displayed x When the download has been successfully Downloaded 134 records 12 7 04 10 06 50 AM v completed a message will appear in the Dialog box indicating how many records were downloaded APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 46 Download Graph screen i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 fl 5 5 Downloaded 100 records 8 28 0412 07 42PM ow APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 47 Control buttons on the Download x Clears all data listed on the right hand side of the Download Graph Graph screen screen This includes the data being displayed Decreases the scale of the x and y axes concurrently With this icon selected press and hold the left
265. he extent such assignment is allowed by such original manufacturer or third party supplier In no event shall Seller have any obligation to make repairs replacements or corrections required in whole or in part as the result of i normal wear and tear ii accident disaster or event of force majeure iii misuse fault or negligence of or by Buyer iv use of the Products in a manner for which they were not designed v causes external to the Products such as but not limited to power failure or electrical power surges vi improper storage and handling of the Products or vii use of the Products in combination with equipment or software not supplied by Seller If Seller determines that Products for which Buyer has requested warranty services are not covered by the warranty hereunder Buyer shall pay or reimburse Seller for all costs of investigating and responding to such request at Seller s then prevailing time and materials rates If Seller provides repair services or replacement parts that are not covered by the warranty provided in this warranty Buyer shall pay Seller therefor at Seller s then prevailing time and materials rates ANY INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR SERVICE RELOCATION OR ALTERATION TO OR OF OR OTHER TAMPERING WITH THE PRODUCTS PERFORMED BY ANY PERSON OR ENTITY OTHER THAN SELLER WITHOUT SELLER S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OR ANY USE OF REPLACEMENT PARTS NOT SUPPLIED BY SELLER SHALL IMMEDIATELY VOID AND CANCEL ALL WARRANTIES
266. he fan assembly Figure K 107 NOTE Mounting the fan assembly as low as possible on the back right hand rack mount helps maximize additional space in the enclosure However some enclosures have a heater assembly mounted at the top or top right hand corner of the pump compartment Figure K 107 You also may have to adjust the location of the fan to make room for a data logger or other equipment installed in the enclosure In these cases the new fan assembly may have to be mounted higher on the rack mount to be clear of the heater assembly data logger or other equipment Figure K 107 Mounting area for fan assembly UE nied APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 76 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Line up the holes in the mounting bracket with the holes in the back right hand rack mount Figures K 108 K 109 and K 110 Figure K 108 Installing fan assembly into enclosure Figure K 109 Mounting bracket hole lined up with hole in rack mount APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 77 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System NOTE There are three sets of holes in the bracket Figure K 110 Use the holes slots on the edge closest to the 1 1 2 inch tubing outlet unless the heater or other equipment interferes in which case the middle holes slots may be used The single holes at the outside edge of the brack
267. he mass transducer unlatched grasp the black knob Fig ure 12 4 and swing the bottom of the mass transducer downward exposing the tapered element TE Figures 12 8 and 12 9 Figure 12 8 Opening the mass transducer TEOM filter Figure 12 9 The mass transducer in its open position with thermistor removed SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Place a piece of plastic or another protective material over the exposed TEOM filter 11 Using a soapy water alcohol or freon solution clean the entire air inlet Figure 12 10 A soft brush may be used to remove particu late matter on the insides of the walls Figure 12 10 Air inlet inside the mass transducer ri Vib cee ee wan PW ddd aep PT PEP EEEL LL x renee ens Ay i P n 12 Allow the air inlet to dry 13 Remove the protective material from the exposed TEOM filter 14 Raise the mass transducer to the closed position using the black knob SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 15 Fasten the holding rod onto the latch plate 16 Push the silver handle up until the shipping latch snaps into place 17 Reinsert the air thermistor into the cap of the mass transducer assembly 18 Close
268. he same commu nication parameters as the instrument The default settings of the monitor are Baud rate 9600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 10 Set the data capture software to the data capture or data download mode 11 Press lt RS232 gt on the keypad to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 9 20 12 In the Set RS 232 Mode screen press lt EDIT gt 13 Press the up and down arrow keys to select AK Protocol or German Prot German Ambient Network Protocol Section 9 4 1 14 Press lt ENTER gt 15 Press lt 0 gt and lt 7 gt and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Com 2 Way Settings screen Figure 9 27 16 When in the Com 2 Way Settings screen enter the appropriate parameters for the AK Protocol or German Ambient Network Protocol Section 9 4 3 NOTE If you are using the TEOMCOMM software select AK Protocol in the Set RS 232 Mode screen step 13 and enter the following default values on the four lines of the Com 2 Way Settings screen RS Para 1 52 RS Para 2 75048 RS Para 3 13010 RS Para 4 0 17 Test the connection by checking to ensure that data can be sent and received using the commands appropriate to the selected RS232 protocol 18 When the data transmission is complete set the RS232 protocol to None 19 Disconnect the RS232 cable from the monitor and the PC SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 39 Revision C 000 Operating Manual
269. he storage pointer to the next lowest data record press the left lt lt gt arrow key To move the storage pointer forward by 10 data records at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the right lt gt gt arrow key To move the storage pointer backward by 10 data records at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the left lt lt gt arrow key To move the storage pointer forward by 100 data records at a time press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the right lt gt gt arrow key To move the storage pointer backward by 100 data records at a time press the lt CTRL gt key and hold it down while pressing the left lt gt arrow key To move the storage pointer to the beginning of the storage buffer to the very first data record stored press the lt FIRST LAST gt key To move the storage pointer to the end of the storage buffer to the very last data record stored press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the FIRST LAST gt key To view data after they have been downloaded from the monitor refer to Section 8 SEcTION 8 ViEWING STORED DATA Pace 8 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SEcTION 8 ViEWING STORED DATA Pace 8 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 1 Back
270. hes into the 8500 module Inserting the brush further than 4 1 2 inches into the 8500 module will damage the SES dryers SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 17 Cleaning the switching valve with the valve cleaning brush X IMPORTANT DO NOT insert the brush more than 4 1 2 inches into the 8500 module Inserting the brush further than 4 1 2 inches into the 8500 module will damage the SES dryers 11 Remove the brush from the main flow outlet port 12 Install the 8500 module s main flow outlet port onto the sample inlet of the sensor unit Figure 12 14 Be sure to tighten the Swagelok fitting 1 1 4 turn past finger tight with a wrench 13 Locate the 3 inch insulation sleeve that you removed in step 6 14 Install the insulation sleeve onto the exposed sample inlet be tween the sensor unit and 8500 module Figure 12 13 15 Install the 9 pin valve signal cable into the 9 pin VALVE CON TROL connection port on the back of the 8500 module Figure 12 12 16 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt on the monitor s keypad to resume normal instrument operation SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 2 VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Verification Procedures Bat
271. his audit procedure are invalid Therefore do not run a flow audit procedure during a valid sampling run 2 Remove the sample inlet from the flow splitter Figure 5 11 3 Locate the flow audit adapter Figure 5 12 SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Ensure that the valve of the flow audit adapter is in the open position Figure 5 12 Figure 5 12 Flow audit adapter with valve open 3T ad 5 Install the flow audit adapter onto the flow splitter Figure 5 13 Figure 5 13 Flow audit adapter installed on flow splitter with valve open Section 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 When in the Main screen press the up and down arrow keys until the Main Flow SENSOR FLOW and Aux Flow BYPASS FLOW lines display on the screen Figure 5 14 These values represent the actual volumetric flows as measured by the monitor s flow controllers Figure 5 14 Main screen with Main Flow and Aux OK 4 Main Flow Flow lines displayed Aux Flow 7 Confirm that these flows are within 2 of their set points 3 0 I min for the Main Flow and 13 67 I min for the Aux Flow Any greater deviation may indicate that the in line filters are plugged or other blockages exist in the system 8 Attach a r
272. ified PM 10 air inlet A high lighted Figure 2 149 Modified PM 10 sample inlet installed onto a flow splitter B with the entrance to the sample inlet A highlighted 3 Perform a leak check on the system Section 3 5 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 97 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 5 6 2 CONVERTING FROM A PM 10 To a PM 1 Monitor Follow these steps to convert the PM 10 Monitor to a PM 2 5 Monitor using the sharp cut cyclone SCC PM 1 second stage inlet 1 Remove the PM 10 inlet from the top of the flow splitter by pulling Figure 2 150 Removing the PM 10 inlet from the flow splitter 2 3 4 5 6 7 it straight upward Figure 2 150 Apply a small amount of silicone grease to the two O rings inside of the base of the SCC PM 1 inlet Figure 2 147 Install the SCC PM 1 inlet onto the top of the flow splitter by pushing it straight down until it hits a stop Apply a small amount of silicone grease to the two O rings inside of the base of the PM 10 inlet Figure 2 144 or 2 145 Install the PM 10 inlet onto the top of the SCC PM 1 inlet by pushing it straight down until it hits a stop The FDMS Series 8500 Monitor is now configured as a PM 1 monitor There is no difference in monitor programming or op eration with the SCC PM 1 second stage inlet installed Perform a leak check on the system Section 3 5 SE
273. igeesancueds 1 10 1 4 General System Configuration cccccccssssseeceeeeeessseeeeeeees 1 11 1 5 Theory of Operation cciseceon elses tt tccah Sat tical ccte el uceeemens recat 1 13 1 6 Mass Transducer Operation cccccccsssscceeceeeeessstteeeeeeeeeees 1 20 1 7 Mass Flaw Controllers scicec cues emeneieeisia teesineateatinentenonelses 1 23 1 8 Operating Conditions 2 0 0 eee cece e etter eeeeteeeeeetaaeeeenee 1 25 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION cccccceesesseeeeeececesseseeeeceeeeesssaaaeeeeeeeeess 2 1 2 1 Installation Considerations cccccceceesecceeeeeeeeessnsteeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 2 2 Standard System Hardware c cccccccccssssccceeeeeeesesseneeeeeeeeeees 2 4 2 3 Converting A 1400 Control Unit 00 0 2 eee eeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 2 6 2 3 1 Installing the Dual Flow Fitting eects eeeteeeeeeeeeeeee 2 7 2 3 2 Mass Flow Controller Upgrade c ccecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 18 2 3 2 1 Removing the Original Mass Flow Controller 2 19 2 3 2 2 Splicing Into the Power Supply ccccceeeeeeeseees 2 23 2 3 2 3 Installing the New Mass Flow Controllers Assembly 2 25 2 4 Installing the Control and Sensor Units 0 cceeeeeeeeeees 2 34 2 4 1 Voltage Setting cece desta sc sh ack vice sade docisaetbi cuss nteeasaeteis 2 35 2 4 2 8500 Module Brace ccccceceeeeeeeeee eect eee teeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 2 41 2 4 3 Control Unit Connections cc
274. igure 2 46 Top view of new flow controller with valve power connections highlighted SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 31 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 Install the wiring harness cable connector onto the bottom wiring harness on the interface board Figures 2 22 2 23 2 24 and 2 47 Figure 2 47 left Installing the wiring harness cable connector onto the interface board Figure 2 48 right Closing the retaining clip Retaining clip open 10 Close the retaining clip Figures 2 47 and 2 48 Retaining clips are pieces of thin flexible metal used to secure the cable connec tors to the electronics board NOTE If you remove the wiring harness cable connector from the mass flow controllers assembly note that one ribbon arm is longer than the other so that the harness fits one way only When installing the wiring harness cable connector attach the short side of the cable connector to the mass flow controllers assembly board that is closest to the interface board SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 32 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 Check the connections Figure 2 49 Figure 2 49 New flow controller with pressure transducer tubing A pump tubing B flow sensor connections C wiring harness connections D valve connections E and valve power connections F
275. igure 4 7 and German Figure 4 8 Some of the screens on the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor can be displayed by pressing different keys on the keypad depending on which screen is currently shown on the unit s four line display Figure 4 1 MAIN STEP STATUS EDIT DISP UNITS SCREEN lt DATA STOP 8 9 5 6 2 3 STOP BKSPACE C t ENTER SHIFT SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 8 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figures 4 7 Spanish language keypad S PRINC AVA as EDITAR PRESEN UNIDAD PAN A gt PARA INICIAR MARCHA DAT A SI RS232 ALMAC TODO A ESC RETROC 4 t INTRO DESPL A Figures 4 8 German language keypad HAUPT LETZTER ERSTER DATA STOP S wm INIT START A ALLE ESC R CK q t STOP ENTER SHIFT SECTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Revision C 000 Pace 4 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System When in the Main screen Figure 4 3 the following screens can be accessed directly by pressing a key on the unit s keypad lt MAIN STATUS gt key Current Status Codes screen Section 7 lt STEP SCREEN gt key Menu screen Section 4 3 3 lt TIME DATE gt key Set Time screen Section 6 lt A O gt key Set Analog Outputs screen Section 9
276. il that has the 3 8 inch Camozzi elbow fitting into the bypass flow tube coming down from the flow splitter Figure 2 142 Figure 2 142 Tubing coil and elbow fitting connected to the bypass tubing where it enters the enclosure 3 Install the other end of the cut bypass tubing still connected to the bypass flow in line filter located at the back of the instrument s control unit into the push to connect fitting on the other side of the water trap filter SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 92 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Cut the tubing connected to the PURGE OUTLET fitting of the FDMS unit Figures 2 93 2 143 approximately eight inches below the bottom of the FDMS unit Figure 2 143 Gauge connected in line in the purge outlet tubing ig Purge outlet tubing r gt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A p _ ee r 5 Install the vacuum gauge in line in the cut tubing by using the push to connect fittings on the top and bottom of the gauge Figure 2 143 6 Ensure that the enclosure temperature is set at or above 70F 20C Appendix K SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 93 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Empty water from the coalescing filter as needed Either unscrew the bowl from th
277. ill be displayed without affecting the scale of either axis With this icon selected place the mouse cursor somewhere within the graph area and hold down the left mouse button Move the mouse to display the desired section of the graph Selecting this icon will undo the last zoom or panning step Rescales the x and y axes so that all the graphs for the selected data are displayed Toggles between the two possible x axis scales date and time and time only This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph These two boxes define the number of axis divisions on the graph The left box refers to the x axis and the right box refers to the y axis The number of divisions on the axis can be set to 5 10 15 or 20 Increasing the number of divisions results in a finer axis grid Decreasing the number of divisions results in a courser axis grid This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 43 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 6 3 Storinc DowNLoaDED Dara TO A FILE Follow these steps to save downloaded data to a file 1 When in the RPComm Download Data screen Figure 10 33 with storage data displayed select the Save icon on the tool bar The Save Dialog box will appear and prompt the user for a file name The default file name is nnnnnsyy txt where nnnnn the unit s serial number s data typ
278. in this reading this indicates that the TEOM filter is loose Repeat steps 23 30 to re seat the filter OK 4 15 NU 09 39 Aux Flow 13 66 Noise 0 034 Frequency 187 05705 Oscillating frequency SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System y Keep the door to the Series 1400a sensor unit open for as short a time as possible to minimize the temperature change in the system X Do not handle TEOM filters with your fingers 3 1 2 Routine TEOM FILTER INSTALLATION Follow these steps to install a TEOM filter into the Series 1400a sensor unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ensure that the filter exchange tool Figure 3 1 is clean and free of any contamination that might be transferred to the TEOM filter Press the POWER switch to turn on the control unit Figure 3 14 Press the lt DATA STOP gt key on the control unit s keypad Figure 3 18 Open the door of the sensor unit Figures 3 2 and 3 3 Locate the silver handle on the front of the mass transducer Figure 3 4 Note that there is a shipping latch in the middle of this handle Grasp the silver handle and move the shipping latch upward with your thumb Figure 3 5 Pull down on the silver handle Figure 3 6 Pull the holding rod off the latch plate Figure 3 7 With the mass transducer unlatched grasp the black knob Figure 3 4 and swin
279. indoors or in an enclosure The control unit may be located in any convenient indoor location which is maintained between 2 and 25 C 35 to 77 F For example if the dew point at the inlet is 24 C 75 F and the indoor temperature of your facility is 20 C 68 F you must take additional steps to prevent condensation However is your site is 25 C 77 F and the dew point is 23 C 73 F you can safely operate the monitor If you have purchased the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM 1400a system your existing 1400a control unit must have the second generation flow controllers Section 2 1 If you purchased your Series 1400a Monitor before February 2001 or if the serial number on your monitor is 140AB234170011 or below your control unit may have the original design mass flow controllers Refer to Section 2 1 for additional information on determining if you have the original design mass flow controllers and how to replace them Pace 1 25 Revision C 000 TM Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Y The instrument must be located in a weather protected environment X Be sure to install the ambient temperature sensor Section 2 Hardware Installation To install the
280. ines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 6 9 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Set Hardware screen Figure 6 9 Set Hardware screen with additional lines SET HARDWARE displayed Cal Const gt 9605 Ser Num 22822 Wait Time 1800 Gate Time 5 XX Hr MC 8 Soft Rate 0 000000 Hard Rate 0 000000 Version 3 016 Mass Avg 360 SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The Set Hardware screen contains the following information Cal Const Ser Num Wait Time This field contains the calibration constant K KO Section 1 You can find your monitor s K on the label located inside the mass transducer which is located inside the sensor unit Each monitor has a unique K The Cal Const value must match the value shown on the label inside the mass transducer or the mass concentration data will be incorrect This parameter can be edited when the monitor is in the Setup Mode This field contains the monitor s serial number You can find your monitor s serial number on the back panel of the sensor and control units The Ser Num value must match the number found on the hardware This parameter can be edited when the monitor is in any operating mode This field contains the length of time sec in which the temperatures and flow rates
281. ing a mass flow meter you must make any necessary corrections to translate this reading to volumetric I min at the current ambient temperature and barometric pressure No adjustment is necessary in the case of a volumetric flow meter The volumetric flow measured by the reference flow meter must be 3 0 0 2 I min to be acceptable If the main flow reading is within acceptable limits go to step 14 If the main flow reading is not within acceptable limits go to step 13 13 Perform the software and hardware calibrations for the mass flow controller Service Manual 14 Remove the 3 8 Swagelok cap from the flow splitter bypass extension 15 Install the bypass flow line onto the flow splitter bypass exten sion 16 Perform a leak check Section 3 4 17 Remove the flow audit adapter from the top of the flow splitter 18 Install the sample inlet onto the flow splitter 19 Install a new TEOM filter into the mass transducer 20 Press the lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt key Section 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 6 Software Setup This section describes the parameter settings in the software screens that affect the monitor s basic operation and sample programming It also describes the unit s operational modes Do not attempt the procedures described in this section until you have read Sections 2 5 Appendix A contains all of
282. ing nut onto the bypass extension 12 Starting at the bypass extension Figure 2 132 of the flow splitter measure 1 foot of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing Mark your measurement 13 Cut the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing at the 1 foot mark Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 85 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 14 Locate the flow audit filter Figure 2 133 Figure 2 133 Flow audit filter with push to connect fitting A Swagelok fitting B and filter bowl C highlighted 15 Locate the end of the tubing that is attached to the bypass exten sion and install it into the push to connect fitting on the flow audit filter Figures 2 133 and 2 134 Figure 2 134 3 8 inch nylon tubing inserted into the left hand side of the flow audit filter SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 86 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 16 Locate the end of tubing that is attached to the bypass flow filter on the back of the control unit and install it into the Swagelok fitting on the flow audit filter Figures 2 133 and 2 135 Be sure to turn the Swagelok fitting 1 1 4 turn past finger tight with a wrench Figure 2 135 3 8 inch nylon tubing inserted into the right hand side of the flow audit filter 17 After installing the flow audit fil
283. ion D 1 3 D 1 1 REMOVING THE EXISTING SOFTWARE PROGRAM Follow these steps to remove the existing software program from the control unit 1 Turn off the control unit 2 Attach a ground strap around your wrist Attach the other end of the strap to a ground source such as the control unit s enclosure 3 Remove the top cover of the control unit by unscrewing the screws holding the top cover plate in place Figure D 1 APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 2 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Locate the IOMUX board Figure D 2 on the center left hand side of the control unit Figure D 2 Electronics boards located on the center left hand side of the control unit 5 Locate the two banks of DIP switches on the bottom left hand corner of the IOMUX board Figure D 3 Figure D 3 Two banks of DIP switches on the IOMUX board with SW1 bank A and SW2 bank B high lighted ay a al lt r n a x g z r ae zT z r z z APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SysTEM SOFTWARE Pace D 3 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Locate the SW1 bank of DIP switches Figure D 3 7 Record the position of the switches on the SW1 bank Figure D 4 Figure D 4 Original positions of the DIP switches on the SW1 and SW2 banks aE SSI Fe ERR RRR ER Sees
284. ir 30 00 30 T Cap 30 00 29 F Main F Aux T A S P A S Amb Temp Amb Pres FAdj Main FAdj Aux APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Revision C 000 Pace A 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 27 Set Hardware screen SET HARDWARE Cal Const gt 9605 Ser Num 22822 Wait Time 1800 Figure A 28 Set Hardware screen with additional lines SET HARDWARE displayed Cal Const gt 9605 Ser Num 22822 Wait Time 1800 Gate Time 5 XX Hr MC 8 Soft Rate 0 000000 Hard Rate 0 000000 Version 3 016 Mass Avg 360 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 29 View Analog Inputs screen Figure A 30 View Analog Inputs screen with addi tional lines displayed Figure A 31 Define Analog Inputs screen Figure A 32 Define Analog Inputs screen with addi tional lines displayed VIEW ANALOG INPUTS gt 0 000 17 363 27 463 VIEW ANALOG INPUTS A I 0 gt 0 000 A I 1 17 363 A I 2 27 463 A I 3 15 957 A I 4 1 640 A I 5 2 983 A I 6 41 885 DEFINE A I 0 A I A I FS gt 4 83 Type Mass Conc Const A 0 000 DEFINE A I 0 A I A I FS gt 4 83 Type Mass Conc Const A 000 Const B Const C A I Ave APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 85
285. isplay the Set Passwords screen press lt 1 gt lt 0 gt and then lt ENTER gt when in any screen Press the up or down arrow keys to place the cursor on the Cur Hi Pass line Enter the current password on the Cur Hi Pass line If you enter the current password incorrectly the instrument will beep and erase the entry Press the up or down arrow keys to place the cursor on the New Hi Pass line Enter the new six digit numeric password on the New Hi Pass line This six digit code will now become the new high lock pass word SEcTION 11 PASSwoRD PROTECTION Pace 11 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left intentionally blank SEcTION 11 PASSwoRD PROTECTION Pace 11 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 12 Routine Maintenance and Verification Procedures This section describes the routine maintenance and verification procedures for the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor 12 1 Routine MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Maintenance Procedures Interval Sample inlet Clean the sample inlet that is mounted on the tripod each time that you exchange a TEOM filter or as necessary Appendix G Large in line filters Replace the large in line filters every 6 months or as necessary Section 12 1 1 Air inlet system Clean the air inlet system inside the mass transducer once a year or as necessar
286. isplay the screen that has the operating parameters that you want to change or edit Press the lt EDIT gt key Enter a new value directly by pressing the number keys including the minus sign and decimal point keys ifnecessary Figure 4 5 Then press the lt ENTER gt key to save the change If you make a mistake while entering the changes on the monitor s keypad press the lt BKSPACE gt key to erase indi vidual characters or the lt ESC gt key to leave the edit command You also can use direct keypad entry to enter program register codes PRCs Appendix B For example to set the value for AO1 Var to the 24 hour mass concentration average in the Set Ana log Outputs screen press the lt EDIT gt key lt 0 gt lt 6 gt lt 0 gt and then the lt ENTER gt key to save the change SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Arrow keys Display the screen that has the operating parameters that you want to change or edit and press the lt EDIT gt key Press the up lt T gt and down lt t gt arrow keys to increase or decrease the value of the variable being edited To increase the value of the variable by 10 steps at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the up lt T gt arrow key To decrease value of the variable by 10 steps at a time press the lt SHIFT gt key and hold it down while pressing the
287. it with the dimple high lighted SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Install the dual flow fitting nut onto the dual flow fitting this dual flow fitting nut should be attached to the dual flow fitting when you receive it in the installation kit Figure 2 15 Figure 2 15 Dual flow fitting nut installed on dual flow fitting 7A 11 Locate the main flow metal tube long tube dimpled side and the bypass flow metal tube short tube on the dual flow fitting Fig ure 2 16 Figure 2 16 Drawing of pm dual flow fitting om 7 i aces ii lt fittings ae p Sa Bypass flow a 3 tube short SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 Locate the two plastic 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fittings 13 Install one plastic 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting on the main flow metal tube long tube dimpled side of the dual flow fitting Figures 2 16 and 2 17 NOTE The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses push to connect fittings for all air lines To engage these connections the air tube must be pushed completely into the fitting so that the tube is fully inserted and cannot be pulled out While pushing the tubing into the fitting there is an intermediate stop at an O ring You must push the tubing past the
288. itable 062 063 1 2 3 4 5 X 1 2 3 4 5 X N A 1 2 3 4 5 X N A 1 2 3 4 5 X 13010 N A 1 2 3 4 5 X ol N not editable not editable not editable Current Time Date seconds since 01 01 70 N A N A N A not editable Serial Number N A N A N A N A 1 2 3 4 S X Software Version N A N A Z gt N A not editable 065 Maximum Analog Voltage 0 3 N A 1 2 3 4 S X Analog Output 1 Variable PRC PRC Range 57 1 2 3 4 S X 067 1 2 3 4 S X 068 Analog Output 1 Maximum N A N A 500 500 1 2 3 4 S X C 069 Analog Output 2 Variable PRC PRC Range 58 58 1 2 3 4 S X wa vcimaavenwe re frer e o esas Codes are described later in this Appendix Analog Output 1 Minimum N A N A APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 5 Revision B 002 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System PROGRAM REGISTER CODES 075 099 PROGRAM REGISTER CODES 075 09 ose seevae we oe wo we feansa Post seevae fee o feansa ose seevae fee o feansa os seemne ere ferea o f o reas 084 Storage Variable8 o Variable 8 PRORange o o 1 2 3 4 1 2 8 4 8 X Pes ee change erases data storage 086 086 Storage vaiet Value 1 not editable not editable not editable 088 Storage Value 3 not editable ow rion me fm Pf os rea veer ow er fe pe Pe ons reoc wa one oe fo fs 096 Analog Calibration Input of full scale p 0 100 o o noteditable
289. its a full scale signal for example 10 VDC if the channel is configured for 10 VDC operation if a status condition exists in the temper atures flows or oscillation of the mass transducer If no such status condition exists analog output chan nel 1 operates in its usual fashion Section 10 When in the Main screen press the lt F5 gt key to display the in the A O 1 field and use the analog output channel 1 as a status watch indictor Pace 4 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW 21 This field contains the filter loading percentage Section 3 It indicates the portion of the TEOM filter s total capacity that has been used Because this value is determined by the pressure drop of the main sample flow line the instrument will always show a nonzero value even if no filter is mounted in the mass transducer New filters generally exhibit filter loading percentages of 15 to 30 at a main flow rate of 3 l min and less at lower flow rates TEOM filter cartridges must be exchanged before this value reaches 100 to ensure the validity of the data generated by the instrument At some point above 100 the main flow drops below its set point If the filter loading percentage is higher than 30 at a main flow rate of 3 l min when a new TEOM filter is placed on the mass transducer or if the lifetime of consecutive TEOM filter cartridges becomes
290. k at the change in the TE s oscillating frequency on the Main screen of the control unit Figure 3 19 The last two digits of the reading will fluctuate due to noise and the rest will remain steady If more than the last two digits fluctuate in this reading this indicates that the TEOM filter is loose Repeat steps 21 28 to re seat the filter SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 1 3 FILTER PRE ConbDiITIONING TEOM filters must be preconditioned to avoid excessive moisture buildup prior to their use in the system y Use the two holders on y the right side of the mass eo i transducer inside to store Follow these steps to precondition the TEOM filters the next two TEOM filters to be used 1 Place two TEOM filters on the TEOM filter holders of the mass transducer Figure 3 21 to condition the filters Figure 3 21 Open mass transducer with extra TEOM filters in the filter holders A highlighted X Do not handle TEOM filters with your fingers 2 When it is time to install a new TEOM filter use a conditioned filter from one of the filter holders 3 Replace the conditioned TEOM filter that was on the filter holder with a new filter SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Y Keep the door to the Series 1400a sensor unit
291. l Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Slide the unit into the case Figure 2 36 ensuring that the main and bypass connections line up with the holes in the back of the control unit Figure 2 36 Sliding the new mass flow controllers assembly into the control unit 4 Tighten the two screws that hold the mass flow controllers as sembly to the bottom of the control unit Figures 2 37 2 38 and 2 39 Figure 2 37 left New mass flow controllers assembly installed in control unit with screw in slot Figure 2 38 right Tighten ing the screw SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 27 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 39 New mass fl troll bl oi E flow controllers assembly gt Bypass flow installed in control unit with ee A it bypass flow sensor flow i A cal and screw highlighted Le 4 Screw installed 5 Install the SENSOR FLOW and BYPASS FLOW elbow connections Figure 2 40 Secure the fittings that are attached to the mass flow controllers assembly inside the control unit with a wrench Figure 2 41 while tightening the elbow connections If the fit tings that are attached to the mass flow controllers assembly twist while you are tightening the elbow connections the internal O rings will require 24 hours to completely reseal Figure 2 40 SENSOR FLOW and BYPASS FLOW elbow connectors installed on
292. l ambient temperature and ambient pressure in its flow rate calculations NOTE If the user wants to use the instrument for U S EPA equivalent PM 10 measurements they must ensure that the standard temperature is set to 25 C and the standard pressure is set to 1 atm Section 6 3 4 regardless of the values that they entered for the average temperature and average pressure settings IMPORTANT You MUST install the ambient tempera ture sensor on your FDMS Series 8500 Monitor to set your unit to report the mass concentration levels to actual condi tions Follow these steps to set the monitor to use the actual temperature and pressure values in flow rate calculations IMPORTANT Ensure that the ambient temperature sensor is installed on the monitor Section 2 1 Press lt DATA STOP gt 2 When in the Main screen Figure 6 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 6 4 3 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Temps Flows and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 You also can press lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen 4 Press lt EDIT gt 5 When in the Set Temps Flows screen press the arrow keys to select the left hand column in the T A S line 6 Use the keypad to enter 99 as the average temperature 7 Press the right arrow key to select the right
293. l a Revision A 8500 module into the outdoor enclosure 1 Open the door of the outdoor enclosure K 24 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 24 Instrument placement inside the outdoor enclosure A Sample inlet B 8500 module enclosure C Control unit D Air conditioner E SES module F Sensor unit G Pump H Spacer APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Install the 8500 module brace onto the sensor unit Section 2 3 Locate the sensor unit spacer Section K 2 4 Place the spacer on the bottom right hand side of the outdoor enclosure Figures K 25 and K 26 5 Place the Series 1400a sensor unit on top of the spacer Figures K 25 and K 26 Figure K 25 Inside view of outdoor enclosure with spacer highlighted gt MN i NM LEM APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 26 Close up view of the spacer 6 Place the Series 1400a control unit on the two angle mounting brackets located in the top left hand corner of the enclosure Figure K 25 7 Place the SES module on the shelf located below the control unit 8 Assemble the main flow and bypass flow connections Section
294. lations and cannot be configured by the user However the user may use analog input O on the 15 pin ANALOG I O connector located on the front of the control unit The analog input O can be configured as 2 VDC 10 VDC full scale 100 to 100 or 4 20 mA The specification for this analog input is an input impedance of 24 K ohms Pin 7 is designated as the signal line and pin 8 is designated as the ground line The jumper setting of analog input 4 on the L shaped analog input output board Figures 9 3 9 4 and 9 5 that is located inside the control unit determines whether this input is configured for 2 VDC 10 VDC or 4 20 mA The default setting for analog input channel 0 is 10 VDC SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 3 Analog input output jumper settings mamii a Te Ea Jumper Settings far Input Channel 0 Input oI i 2 2 i 2 ma il a 3 3 B Far Far Far F 420m4 10V W 1 input Input Input n Max Max oil il ma W oil l a il Jumper Settings ro for Output Channels E all I The Culpar Chaara ae fiectey it PS i124 i244 oil ie 70 VDC Gurpers a pimi 2E 3 E el i pes Ee al av 10V i E H in E o Figure 9 4 Analog input jumpers att a R z y A ERRi i AAA AA e A AREA pinup eer SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND O
295. le x pi af Fi Sy ir a A ae Control r 2 unit i 11 Pace 1 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION The sensor unit contains the mass measurement hardware that continuously monitors the accumulated mass on the system s exchangeable TEOM filter By maintaining a flow rate of 3 l min through the instrument and measuring the total mass accumulated on the TEOM filter the device can calculate the mass concentration of the sample stream in near real time The control unit houses an industrially hardened microprocessor system flow control hardware a gauge to determine filter lifetime transformers and power supplies Pace 1 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 1 5 THEORY oF OPERATION The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is a true gravimetric instrument that draws ambient air through a filter at a constant flow rate continuously weighing the filter and calculating near real time mass concentrations In addition the instrument computes the 1 hour 8 hour 12 hour and 24 hour averages of the mass concentration Both analog and RS232 outputs are available to transmit the measurements to a user s data acquisition system The instrument s internal storage buffer can store a large amount of data for later viewing on the instrument s display or downloading
296. ll light because the flow rates and temperatures are outside of tolerance ranges The CHECK STATUS light will remain lit during the first 30 minutes after the power switch is pressed while the monitor warms up The status light automatically turns off after all flow rates and temperatures reach tolerance ranges Section 3 The flow controllers inside the control unit make a slight clicking sound when the instrument is turned on The instrument automatically resets itself when it is turned on As part of this initialization procedure the monitor waits until the flow rates and temperatures stabilize within a narrow range Section 6 for 30 minutes before starting data collection This ensures the validity of all data points computed by the system NOTE Upon initial instrument start up the values in the mass concentration fields are the running averages that are accumulated until a 1 hour time period has passed The values are visible to provide the user with an indication that the instrument is functioning after instrument power up or reset These raw values are used for internal calculations only SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 5 LEAK CHECK Follow these steps to perform a leak check 1 Plug the pump Figure 3 17 into an appropriate power source to draw a sample flow through the system 2 Remove the TEOM filter from the
297. ll the insulation sleeve onto the exposed sample inlet be tween the sensor unit and 8500 module Figure 2 76 Figure 2 76 3 inch insulation sleeve installed onto the exposed sample inlet 15 You must now assemble the control unit connections Section 2 4 3 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 48 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 4 3 ContRoL UNIT CONNECTIONS 2 4 3 1 Main FLow Connections Follow these steps to assemble the main flow connections 1 Locate the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing Section 2 2 2 Cut a 13 cm 5 inch length of the nylon green tubing Figure 2 77 Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular Figure 2 77 Main flow components with parts disassembled 1 4 inch black flow line tubing A 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fitting B large in line filter C and 3 8 inch green flow line tubing D 3 Push one end of the cut piece of the 3 8 inch nylon green tubing into the SENSOR FLOW port located on the back left hand corner of the control unit Figure 2 78 Figure 2 78 3 8 inch flow line tubing inserted into the SENSOR FLOW port SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 49 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 79 Large in line filter with the flow arrow A highlighted Figure 2 80 Large in line filter connected to t
298. lt 2 gt and lt 1 gt and then press lt ENTER gt The Define Analog Inputs screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 9 11 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Define Analog Inputs screen DEFINE A I 0 A I FS gt 4 83 A I Type Mass Conc Const A 0 000 Const B Const C A I Ave SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The Define Analog Inputs screen contains the following information 0 A T FS A I Type Const A Const B Const C A I Ave This field contains the current analog input channel that is being defined Press the left or right arrow keys to move backward or forward by one channel To view the first channel press and hold lt CTRL gt while pressing the left arrow key To view the last channel press and hold lt CTRL gt while pressing the right arrow key This field contains the current percentage of the analog input s full scale This field contains the type of analog input to which the user sets the current analog input channel This parameter is usually set to Equation indicating a regular conversion using the conversion formula This field contains conversion factor A that is used in the conversion formula to convert the analog input value to engineering units
299. m Power Cords Power cord U S 120 VAC Power cord U S 240 VAC Power cord German 240 VAC Manuals Series 8500 FDMS Operating Manual Series 1400a Service Manual AB APPENDIX E CONSUMABLES AND PARTS Revision C 001 32 001017 32 001531 36 001039 32 001023 32 001041 32 002756 32 003271 32 001852 0004 32 001852 0006 32 001852 0008 06 001629 06 001628 12 002049 22 002853 3026 22 000485 1036 55 010841 21 003721 0004 12 000620 0020 04 003417 04 003419 04 003576 04 004628 04 003267 04 003268 07 000593 07 002675 07 002674 42 010874 42 003348 Pace E 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System APPENDIX F FILTER Loa Appendix F Filter Log This appendix contains a filter log to keep track of readings associated with each exposed filter Thermo encourages users to make photocopies of the form or use a similar form Pace F 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Filter Number Initial Conditioning lnitial Weighing Weights w1 w2 WA FDMS Series 8500 Filter Log Filter Exposure Exposure Time Post Collection Conditioning Post Collection Weighing Weights w1 w2 ws Concentration DWx10 6 Volume Conditions RH Weights w1 W2 Wi Exposure Stats Val Time Tot Time Volume Exposure Time Weights w1 W2 Ws Con
300. m Connection List screen with two named connections RP Comm lel x Eile Help 2 T lgl D BX Ale S ot x Instrument Type Status Modem Status Inactive Inactive 5 Continue creating new connections and changing the name of each connection until you have reached the desired number of connections 6 If you want to save all of the connections as a group go to Sec tion 10 2 3 4 Saving Multiple New Connections as a Group If you do not want to save all of the connections as a group you have completed this procedure Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 When in the Connection List screen Figure 10 7 select the New Connection icon on the tool bar The Connection Type screen will then be displayed Figure 10 8 8 When in the Connection Type screen select the appropriate button for the type of instrument that you want to connect to and then select the Settings button to display the AK Protocol Setup screen Figure 10 9 9 Fora direct connection the connection description box should read COMx where x is the serial COM port on your PC that the unit is connected to Section 10 1 10 The Station Setup portion of the screen lists a Station Number default 4 052 and Channel Number Default 075 048 Do not change the default values without first contacting Thermo 11 The description bo
301. manner described in Section 5 This manual is divided into 13 sections and 10 appendices that discuss different topics Sections 1 and 2 explain the system hardware while later sections describe the system s software and the setup and operation of the monitor The following list provides an overview of the topics handled in each section of the manual Section 1 Introduction This section provides an overview of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor as well as the theory of operation of the instrument s mass transducer Section 2 Hardware Installation This section describes how to set up the system s hardware Section 3 Sample Preparation A TEOM and 47 mm filter must be installed in the system before the unit is turned on This section explains the steps required to install and exchange these filters Section 4 Software Overview This section describes the operation of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor including viewing system data on the four line display and changing instrument operating parameters Section 5 Basic Operation This section provides brief instructions on how to turn on the instrument and initiate a sampling run It also explains how to download data and how to perform an audit of the instrument Section 6 Software Setup This section explains how to set up the instrument s software to run a sample Section 7 Status Codes This section explains the monitor s status code information and screens Section 8 Viewing S
302. mass transducer according to the instructions in Section 3 1 4 IMPORTANT DO NOT remove the 47 mm filter and filter cassette from the 8500 module 3 Press the POWER switch to turn on the control unit Figure 3 36 4 When in the Main screen Figure 3 38 press the up lt T gt and down lt gt arrow keys to display the main flow and auxiliary flow values on the four line display Figure 3 39 Figure 3 39 Main screen with main and auxiliary flow OK 4 21 rates displayed Main Flow Aux Flow 5 Locate the flow audit adapter Figure 3 40 which is contained in the flow audit adapter kit SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 40 Flow audit adapter with valve open 6 Ensure that the valve of the flow audit adapter is in its open position Figure 3 40 7 Remove the sample inlet from the flow splitter Section 2 and replace it with the flow audit adapter Figure 3 41 Figure 3 41 Flow audit adapter installed on flow splitter with valve open SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 26 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Close the valve of the flow audit adapter Figure 3 42 Figure 3 42 Flow audit adapter installed on flow splitter with valve closed 9 When in the Main screen the main flow reading should read less
303. mentric flow control setting directs the unit to use the average tempera ture and pressure values to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The average temperature and average pressure used by the instrument may vary with season and altitude If the user wants the unit to use the average temperature and pressure to control the volumetric flow they should manually adjust the average temperature and average pressure settings as climatic conditions change The user usually has to adjust the average pressure only once for the average barometric pressure at the sampling site i e station pressure not adjusted to sea level However the user generally must adjust the average temperature periodically often 4 times per year in accordance with changing average ambient temperatures IMPORTANT If you have installed the ambient tempera ture sensor on the monitor you must enter 99 in the average temperature field and 9 in the average pressure field If the user installs the instrument at an altitude that is different from sea level the user must set the average pressure to a value other than 1 atm so that the instrument can maintain its proper volumetric flow within acceptable limits When the user enters an average pressure of less than 1 atm it reduces the instrument s mass flow rate but ultimately maintains the appropriate volumetric flow for the altitude Similarly average daily temperatures may not always be 25 C
304. modem to the other R amp P instrument by attaching the male end of the 9 to 9 pin cable to the RS232 connector on the other instrument 31 Repeat steps 15 through 28 using appropriate values for the required parameters refer to your instrument s Operating Manual for the other instrument 32 After the connection has been verified disconnect the modem connection to the instrument APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Obtain a serial switching device from a commercial manufac turer R amp P has found that devices manufactured by Black Box Corp work properly with its instrumentation although other devices should function properly The part number and cost of the device will vary depending on how many serial devices the user wishes to connect to it From the serial switching device s instruction manual determine the command codes required to trigger activation of each serial port being used Unplug the serial cable and its adapter s from the modem and plug the cable assembly into the serial switching device Follow the instructions provided with the serial switching device and connect it to the modem NOTE R amp P recommends that the serial device s connections be tested before the unit is placed in the field This test will require the use of two ph
305. module Figure 12 13 SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 13 3 inch insulation sleeve installed onto the exposed sample inlet 6 Remove the 3 inch black insulation sleeve from the sample inlet 7 Loosen the Swagelok fitting that connects the sensor unit s inlet to the main flow outlet on the 8500 module Figure 12 14 Figure 12 14 8500 module installed onto the sensor Rupprecht b unit s inlet with the Patashnick Co Inc Swagelok fitting A Mian Mw or LE highlighted SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 15 Valve cleaning brush X IMPORTANT DO NOT insert the brush more than 4 1 2 inches into the 8500 module Inserting the brush further than 4 1 2 inches into the 8500 module will damage the SES dryers Figure 12 16 Inserting the valve cleaning brush into the main flow outlet port 8 Remove the sensor unit s inlet from the main flow outlet port on the bottom of the 8500 module 9 Locate the valve cleaning brush Figure 12 15 10 Insert the brush into the main flow outlet port and gently scrub the inside surface of the switching valve Figures 12 16 and 12 17 IMPORTANT DO NOT insert the brush more than 4 1 2 inc
306. mouse button and make a box around an area inside the graph that you want to zoom into Once the box is finished release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the box dimensions Decreases the scale of the x axis With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor horizontally to the end of the zoom area and release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the new x axis dimensions Decreases the scale of the y axis With this icon selected press and hold the left mouse button at the beginning of the area that you want to zoom into Drag the cursor vertically to the end of the zoom area and release the mouse button The graph will be resized according to the new y axis dimensions Enables panning Panning allows the user to move the graph area so that a different section of the x or y axis will be displayed without effecting the scale of either axis With this icon selected place the mouse cursor somewhere within the graph area and hold down the left mouse button Move the mouse to display the desired section of the graph Selecting this icon will undo the last zoom or panning step Rescales the x and y axes so that all the graphs for the selected data are displayed Toggles between the two possible x axis scales date and time and time only This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph These
307. must remain within arange around their setpoints before the instrument changes from Operating Mode 1 to 2 The default setting is 1800 seconds This parameter can be edited when the monitor is in any operating mode NOTE R amp P recommends that the user set the Wait Time to 1000 or higher to avoid damaging the instrument and to maintain accurate data reporting Gate Time XX Hr MC SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP The basis of mass change is raw frequency Raw frequency is calculated by comparing cycle counts of a highly stable 10 megahertz Mhz clock to the cycle counts of the oscillating tapered element TE The gate time controls how often the comparisons are made This parameter cannot be edited This field contains the XX Hr MC parameter This value gives the user a choice of averaging times hours shown on the Main screen following the 1 hour mass concentration average The default value for this parameter is 8 which causes the monitor to compute 8 hour averages The user can set an Pace 6 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Soft Rate Hard Rate Version Mass Ave SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP averaging time of 1 8 12 or 24 hours for this parameter This parameter can be edited when the monitor is in the Setup or Stop All Mode The monitor makes Soft Rate software and hard ware adjustments for internal clock drift correcti
308. n 9 contact closure settings Section 9 analog input conversions Section 9 and RS232 settings Section 9 20 Press the lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt key to enter Operating Mode 1 and begin data collection APPENDIX D INSTALLING New SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 9 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System D 2 INSTALLING New System SOFTWARE To install new 8500 system software into the TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor you must first connect the monitor to a personal computer PC Section D 2 1 After you have established aconnection between your monitor and your PC youcan then load the new software into the monitor Section D 2 2 However if you have purchased the TEOM 8500 FDMS Monitor as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM 1400a system you must first convert the TEOM 1400a system toa TEOM 8500 FDMS system by loading the new system software that came with the 8500 module into your TEOM 1400a control unit Section D 1 After you have converted the TEOM 1400a system into a TEOM 8500 FDMS system you may then follow the instructions in Sections D 2 1 and D 2 2 to upload a newer version of 8500 system software into the control unit D 2 1 CONNECTING THE Monitor To A PERSONAL COMPUTER Your personal computer must be connected to the monitor s control unit Follow these steps to connect the personal computer to the monitor 1 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable to one of the
309. n designed to be in compliance with the following U S Canadian and European Safety Standards q UL Standard 3101 1 CAN CSA C22 2 NO 1010 1 C US EN61010 1 1995 LisTeu Thermo Fisher Scientific certifies that this product operates in compliance with the EC Directive 89 336 EEC in reference to electrical emissions and immunity Specifically the equipment meets the requirements of EN61326 1997 Emissions amp Immunity PAGE v Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section Revision List As Thermo Scientific instrumentation changes so do our operating and service manuals However these changes may affect only one aspect of an instrument while leaving the instrument as a whole unchanged To explain these individual changes to our customers the company will update only those sections of its operating and service manuals that are affected by the instrument updates or improvements As each manual section changes so does its revision number which is located at the top right hand corner of each page of each section To help our customers keep track of the changes to the Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System and its operating manual following is a list of the manual sections with their respective revision numbers Section Number and Description Revision Number Section 1 Introduction C 000 Section 2 Hardware Installation C 000 Section 3 Sample Preparation C 000 Secti
310. n press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 5 10 2 When in the Set Temps Flows screen locate the current ambient temperature reading Section 5 3 Determine the current temperature C at the ambient tempera ture sensor using an external thermometer C 5 9 x F 32 4 Verify that the value of the Amb Temp field is within 2 C of the measured temperature If this is not the case perform the ambient temperature calibration procedure Service Manual Figure 5 10 Set Temps Flows screen with additional SET TEMPS FLOWS lines displayed T Case gt 30 00 30 00 T Air 30 00 30 00 T Cap 30 00 29 98 F Main F Aux T A S P A S Amb Temp Amb Pres FAdj Main FAdj Aux SecTION 5 Basic OPERATION Pace 5 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 3 2 VERIFYING AMBIENT PRESSURE Follow these steps to verify the ambient pressure 1 Press the lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt keys and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 5 10 2 When in the Set Temps Flows screen locate the current ambient 3 4 Section 5 Basic OPERATION pressure reading Section 5 Determine the current ambient pressure in mm Hg absolute pressure not corrected to sea level Verify the monitor s ambient pressure by measuring the current ambient station pressure in mm Hg with an external measurement device e To co
311. n the 8500 module and the pump Ensure that the cut in the tubing is clean and perpendicular SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 61 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Install one end of the cut tubing into the PURGE OUTLET port of the 8500 module Figure 2 93 8 Install the other end of the cut tubing into the Y fitting on the sample pump Figure 2 95 Figure 2 95 3 8 inch nylon tubing installed in the pump Y fitting 8 You must now assemble the electrical connections Section 2 4 5 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 62 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 4 5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Follow these steps to assemble the electrical connections 1 Locate the 9 to 15 pin valve signal cable Figure 2 96 Figure 2 96 9 to 15 pin valve signal cable 2 Install the 9 pin connector of the valve signal cable into the 9 pin VALVE CONTROL connection port on the back of the 8500 module Figure 2 97 Figure 2 97 Valve signal cable installed into the valve control port A on the back of the 8500C module SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 63 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Install the 15 pin connector of the valve signal cable into the 15 pin ACCU connection port on the back of the control unit Fig
312. n with request for number of data records to be downloaded displayed M3 TEOMCOMM Auto z SHESI EE z ajs A TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter number of records to download lt AID _ Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System If the user wants to download all available data records from the current position of the storage pointer to the end of the storage buffer the user should enter an A If the user wants to download a specific number of records starting at the storage pointer they should enter a specific number If the number that the user enters is greater than V Set the storage pointer to the desired location the number of data records that are present between the current storage pointer before executing the location and the end of the data buffer the PC will download all data records from the Download Storage com current position of the storage pointer to the end of the storage buffer mand After the user enters an A or a specific number the computer will request a filename which the TEOMCOMM software program will use to save the data Figure J 9 Figure J 9 TEOMCOMM Main screen with request for
313. nal use only 360 not editable g gt 2 N A not editable Z gt 3 N A not editable 014 Frequency current oscillating frequency Operating Mode 0 S 1 2 3 4 5 X gt N A not editable N A N A i N A N A 015 N A 100 000 N A 1 2 3 4 S X Cur Low Pass used to set new password N A 1 2 3 4 S X 016 0 0 7 0 1 1 1 1 017 0 0 8 0 011 0 0 8 N A N A 1 2 3 4 S X 024 Enclosure Set Point not used N A 1 2 3 4 5 X 100 100 p p 0 25 4 1 03 1 03 30 40 30 30 40 0 30 40 30 ts A c n y A Cur High Pass used to set new password A N A 100 000 A A A A A N A N A N A not editable wo oO wl w oOo Of Codes are decribed later in this Appendix APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System as Fir erates erm wm WA mae FN e a a a a os fornew e a e a e ou fronsen wm wm e ow reae ous rovers me fo nen four ronan ie me wf tne Fos pem ie rc we we vane 7 Codes are described iater in tis Appendix O Codes are described later in this Appendix APPENDIX B PROGRAM REGISTER CoDES Pace B 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Code Range Default Re Init Edit Modes 053 RS 232 Parameter 1 N A 061 Protection Level N A N A N A not ed
314. nd average barometric pressure Ave Pres at the measurement site to allow the instrument to sample at the correct volumetric flow rate Section 6 Alternately the user can set up the instrument to automatically measure the ambient temperature and pressure using hardware supplied with the unit The microprocessor calculates the correct mass flow set point Flow_Rate with this information using the following formula STP 273 15 Ave Pres Flow_Rate Flow_Rate x _______ x 4 Ave Temp 273 15 1 0 where Flow_Rate Control setpoint to mass flow controller equivalent flow at 0 C and 1 Atmosphere Flow_Rate Volumetric flowrate setpoint l min to be 3 01 min for the sample main flow and 13 67 l min for the auxiliary flow Section 6 Ave Temp Seasonal average temperature entered by the user C Ave Pres Seasonal average barometric pressure entered by the user Atmospheres where 1 Atmosphere 1013 2 millibars or 760 mm Hg NOTE When using actual conditions for active volumetric flow control substitute the actual local temperature and pressure for the average temperature and pressure variables in equation 4 PM 10 mass concentration data reported to the U S EPA must be referenced to standard cubic meters of air based on a standard temperature and pressure of 25 C and 1 Atmosphere atm respectively For the instrument to report mass concentra tions according to this EPA standard the
315. nd initiate the modem connection as ex plained in step 11 If the modem loses its connection wait at least 1 minute before trying to establish another connection This allows the modem to reset itself APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System H 3 2 MuctipLte R amp P INstRUMENTS OF DIFFERENT MobELs Refer to this subsection if two or more R amp P instruments of different models are being connected to a serial switching device The following combinations involving the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor can be supported at this time Series 8500 and a Series 1400a Series 8500 and a Model 2025 Series 8500 and a Series 5400 Monitor Although RPComm supports both the Series 8500 and the Model 2000 FRM monitors it is not possible to connect these instruments to a single serial switching device This is because the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor requires the local communi cation flow control to be set to RTS CTS and the Model 2000 FRM sampler does not support any local communication flow control If a Series 8500 and a Model 2000 FRM are located at the same site two modems and phone lines are necessary for communication with the two instruments H 3 2 1 ConnectinG A Series 8500 FDMS Monitor AND OTHER R amp P INSTRUMENTS OF DIFFERENT MODELS Follow these steps to connect a Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and another R amp P instrument via a serial switching device
316. ndard temperature in flow rate calculations 8 Press the arrow keys to select the right hand column in the P A S field 9 Enter the standard pressure value in this field If you are setting the unit to report to the US EPA equivalent PM 10 measure ments press lt 1 gt on the keypad This sets the standard pressure to 1 which causes the monitor to use the standard pressure in flow rate calculations 10 Press lt ENTER gt 11 Press lt Fi gt or lt RUN gt to restart data collection SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 4 SerHarRpware SCREEN The Set Hardware screen Figure 6 8 allows the user to view and change selected hardware parameters Figure 6 8 Set Hardware screen SET HARDWARE Cal Const gt 9605 Ser Num 22822 Wait Time 1800 You can display the Set Hardware screen on the four line display of the control unit in three different ways 1 When in the Main screen Figure 6 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt on the control unit keypad to display the Menu screen Figure 6 4 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Hard ware and then press lt ENTER gt 2 When in the Set Temps Flows screen Section 6 3 press the lt STEP SCREEN key 3 Press the lt 1 gt and lt 3 gt keys and then press the lt ENTER gt key The Set Hardware screen contains additional l
317. ner of the screen A menu will display Fig ure H 4 Select the appropriate modem connection listed Figure H 4 AK Protocol AK Protocol Setup Setup screen with menu displayed COM1 com coM2 USRobotics 56K Internal Modem Cancel aui Station Number f 4 052 Dialing Rules Channel Number 075 o Comm Setup gt gt Delay Time 1 Phone Number Connection Command T APPENDIX H Mopem COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 When the appropriate modem connection is displayed in the top left hand corner of the AK Protocol Setup screen select the Comm Setup gt button Figure H 4 The Properties screen will display Figure H 5 screen Connection Country region United States of America 1 Y Enter the area code without the long distance prefix Area code E 16 Phone number Connect using MAEIai ee Sie ae Configure M Use country region code and area code coca APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 When in the Properties screen select the Configure button The Modem Properties screen will now display with the modem type displayed in the blue bar at the top of the screen Figure H 6 Generally the values that your system chooses for variables
318. ng Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 106 Drawing of a flow splitter Sample tube 15 5 cm 6 from top of flow splitter Sample tube Bypass flow ou thet 1 2 sample tube fastener nut Sample tube ir 2 Ensure that the top of the sample tube inside the flow splitter Figure 2 107 is 15 5 cm 6 inches from the top of the flow split ter Figure 2 106 If the top of the sample tube is 15 5 cm 6 inches from the top of the flow splitter go to step 6 If the top of the sample tube is not 15 5 cm 6 inches from the top of the flow splitter go to step 3 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 71 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 107 Sample tube positioned above the top of the flow splitter 3 Loosen the 1 2 inch sample tube nut at the base of the flow splitter Figure 2 108 Figure 2 108 Base of flow splitter with 1 2 inch sample tube nut highlighted 1 2 inch sample tube nut SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 72 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Slide the sample tube that is located inside the flow splitter up or down until it is 15 5 cm 6 inches from the top of the flow splitter Figure 2 109 Figure 2 109 Measuring the distance from the top of the sample tube to the top of the flow splitter la
319. ng and returns program disconnects any the PC to an MS DOS prompt If the user established modem communication when existing communication running TEOMCOMM the modem connection will be automatically disconnected e the user exits the hen the user selects the Exit Program command APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 4 TEOMCOMM Communications Setup SCREEN The user can change the communication parameters of the TEOMCOMM software program when in the TEOMCOMM Communications Setup screen Figure J 14 When in the TEOMCOMM Main screen Figure J 1 press F2 to display the TEOMCOMM Communications Setup screen Figure J 14 TEOMCOMM Communications Setup screen an d oee a sfe Al TEOMCOMM vi 4i Parity Data None 1 7 hits Even 8 bits Odd Hardware Handshake Flow Control 1 bit None None j E 2 hits CTS and DSR XON XOFF i CTS Only 1 DSR Only Connection Com Port Settings Phone Number l Direct COMi Addr CHex gt i C 1 Modem COM2 IRQ Modem LATQEVSG 6241 48C18D28 C Comk Init 7 66 F2 Save Changes APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The TEOMCOMM Communications Setup screen contains the following information Baud Rate Parity Data Stop
320. not be changed by the user NOTE Mass concentration averages of less than 24 hours can be averaged using data logging equipment to compute sliding 24 hour averages and 24 hour averages that do not necessarily start and end at midnight as well as averages on other user defined time scales 24 Hr MC Tot Mass Case Temp Air Temp This field contains the 24 hour mass concentration average ug m This is a sliding average that is updated every 60 minutes on the hour This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the amount of mass that has accumulated on the TEOM filter since the last instrument reset which is done by turning on the instrument or pressing the lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt key This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the temperature of the TEOM mass transducer case set point 30 C 0 1 C This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the temperature of the sample stream at the base of the heated air inlet set point 30 C 0 5 C This value cannot be changed by the user Pace 4 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Cap Temp Main Flow Aux Flow Noise Frequency This field contains the temperature of the upper part of the TEOM mass transducer set point 30 C 0 1 C This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the actual v
321. nstrumentation The seller further disclaims any responsibility for consequential damages Use of this product in any manner not intended by the manufacturer will void the safety protection provided by the equipment and may damage the equipment and subject the user to injury Disposal of the Instrument This product is required to comply with the European Union s Waste Electrical amp Electronic Equipment WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC It is marked with the WEEE symbol For further information on Thermo Fisher Scientific compliance with this directive the recyclers in each country and information on company products contact your distributor PAGE II Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Warranty U S Seller warrants that the Products will operate or perform substantially in conformance with Seller s published specifications and be free from defects in material and workmanship when subjected to normal proper and intended usage by properly trained personnel for the period of time set forth in the product documentation published specifications or package inserts If a period of time is not specified in Seller s product documentation published specifications or package inserts the warranty period shall be one 1 year from the date of shipment to Buyer for equipment and ninety 90 days for all other products the Warranty Period Seller agrees during the Warranty Period to rep
322. nt of the mass transducer Figure 3 4 Note that there is a shipping latch in the middle of this handle SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 4 Mass trans ducer in the closed position with the silver handle A and black knob B high lighted 4 Grasp the silver handle and move the shipping latch upward with your thumb Figure 3 5 Figure 3 5 Lifting the shipping latch on the silver handle 5 Pull down on the silver handle Figure 3 6 SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION Pace 3 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 6 Pulling the silver handle down 6 Pull the holding rod off the latch plate Figure 3 7 Figure 3 7 Releasing the holding rod on the mass transducer 7 With the mass transducer unlatched grasp the black knob Figure 3 4 and swing the bottom of the mass transducer downward exposing the tapered element TE Figure 3 8 An old TEOM filter may be already installed on the TE Refer to Section 3 1 4 to remove this filter NOTE If the control unit is operating power is applied to the control unit when you open the mass transducer the tapered element TE will automatically stop oscillating SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System
323. ntains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 9 21 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Set RS232 Mode screen The Set RS232 Mode screen contains the following information SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Mode None Print On Line AK Protocol This field contains the current RS232 mode This field contains the None RS232 Mode When the monitor is in the None Mode the user can view and change instrument operating parameters using the RPComm software application Section 9 and upload new system software to the control unit Appendix D When the instrument is shipped the RS232 ports are configured for the None Mode This field contains the Print On Line RS232 Mode When the monitor is in the Print On Line Mode the unit transmits a user specified line of information at a user specified interval The user sets the infor mation that will be transmitted and the interval at which the information is transmitted in the Com Print Settings screen Section 9 4 2 This field contains the AK Protocol RS232 Mode Appendix C When the monitor is in the AK Protocol Mode the user can retrieve the current value of all system variables over the RS232 con nection change the value of system parameters and download values stored in the monitor s internal data buffer The AK Protocol is used in combination with the RPComm soft
324. ntains more information lines than can be viewed simultaneously Press the down arrow key on the control unit keypad to view the additional information lines Figure 7 8 The Mass Concentration screen contains the following information Curr Chan Mass Conc Base MC Ref MC This field contains the current air channel that the monitor is drawing air through The air channels are defined as BASE for the base flow and REF for the reference flow Section 1 This field contains the mass concentration value The unit calculates the mass concentration MC value by subtracting the Ref MC from the Base MC This field contains the mass concentration value recorded by the TEOM filter while the FDMS system draws dried ambient air base flow through the sample flow lines Section 1 This field contains the mass concentration value recorded by the TEOM filter while the FDMS system draws dried filtered and cooled ambient air reference flow through the sample flow lines Sec tion 1 For example the unit draws a base flow for six minutes and measures a mass concentration of 5 Base MC 5 Then the unit draws a reference flow for six minutes and measures a mass concentration of 1 Ref MC 1 Therefore the mass concentration is 6 where MC Base MC Ref MC 6 5 1 Pace 7 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System This page left inten
325. ntrol unit Section 4 and operating the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor both with and without a filter in place In a spring mass system the frequency follows the equation f K M 1 where f frequency radians sec K spring rate M mass K and M are in consistent units The relationship between mass and change in frequency can be expressed as 1 1 dm K 2 2 2 fi f where dm change in mass K spring constant including mass conversions f initial frequency Hz f final frequency Hz SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System VY Each TEOM instrument has a unique calibration constant K SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION When this equation is rearranged you can solve for the spring constant K dm K 3 0 f f 1 0 Thus K the calibration constant for the instrument can be easily determined by measuring the frequencies with and without a known mass pre weighed TEOM filter cartridge Pace 1 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 7 Mass FLow ConrTROLLERS The mass flow controllers MFCs in the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor are internally calibrated for a standard temperature and pressure of 0 C and 1 Atmosphere 1013 2 millibars or 760 mm Hg The user must enter the seasonal average temperature Ave Temp a
326. nvert from Atmospheres 0 C to mm Hg multiply by 760 e To convert from millibars to mm Hg multiply by 0 75012 e To convert from inches Hg 32 F to mm Hg multiply by 25 4 Verify that the value of the Amb Pres field is within 10 mm Hg of the measured ambient pressure If this is not the case perform the ambient pressure calibration procedure Service Manual Pace 5 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System VY Do not run a flow audit procedure during a valid sampling run Figure 5 11 Removing the PM 10 inlet 5 3 3 FLow Aupit PROCEDURE Itis recommended to perform the flow audit procedure before initiating the first sample run The flow audit procedure checks the flow rates in the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and can be done with minimal disturbance of the instrument s normal operating configuration The tolerances in this audit procedure should not be confused with the tighter specifications outlined in the calibration procedures of the Service Manual Perform the ambient air temperature verification Section 5 3 1 pressure verifica tion Section 5 3 2 and leak check Section 3 4 before executing the flow verification procedure Section 5 3 3 Tools Needed Flow audit adapter kit 57 001243 Materials None Follow these steps to perform a flow audit 1 Press lt DATA STOP gt on the control unit keypad NOTE Any data generated by the instrument during t
327. oL UNIT If you have purchased the Series 8500 FDMS Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM 1400a System you must install the dual flow fitting into the Series 1400a control unit Section 2 3 1 Also your Series 1400a control unit must have the second generation flow controllers Section 2 3 2 Refer to Section 2 1 for assistance in determining if you have the second generation flow controllers NOTE If you have to install both the dual flow fitting and the second generation flow controllers be sure to install the dual flow fitting first before installing the second genera tion flow controllers SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 3 1 INSTALLING THE DUAL FLow FITTING If you have purchased the Series 8500 FDMS Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM Series 1400a System you must convert the flow configuration inside the control unit and modify the pump port on the back of the control unit Tools and materials needed for this procedure Dual flow fitting 2 plastic 3 8 inch to 1 4 inch reducer fittings Adjustable wrench Follow these steps to install the dual flow fitting 1 Remove the top cover of the control unit 2 Locate the mass flow controller assembly inside the control unit Figure 2 3 in the back right hand corner Figure 2 3 Interior view of the control unit SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTA
328. oad data records that are stored in the monitor s internal data buffer The data download will begin at the current location of the storage pointer and end at the most recently recorded datarecord When the user selects this command the computer will request a filename which the TEOMCOMM software program will use to save the data Figure J 11 Auto Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options TEOMCOMM v1 41 Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter filename to store data _ APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The user must enter an MS DOS compliant file name to save the data file name Figure J 12 Figure J 12 TEOMCOMM Main screen with data file name entered oromon S O O O meae e aS al TEOMCOMM vi 4i Request the value of a register Modify the value of a register Set instrument mode Download storage Set storage pointer Fast Storage Out Exit program Enter filename to store data uniti4 61 txt_ Fi Help F2 Comm Config F3 Set Station F4 Options APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System An MS DOS compliant file name is an 8 character file name a p
329. odem communication is attempted direct communication must be successfully completed This will ensure that the PC and unit have been set up properly for communications APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 1 INSTALLING TEOMCOMM onto a PERSONAL COMPUTER Follow these steps to install TEOMCOMM onto a PC 1 Ensure that your PC is in MS DOS mode 2 When the MS DOS prompt displays enter the following command after the prompt MD C TEOMCOMM 3 Press Enter 4 Insert the TEOMCOMM 3 1 2 floppy disk into a 3 1 2 disk drive in the computer 5 Enter the following command after the MS DOS prompt COPY X TEOMCOMM C TEOMCOMM NOTE The X represents the letter of your PC s 3 1 2 disk drive 6 Press Enter The PC will now copy the files named TEOMCOMM EXE and TEOMCOMM CFG onto its hard drive APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System J 2 TEOMCOMM Setup Before you connect your monitor toa PC Section J 6 you must start the TEOMCOMM software program Section J 2 1 and set TEOMCOMM s communication param eters Section J 2 2 J 2 1 Starting TEOMCOMM Follow these steps to begin running the TEOMCOMM software program 1 Ensure that your PC is in MS DOS mode 2 When the MS DOS prompt displays press Enter 3 When
330. ol Display keypad with English overlay Display keypad with Spanish overlay Display keypad with German overlay Key for instrument enclosure APPENDIX E CONSUMABLES AND PARTS 55 003326 EXCH 55 003603 55 003603 EXCH 55 003603 10 002415 10 003312 55 007675 55 007675 EXCH 55 007758 10 000233 10 000394 10 000394 EXCH 10 000447 55 002013 0001 10 001589 OUSA 10 001589 OSPN 10 001589 OGER 20 005922 Pace E 2 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Revision C 001 Series 1400a Control Unit and Sensor Unit Specific Components Main computer P C B Main computer P C B exchange Analog I O P C B Analog I O P C B exchange LED status light Probe air thermistor Amplifier P C B Amplifier P C B exchange Mass transducer assembly exchange Interface P C B Interface P C B exchange Temperature sensor cable 10 m Transformer 15 V Transformer 12 V FDMS Specific Components Switch valve assembly Switch valve assembly exchange Nafion dryer assembly with sensors Nafion dryer assembly with sensors exchange Chiller conditioner assembly Chiller conditioner assembly exchange Connecting Cables Electric amp air cable 2 m 1 air flow line Electric amp air cable 10 m 1 air flow line Electric amp air cable 20 m 1 air flow line Electric amp air cable 2 m 2 air flow line Electric amp air cable 10 m 2 air flow lines Electric amp air cable 2
331. olumetric flow rate measured by the main flow controller set point 3 l min This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the actual volumetric flow rate measured by the auxiliary flow controller set point 13 67 l min This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the mass transducer s perfor mance This value should be less than 0 10 after the system has been in Operating Mode 4 for at least 30 minutes This value cannot be changed by the user This field contains the oscillating frequency of the tapered element TE in the mass transducer This value varies from one Series 1400a sensor unit to another but generally ranges between 150 and 400 Hz This value cannot be changed by the user PAGE 4 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figures 4 6 English language keypad 4 3 NAVIGATING AMONG SCREENS The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor incorporates menu driven software that provides the user with direct instrument control from the keypad of the control unit This section explains how to interact with the instrument view information and change the values of system parameters 4 3 1 KEYPADS The user can access the monitor s software screens by pressing keys on the keypad R amp P supplies the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor with a choice of keypad languages The languages available at the present time are English Figure 4 6 Spanish F
332. on APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure H 1 Connection List screen RPComm Connection List Group Default OF x Eie Help Jel axla 5 a a Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System E3 6 Select the Edit Selected Connection icon from the tool bar The Connection Type screen will display Figure H 2 Figure H 2 Connection Connection Type Type screen 1400 i reesen 2025 2100 Settings gt gt 2300 4200 5400 8400 8500 7 When in the Connection Type screen select the 8500 button 8 Select the Settings button to display the AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 3 Figure H 3 AK Protocol Setup screen AK Protocol Setup comt Station Setup Station Number 4 052 Channel Number 075 24 0484 OK Cancel Dialing Rules Comm Setup gt gt Delay Time 1 Phone Number Connection Command gi APPENDIX H Mopem COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 When in the AK Protocol Setup screen place your cursor on the small black down arrow located to the right of the white box in the top left hand cor
333. on This value is set before the instrument leaves R amp P and should not be changed unless the user loads new software into the instrument If the user loads new software into the instrument the Soft Rate value will return to its default setting 0 The user must then follow the procedure for setting the inter nal clock Service Manual to set the Soft Rate to its appropriate value The monitor makes Hard Rate software and hard ware adjustments for internal clock drift correction This value is set before the instrument leaves R amp P and should not be changed unless the user loads new software into the instrument If the user loads new software into the instrument the Hard Rate value will return to its default setting 0 The user must then follow the procedure for setting the inter nal clock Service Manual to set the Hard Rate to its appropriate value This field contains the monitor s software revision number This parameter can not be edited This field contains the time interval sec at which the monitor switches the flow between the main flow and the bypass flow Section 1 This param eter cannot be edited Pace 6 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 5 SetTSTORAGE SCREEN The Set Storage screen Figure 6 10 determines which variables are stored in the monitor s internal data logger how many data fields exist per record and the int
334. on 4 Tools needed None Materials 2 large in line filters 57 002758 Follow these steps to exchange the large in line filters 1 Remove the existing large in line filters from their quick connect fittings 2 Install new large in line filters onto the quick connect fittings Figure 12 1 Ensure that the arrows on the filters point away from the control unit against the flow This will allow the user to see the contamination as it is collected on the filter SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 12 2 Series 1400a sensor unit 12 1 2 CLEANING THE AIR INLET SYSTEM You must clean the heated air inlet in the Series 1400a sensor unit once a year to remove the buildup of particulate matter on its inner walls You can order a tapered bristle brush 30 002227 that is appropriate for cleaning the air inlet system from Thermo Tools needed Piece of plastic or another protective material Soapy water alcohol or freon solution Soft brush Follow these steps to clean the air inlet system 1 Turn off the control unit 2 Open the door of the sensor unit Figures 12 2 and 12 3 m A Ce E Ferais Wis Maide 4 Erra RD fees bet SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurem
335. on 4 Software Overview C 000 Section 5 Basic Operation C 000 Section 6 Software Setup C 000 Section 7 Status Codes C 000 Section 8 Viewing Stored Data C 000 Section 9 Data Input and Output C 000 Section 10 Using RPComm C 000 Section 11 Password Protection C 000 Section 12 Routine Maintenance and Verification Procedures C 000 Section 13 Resetting the Monitor C 000 Appendix A Overview of Software Screens C 000 Appendix B Program Register Codes C 000 PAGE VI Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section Revision List continued Section Number and Description Revision Number Appendix C Two Way Serial Communication C 000 Appendix D Installing New Software C 001 Appendix E Consumables and Parts C 001 Appendix F Filter Log C 000 Appendix G Inlet Maintenance C 000 Appendix H Modem Communications C 000 Appendix I ASCII Codes C 000 Appendix J TEOMCOMM Software C 000 Appendix K Outdoor Enclosure C 000 Appendix L Series 8500 Schematics C 000 PAGE VII Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Table of Contents SECTION 12 INTRODUCTION ssarrs estiede gcht tenet iegetease te ae pi el a ean 1 1 1 1 Advanced Features ccccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 5 1 2 Overview Of Mantial wincociniwed asin iantiiiiemolanae 1 7 1 3 Application Range cies 622sa iad ce esa sasaecies cecckadiglaesdd
336. on 6 3 2 If the user wants to use the instrument for US EPA equivalent PM 10 measurements they must ensure that the standard temperature is set to 25 C and the standard pressure is set to 1 atm regardless of the values that they entered for the average temperature and average pressure settings Also if the monitor has been used before and the user wants to return it to its original settings the user should first re initialize the unit Section 13 before selecting the active or passive volumetric flow control setting The unit also uses the parameters in the Set Temps Flows screen to determine how to report the measured mass concentration levels The user can choose to report the mass concentration levels to actual Section 6 3 3 or standard conditions Section 6 3 4 If the user chooses to set the unit to report the mass concentration levels to actual conditions they must they should set the average and standard temperatures to 99 and the average and standard pressures to 9 when in the Set Temps Flows screen SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 6 6 This will cause the monitor to use the actual ambient temperature and ambient pressure in its flow rate calculations If the user chooses to set the unit to report the mass concentration levels to standard conditions they must set the standard temperatures and pressures to the
337. on C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 15 L shaped analog input output board located inside the control unit re sth Bice Output ie se ieee 5 aie fi jumpers i ESP ESIE gee ht gee N I3 p rarirarardrdperes nin ait a Sart ae A Cee EEE E TE E y 6 Locate the jumper for output channel 1 Lift the jumper off of the two pins that it covers pins 2 and 3 and replace it over the middle pin and the other pin that was not previously covered pins 1 and 2 7 To change the jumper settings for output channels 2 and 4 repeat step 6 SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System NOTE To change the analog output jumpers hardware settings back to 10 VDC replace the jumpers to pins 2 and 3 Ensure that the software settings are changed accordingly 8 Replace the cover of the control unit 9 Plug the monitor into its power source 10 Turn on the monitor 11 Press lt A O gt on the keypad This will display the Set Analog Outputs screen Figure 9 12 12 Press lt EDIT gt 13 Change the value for the Jumpers variable s in the appropri ate fields Section 9 2 1 IMPORTANT The three analog outputs 1 2 and 4 must always be set to the same voltage scale 14 Check the calibration of the analog board Service Manual SEcTI
338. one lines When in the Connection List screen Figure H 1 select the name of one of the connections used to verify the modem connection above and then choose the Edit Selected Connection icon on the tool bar The Connection Type screen will then display Figure H 2 When in the Connection Type screen ensure that the correct instrument type is selected and select the Settings button to display the AK Protocol Setup screen Figure H 3 Examine the list of command codes on the right hand side of the AK Protocol Setup screen and select the correct series of com mand codes needed to trigger the desired instrument As the codes are chosen they will appear on the bottom of the screen in the Connection Command box If the user enters an incorrect code they can delete it by selecting the code in the Connection Command box and pressing the Delete key on your computer s keyboard The remaining portions of the screen should have been set while establishing the modem connection Do not modify these set tings Select the OK button to exit the AK Protocol Setup screen The Connection Type screen will display Figure H 2 When in the Connection Type screen select the OK button to finish the connection setup APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 42 When in the Connection List screen highlight one of the in
339. onitor will automatically return to Operating Mode 1 Certain situations may arise in which the user may want to turn off all temperatures and flows in the instrument To initiate this procedure press lt STOP ALL gt on the control unit keypad to enter the Stop All Mode When the unit is in this operating mode it suspends operation of the instrument In this mode data collection ceases flow rates in the system drop to zero and the output to the temperature circuits is turned off When the instrument is in the Stop All Mode an X will appear in the operating mode field of the Main screen s status line Section 5 Also the monitor will reset its system variables to the original values that were set by the user However this does not set the unit to its default parameters The instru ment will remain in the Stop All Mode until you press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to begin data collection or press lt DATA STOP gt to enter the Setup Mode or turn off the control unit Pace 6 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 6 3 Set Time screen Figure 6 4 Menu screen Figure 6 5 Set Time screen with additional lines displayed 6 2 Set Time SCREEN The user can set the system time and date when in the Set Time screen Figure 6 3 SET TIME 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 Second gt 0 Minute 20 You can display the Set Time screen on the four line display of
340. ontains the date dd mmm yy of the current data record displayed Pace 8 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SEcTION 8 ViEWING STORED DATA 01 Hr MC 24 Hr MC Main Flow Frequency Noise Null Null This field contains the value of a user defined stor age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field This field contains the value of a user defined stor age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field This field contains the value of a user defined stor age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field This field contains the value of a user defined stor age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field This field contains the value of a user defined stor age variable that was stored in the internal data logger If this field displays Null this means that the user did not define a variable to be stored in this field This field contains the value of a user defined stor
341. or on the four line display 2 Enter the six digit numeric low lock password and then press lt ENTER gt NOTE When the instrument is shipped the low lock password is 100000 3 To return to the unlock mode repeat steps 1 2 SEcTION 11 PASSwoRD PROTECTION Pace 11 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System V In high lock protection mode the user can not edit any of the parameters in the system or view different display screens 11 2 INITIATING THE HiGH Lock Mone Follow these steps to enter and exit the high lock mode 1 Press and hold the lt SHIFT gt key on the monitor s keypad 2 Press lt LOCK gt The monitor will display an x in place of the usual gt cursor on the four line display 3 Release the lt SHIFT gt key 4 Enter the six digit numeric high lock password and then press lt ENTER gt NOTE When the instrument is shipped from R amp P the high lock password is 100000 5 To return to the unlock mode repeat steps 1 4 and then follow the instructions in Section 11 1 SEcTION 11 PASSwoRD PROTECTION Pace 11 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 3 SetTPassworps SCREEN The Set Passwords screen Figure 11 2 allows users to change the low and high lock passwords The low and high passwords can be changed while in any operating mode Figure 11 2 Set Passw
342. ords screen SET PASSWORD Cur Lo Pass gt New Lo Pass Cur Hi Pass 11 3 1 CHANGING THE Low PassworpD Follow these steps to change the low password 1 In the Main screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen 2 In the Menu screen press the up or down arrow keys to select Set Passwords 3 Press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Passwords screen Also to display the Set Passwords screen press lt 1 gt lt 0 gt and then lt ENTER gt when in any screen 4 Press the up or down arrow keys to place the cursor on the Cur Lo Pass line 5 Enter the current password on the Cur Lo Pass line If you enter the current password incorrectly the instrument will beep and erase the entry 6 Press the up or down arrow keys to place the cursor on the New Lo Pass line 7 Enter the new six digit numeric password on the New Lo Pass line This six digit code will now become the new low lock pass word SEcTION 11 PASSwoRD PROTECTION Pace 11 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 3 2 CHANGING THE HiGH Password Follow these steps to change the high password 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 In the Main screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen In the Menu screen press the up or down arrow keys to select Set Passwords Press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Passwords screen Also to d
343. other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 pin RS232 port of your PC or other serial data recording device Go to step 8 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Plug the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your PC or other serial data recording device Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to step 8 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the PC or other serial data recording device The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem Press lt 0 gt and lt 6 gt and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Com Print Settings screen Figure 9 23 In the Com Print Settings screen determine the format of the data download Section 9 4 2 10 Initiate the data capture software such as TEOMCOMM or RPComm on your PC or other serial data recording device such as a data logger SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 34 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 Ensure that the data capture software is set for the same commu nication parameters as the instrument The default settings of the monitor are Baud rate 9600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 12 Set the data capture software to the data capture or data download mode 13 Press lt RS232 gt on the keypad to display the Set RS 232 Mod
344. oupled via a physical law or from first principles Figure 1 8 Schematic diagram of mass trans ducer Exchangeable TEOM a Fiter Cartridge Tagetrcd E r To Fisy Conbolber SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 20 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The tapered element at the heart of the mass detection system is a hollow tube clamped on one end and free to oscillate at the other An exchangeable TEOM filter cartridge is placed over the tip of the free end The sample stream is drawn through this filter and then down the tapered element This flow is maintained at a constant volume by amass flow controller that is corrected for local temperature and barometric pressure The tapered element oscillates precisely at its natural frequency much like the tine of a tuning fork An electronic control circuit senses this oscillation and through positive feedback adds sufficient energy to the system to overcome losses An automatic gain control circuit maintains the oscillation at a constant amplitude A precision electronic counter measures the oscillation frequency with a 2 second sampling period The tapered elementis in essence a hollow cantilever beam with an associated spring rate and mass As in any spring mass system if additional mass is added the frequency of the oscillation decreases This can be seen by observing the frequency on the four line display of the TEOM co
345. ove the cursor to the T A S field and press the lt EDIT gt key A will appear next to both editable variables on the current display line Press the left lt gt or right lt gt arrow keys to choose which variable to change This causes one of the two indicators to disappear leaving only one next to the selected variable Enter the new value by pressing the appropriate numbers on the control unit s keypad If the edit indicator is shown on the screen and there is no keypad activity for 10 seconds the cursor will automatically return to the gt cursor SECTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 4 13 Main screen with the cursor dis played 4 3 5 Display KEY The display lt DISP gt key Figure 4 6 allows the user to change the variables that are displayed on the Main screen When in the Main screen press the up lt T gt and down lt gt arrow keys to move the cursor to the line on which you want the new variable to appear and press the lt DISP gt key After you press the lt DISP gt key a will appear in place of the gt cursor to indicate that the instrument is waiting for the input of a program register code PRC Appendix B Figure 4 13 Enter the three digit PRC for the new variable that you want to be displayed and press the lt ENTER gt key OK 4
346. over the RS232 output There are five air stream flows in the FDMS Series 8500 Monitor the main flow base flow reference flow bypass flow and the purge flow Figure 1 5 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 13 Revision C 000 TM Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 1 5 Flow diagram of F a typical installation Sample inlet flow yo y a t opm w F Base i reference i flow JNS F reference flow SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Main Flow After passing through a PM 10 PM 2 5 or PM 1 size selective sample inlet Figure 1 5 the sample stream is split isokinetically into a main flow of 3 l min that is used for the automated PM measurement and a bypass flow of 13 7 l min The main flow enters the 8500 module Figure 1 5 where it becomes the base flow Figure 1 6 or the reference flow Figure 1 7 depending on the valve position inside the 8500 module Base Flow Inside the 8500 module the base flow Figure 1 6 is dried in an SES diffusion dryer that minimizes relative humidity effects upon PM measurements The base flow then enters the TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit Figure 1 5 In the sensor unit the base flow passes through an exchangeable collection filter that is mounted on a TEOM microbalance This mass transducer con
347. ow they should set the average temperature to 99 and the average pressure to 9 when in the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 NOTE If the user wants to use the instrument for U S EPA equivalent PM 10 measurements they must ensure that the standard temperature is set to 25 C and the standard pressure is set to 1 atm Section 6 3 4 regardless of the values that they entered for the average temperature and average pressure settings If the user chooses to use the actual temperature and pressure to control the volumetric flow they must install the ambient temperature sensor Section 2 The instrument s mass flow controllers measure flow on a mass basis All of the size selective inlets Section 2 including the PM 10 inlet operate on a constant volumetric flow basis To measure accurate mass concentration levels when using a size selective inlet the user must make a density adjustment to the mass flow controllers using the tempera ture and pressure values Follow these steps to use the actual temperature and pressure values to control the volumetric flow IMPORTANT Ensure that the ambient temperature sensor is installed on the monitor Section 2 1 Press lt DATA STOP gt 2 When in the Main screen Figure 6 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 6 4 3 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Temps Flows and then press lt ENTER gt to displa
348. position on the mounting rails 7 Secure the back of the slide using a 10 32 screw and 10 star lock washer The slide mounting hole used in the back is cen tered on the slide and lies in the middle of a U shaped slot The position of the slide can be adjusted to get access to the mount ing hole 8 Secure the front of the shelf slide to the mounting rail using a 10 32 screw and 10 star lock washer The slide mounting hole used in the front is slotted The position of the slide can be adjusted to gain access to the mounting hole 9 Repeat steps 6 8 to install the other shelf slide 10 Align the shelf on the shelf slides and push it into the enclosure The shelf will snap into place Ensure that the shelf is mounted upside down so that the front and rear lip of each shelf points upward APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 90 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 9 8500 Mopuue Enc Losure Access Points The Revision C 8500 outdoor enclosure gives users access to the revision C 8500 module through a door in the side of the enclosure and a panel in the back of the enclosure The door on the side of the outdoor enclosure Figure K 128 allows access to the door in the Revision C 8500 module whichis used for 47 mm filter installation and removal Section 3 2 Figure K 128 Revision C 8500 outdoor enclosure with side door open to expose the door in the Revision C 850
349. ppendix H Before modem communication is attempted direct communication must be successfully completed This will ensure that the PC and unit have been set up properly for communications Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 1 INSTRUMENT SETUP FoR DIRECT COMMUNICATION To set up the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor for direct communication with a personal computer PC you must use the 9 to 9 serial pin cable that is included in the compilation package Section 2 Follow these steps to connect the PC to the monitor 1 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin serial cable to the RS232 port on the back of the control unit Figure 10 1 Figure 10 1 RS232 port located on the back of the control unit a al ee eo i D E A in on oe oe TY 5 Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Ensure that nothing is connected to the other RS232 port of the control unit 3 If your PC is equipped with a 9 pin RS232 connector go to step 4 If your PC is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 5 4 Insert the other end of the 9 to 9 pin serial cable into the 9 pin RS232 port of your PC Go to step 8 5 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter 6 Insert the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your PC 7
350. r s screens if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems SecTION 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 3 1 CREATING A New CONNECTION Follow these steps to create a new connection 1 When in the RPComm Connection List screen Figure 10 7 select the New Connection icon on the tool bar The Connection Type screen will then be displayed Figure 10 8 Figure 10 7 RPComm T AP Come Connection List screen Connecion Lit Group Ded aul Ei Help SEE Dix G Bef os Conradi Hane Inauma T ELE Hoden Sistas Figure 10 8 Connection Connection Type Type screen 1400 i 3 Kooos 2000FRM_ Cancel 25 a 2100 Settings gt gt 2300 4200 5400 8400 8500 Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 10 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 When in the Connection Type screen select the 8500 button and the Settings button to display the AK Protocol Setup screen Figure 10 9 Figure 10 9 AK Protocol Setup screen AK Protocol Setup com v OK Station Setup Cancel Station Number 4 052 Dialing Rules Channel Number 975 4 045 ears omm Setup gt gt Delay Time Phone Number Connection Command 3 For a direct connection the connection description box should read COMx where x is th
351. r 06 005895 0925 Follow these steps to set up an external commercial modem 1 Connect your computer directly to the modem Follow the in structions that came with the modem 2 Begin executing any communication software that will allow direct communications with the modem Communication soft ware is included with most modems If no software program was included with your modem you can use the Hyper Terminal application which is included with the Windows operating sys tem 3 Set the modem s communication parameters to work with the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor The following list contains the com mands that should be set and the corresponding command codes Various commercial modems especially older modems may have different command codes for the functions listed The commands should be replaced with the appropriate codes for your particular modem consult the modem s instruction manual Communication Parameter Command Code Software reset restore default parameters amp FO Force DCD Data Carrier Detect ON at all times amp CO Ignore DTR Data Terminal Ready from instrument amp DO Set auto answer to 1 ring S0 1 Set local flow control to RTS CTS Code varies Store settings in profile 0 amp WO Use stored settings in profile 0 on power up amp YO 4 Disconnect your computer from the modem APPENDIX H MopEM COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FD
352. r Dynamics Measurement System Appendix E Consumables and Parts This appendix lists the consumables and parts available for the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor E 1 CONSUMABLES The operation of the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor requires the following consumable items Replacement intervals will vary depending upon sampling location and particle loading Average annual consumables pack 59 008158 new style flow controller includes TX40 filters box of 20 57 007225 0020 4 large bypass in line filters 57 002758 Average annual consumables pack 59 003578 original design flow controller includes TX40 filters box of 20 57 007225 0020 4 large bypass in line filters 57 002758 2 flow controller filters 30 003097 4 flow controller orifices 32 003339 TX40 filters box of 10 57 007225 0010 TX40 filters box of 20 57 007225 0020 Large bypass in line filter all models 57 002758 Flow controller filter 30 003097 Flow controller orifice 32 003339 Mass calibration verification kit all models 59 008298 Refill for mass calibration verification kit all models 59 008299 5 filter mass calibration verification kit 59 008298 0005 Refill for 5 filter mass calibration verification kit 59 008299 0005 Bypass line water trap filter 32 005933 APPENDIX E CONSUMABLES AND PARTS Pace E 1 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System E 2 Parts Thermo offers certain electrical components at reduced prices when a c
353. r PC Go to step 8 5 Locate the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter 6 Plug the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter into the 25 pin port on your PC 7 Plug the other end of the 9 to 9 pin computer cable into the 9 to 25 pin computer cable adapter Go to step 8 NOTE Do not use the 9 to 25 pin modem cable to connect the control unit with the PC The 9 to 25 pin modem cable is configured for use only with a modem 8 Press lt RS232 gt on the monitor s keypad to display the Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure J 16 SET RS 232 MODE Mode AK Protocol gt AK Protocol German Prot 9 When in the Set RS 232 Mode screen press the EDIT key 10 Press the up and down arrow keys to select AK Protocol and then press ENTER NOTE When using the TEOMCOMM software to operate the instrument set the RS232 protocol to AK Protocol to perform all of the commands on the TEOMCOMM Mainscreen Figure J 1 However if you want to download data APPENDIX J TEOMCOMM Sortware Pace J 25 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System with TEOMCOMM using the Fast Storage Out RS232 Mode Sections 9 and J 3 6 set the RS232 protocol to Fast Store Out Fi J 17 Com 2 W Seinos ave y COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 gt 52 RS Para 2 75048 RS Para 3 13010 11 Press lt 0 gt and lt 7 gt and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Com 2 Way Settings screen Figure
354. rating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 22 Tighten the ambient temperature sensor holding nut to secure the ambient temperature sensor Figure 2 140 inside the mount Figure 2 140 Tightening the ambient temperature sensor holding nut 23 Weather seal the opening in the roof SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 90 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 5 5 INSTALLING THE WATER CONDENSATION TRAP KIT The water condensation trap kit helps prevent moisture from reaching the instrument when the 8500 FDMS system is installed in an air conditioned trailer or enclosure in high humidity conditions Follow these steps to install the water condensation trap kit 1 Select a spot on the enclosure side wall that is lower than the instrument s control unit and install the coalescing filter mount ing bracket into the wall using the self tapping screws and washers provided with the kit Figure 2 141 IMPORTANT Ensure that the mounting bracket is positioned lower than the instrument s control unit Figure 2 141 Coalescing filter bracket and filter installed on the enclosure wall lower than the control unit SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 91 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Cut the bypass tubing near where it enters the enclosure Install the end of the tubing co
355. re is set to 1 atm regardless of the values that they entered for the average temperature and average pressure settings IMPORTANT If your standard regulatory settings are different from the US EPA equivalent PM 10 measure ments be sure to set the standard temperature and pressure settings as required Follow these steps to use the standard temperature and pressure values in flow rate calculations 1 Press lt DATA STOP gt 2 In the Main screen Figure 6 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 6 4 3 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Temps Flows and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 You also can press lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen 4 Press lt EDIT gt 5 In the Set Temps Flows screen set the unit s volumetric flow control setting Section 6 3 1 or Section 6 3 2 6 Press the arrow keys to select the right hand column in the T A S field SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 17 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Enter the standard temperature value in this field If you are setting the unit to report to the US EPA equivalent PM 10 mea surements press lt 2 gt and lt 5 gt 25 on the keypad This sets the standard temperature to 25 which causes the monitor to use the sta
356. re to Print 16 Press lt ENTER gt The instrument will begin downloading data to the serial printer immediately after pressing lt ENTER gt NOTE If you leave the monitor in the Store to Print Mode after the monitor has transmitted the last data record in its data storage buffer the monitor will continue to transmit stored data records to the serial printer as data records are stored in its data storage buffer The user sets the rate at which data records are stored in the data storage buffer and the stored variables that will be downloaded to the serial printer when in the Set Storage screen Section 6 17 When the data download is complete set the RS232 protocol to None 18 Disconnect the RS232 cable from the monitor and the serial printer SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 37 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 4 5 Data DownLoaDING Two Way COMMUNICATION The user can retrieve the current value of all system variables over the RS232 connection change the value of system parameters and download values stored in the monitor s internal data buffer using a personal computer PC or other serial data recording device The monitor must be in the AK Protocol or German Ambient Network Protocol RS232 Mode to perform two way data transmission Section 9 4 3 The AK Protocol is used in combination with the RPComm software program Section 9 and the TEOMC
357. reater than 90 the CHECK STATUS light located below the POWER button on the front of the TEOM control unit Figure 3 35 lights up and the status condition code Section 7 on the status line of the Main screen changes from OK to X Figure 3 34 You must replace the 47 mm filter Section 3 2 every time that you replace a TEOM filter SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 3 36 Control unit with the POWER button A highlighted Figure 3 37 Title screen Figure 3 38 Main screen 3 4 TURNING ON THE Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Follow these steps to turn on the monitor 1 Supply power to the instrument at the appropriate voltage Sec tion 2 3 1 2 Press the POWER switch on the front panel of the control unit Figure 3 36 The Title screen will appear on the control unit s display Figure 3 37 After a moment the Main screen Figure 3 38 will display FDMS Series 8500 Copyright 2004 Rupprecht Patashnick OK 4 21 NU Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC SECTION 3 SAMPLE PREPARATION PAGE 3 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Plug the pump Figure 3 17 into an appropriate power source to draw a sample stream through the system Once the power switch is pressed the CHECK STATUS light Figure 3 35 wi
358. res the data to a file The file is saved in a comma delimited ASCII Sy a format Opens a data file that has been previously saved to disk for display or uw graphing Clears the data currently being displayed x When the download has been successfully Downloaded 134 records 12 7 04 10 06 50 AM v completed a message will appear in the Dialog box indicating how many records were downloaded Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 38 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 6 Manipucatinc DowNLoabED DATA Once data has been downloaded it can be manipulated for different uses All data manipulation procedures listed in this section can be performed within RPComm without being connected to the unit NOTE The Windows operating system screens shown in this section are from the Windows 98 and XP operating systems These screens may vary slightly from your computer s screens if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems 10 2 6 1 Copyinc DATA To THE CLIPBOARD Once data have been downloaded and displayed in RPComm a selection of the data can be copied to the Windows clipboard for use in other applications Follow these steps to copy data to the Windows clipboard 1 Ensure that the storage pointer s is in the correct position Section 10 2 5 1 2 Download data from the storage buffers that you want to display Section 10 2 5 2 3
359. ries 8500 FDMS Monitor software screens pL usas uolyeuedu0D SSeN gz u 10S uogenoeo S14 ZL uaa10g UO PEUUUOD OM LL uaeL0g uogesqireo Boreuy op uaaos SpJOMSSEd 8S 12 UBAIDS y PUYOq a ae Ez uaalos syndu Boyeuy maA emeen 61 uaa10g SMO 4 SdWd 18S gL usax0g arempieH eS 60 uaa10g aHe10 S 18S 40 uaalos sues Ke z wo 90 uag sBumes Juud WOD PON ZEC SH 19S zz uas ainso O U00 19S 0 USBJOS SUL JOS 02 UgaloS Nue 10 uaga10S s po9 sns yuung 81 u 19 ULEN Pace A 2 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 2 Title screen Figure A 3 Main screen Figure A 4 Main screen with additional lines displayed FDMS Series 8500 Copyright 2004 Rupprecht Patashnick OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC OK 4 Mass Conc 01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC 24 Hr MC Tot Mass Case Temp Air Temp Cap Temp Main Flow Frequency APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS 69 3 974 38 30 00 30 01 29 98 3 00 13 66 0 524 245 55603 Pace A 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 5 Current Status CURRENT STATUS CODES gt M Mass Transducer T Temperature F Flow Rates Codes screen Fig
360. rn it to its original settings the user should first re initialize the unit Section 13 before setting the unit s reporting stan dards This field contains the average and standard atmo spheric pressure atm settings The default setting for both parameters is 1 atm and can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode The user can use these values to set the unit s volumetric flow control Sections 6 3 1 and 6 3 2 and to determine how the unit reports the mass concentration levels Sections 6 3 3 and 6 3 4 Ifthe instrument has been used before and the user wants to return it to its original settings the user should first re initialize the unit Section 13 before setting the unit s report ing standards This field contains the current ambient temperature C at the site This value cannot be edited and will be correct only when the ambient temperature sen sor is properly installed Section 2 This field contains the current ambient pressure atm at the site This value cannot be edited This field contains the main flow adjustment factor This value is used during the software calibration of the mass flow controller Service Manual The Pace 6 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System default setting for this parameter is 1 000 and this value can be adjusted when the monitor is in the Setup Mode FAdj Aux This field contains the auxiliary flow a
361. rom the Windows 95 operating system The screens may vary slightly if you are operating RPComm under other Windows operating systems The first two steps of this procedure describe how to set up the unit for direct communication Direct communication must be successfully completed Section 10 1 before modem communication is attempted This will verify that RPComm and the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor have been configured properly Refer to Section 10 for instructions on obtaining installing and using RPComm Follow these steps to set up the unit for modem communications 1 2 3 4 5 Set up the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor for direct communications Section 10 1 Create a new direct connection Section 10 2 2 and verify that the unit is communicating properly NOTE If the connection is successful the unit s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen If the connection is not successful or if there is no unit attached then the serial number field will be blank or will display 99999 When the RPComm and instrument configurations have been verified disconnect the direct connection Set up the unit for modem communications Section H 1 NOTE R amp P recommends that the modem connections be tested before the unit is placed in the field The test will require the use of two phone lines When in the Connection List screen Figure H 1 select the name of the connection used to verify the direct connecti
362. row keys to select Set Temps Flows and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 You also can press the lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt keys and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Press lt EDIT gt When in the Set Temps Flows screen press the arrow keys to select the left hand column in the T A S line Use the keypad to enter the average temperature at the site For example press lt 2 gt and lt 0 gt to change the average temperature to 20 C Press the arrow keys to select the left hand column in the P A S line Use the keypad to enter the average pressure at the site For example press lt 0 gt lt gt lt 9 gt and lt 3 gt to change the average pressure to 0 93 atm Press lt ENTER gt 10 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to restart data collection SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 3 3 REPORTING To ACTUAL CONDITIONS The unituses the parameters in the Set Temps Flows screen to determine how to report the measured mass concentration levels If the user chooses to set the unit to report the mass concentration levels to actual conditions they must set the average and standard temperatures to 99 and the average and standard pressures to 9 when in the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 This will cause the monitor to use the actua
363. s 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 98ZS EL J 9002 ga Bry n 3 J g Vv G40 G 133HS as yAe 300 aaiieioud AURIS SI NOYLOST3 ONNSHL anew 2 J80S8 a3 Wd 40 IN3SNOO NALLYM JHL LNOHLIM 3NVOT a SI L HOIHM 404 3SOduNd G3SS3YdX3 JHL V pay 88861018 4 onimvaal_ azis aos SY pith BGHio 804 SINAINOO SI JO ASN HO dOl 0 0S8 om ad Ulod OU Ia yY MMM NOLLWHOdHOO NOYLO39T14 98 78 98 910g owJ yL SUIGGIH NMYO aseajay el U pddy Noaq ered UOI d1IOseq UOISTAdY auozyased aay Pace L 2 APPENDIX L SERIES 8500 SCHEMATICS Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System savS el J 9002 ga Bry en 4 a ts Vv oe ee wos yrea 051 90088 a1 Sincere Vay 888010 18 onmvadl 3 is avas TPO AL warp atu SINAUNOS SH 20 2SN BO Wd 34NS079S10 SNV3N ANY AS NOLLONGONd 3a LS3NO3Y NOdN G3NSNU3Y 38 OL SI U s lqp9 pu4s x el axle eam ra ERDE ONY 40 ALN3dOYd SHI SI LNIWNIOQA SIHL dOl D0BS8 onu 700 WOVOWIIYFY MMM NOILYNOdY09 NOYLO313 38720750 QUO Y sanina NOV ct OW CHa 813v GNOV seer 0 vl Vv viva Basg uo zr aN9Y 0 Weld ela Hone seovG ws laa
364. s TRANSDUCER CALIBRATION VERIFICATION The calibration of the mass transducer in the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is deter mined by the mass transducer s physical mechanical properties Under normal circumstances the calibration does not change materially over the life of the instrument Contact Thermo if the results of the verification procedure indicate that the a calibration constant has changed by more than 2 5 from the original calibration constant Youcan locate the original calibration constant on the Instrument Checkout Record or the Final Test Record documents that are shipped from the factory with the instrument Before the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is shipped to the customer it is calibrated with a new pre weighed TEOM filter installed in its mass transducer as a calibration weight Because the mass of the filter cartridge with particulate matter differs from the mass of a new filter cartridge by only a small fraction calibrating the system with a calibration mass equivalent to the filter mass allows all measurements to be made at essentially the same operating point as the original calibration Refer to Section 1 for a detailed explanation of how the calibration constant Ky is derived SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 2 1 1 KO CONFIRMATION SCREEN The KO Confirmation screen Figure 12 18
365. s documentation contains trade secrets and confidential information proprietary to Thermo Fisher Scientific The software supplied with the instrumentation documen tation and any information contained therein may not be used duplicated or disclosed to anyone in whole or in part other than as authorized in a fully executed Thermo End User License Agreement or with the express written permission of Thermo Fisher Scientific FDMS TEOM and the rp logo are registered trademarks of Thermo Fisher Scientific Other trademarks are the property of their respective holders Mention of specific product names other than Thermo Fisher Scientific products in this manual does not constitute an endorsement or recommendation by Thermo Fisher Scientific of that equipment PAGE Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Safety Notice Repair of instrumentation manufactured by Thermo Fisher Scientific should be attempted only by properly trained service personnel and should be conducted in accordance with the Thermo Fisher Scientific system documentation Do not tamper with this hardware High voltages may be present in all instrument enclosures Use established safety precautions when working with this instrument The seller cannot foresee all possible modes of operation in which the user may attempt to use this instrumentation The user assumes all liability associated with the use of this i
366. s four line display 11 In the Main screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure D 7 12 In the Menu screen select Set Hardware and press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Hardware screen Figure D 8 Figure D 7 Menu screen LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs 13 Press lt EDIT gt and enter all necessary operating parameters into the Set Hardware screen Section 6 14 Press lt ENTER gt to save the changes Figure D 8 Set Hardware screen SET HARDWARE Cal Const gt 9605 Ser Num 22822 Wait Time 1800 15 When in the Set Hardware screen press the lt STEP SCREEN gt key This will display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure D 9 16 Press the lt EDIT gt key and enter the appropriate temperature and pressure values for your sampling setup Section 6 into the Set Temps Flows screen Section 6 APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 8 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure D 9 Set Temps Flows screen SET TEMPS FLOWS T Case gt 30 00 30 00 T Air 30 00 30 00 T Cap 30 00 29 98 17 Press the lt ENTER gt key to save your changes 18 Press the lt MAIN STATUS gt key to display the Main screen 19 Verify and change if necessary any other optional system pa rameters for your sampling setup such as the time Section 6 analog output settings Sectio
367. s listed above APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System AK Protocol Ask Register Command AREG COM 2 WAY SETTINGS RS Para 1 ASCII code for the 1 digit Station Number for example 4 052 The Station Number is always 1 digit in length ASCII code representation of the 2 digit Channel Number for example KO 075 048 The Channel Number is always 2 digits in length RS Para 3 13010 Optional Up to 3 ASCII codes can be added to response from the instrument In this case lt CR gt and lt LF gt ASCII codes 013 and 010 are appended to the response Enter 0 if nothing is to be appended Transmission to Instrument Response from Instrument COCO e 1 digit Station Number RS Para 1 ORMEN 1 digit Station Number RS Para 1 RS Para 2 75048 Ask Register command 4 digit Ask Register command a a a e peep eT Program Register Code of the 2 digit Channel Number as defined by RS Para 2 am Ew m Program Register Code of the variable whose value is being requested The PRC may be up to 3 digits long and is variable whose value is being requested The PRC may be up to 3 E lt ETX gt not rightfilled in the response digits long Do not right fill if the Current value of the variable referenced by the Ask Register command NOTE This value can be of varying length APPENDIX C Two Way SERI
368. s on whether the user selects the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Protocol This variable must be set to use the Ger man Ambient Network Protocol to transmit data to and from the monitor This field contains an ASCII code The definition of this parameter depends on whether the user selects the AK Protocol or the German Ambient Network Protocol Pace 9 30 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 9 4 4 Down oapinc Data One Way COMMUNICATION The user can download data directly from the unit to a serial printer PC or other serial data recording device The instructions in this section explain a one way data transmission which is transmitting data only from the unit to another data capture device 9 4 4 1 Fast Store Out Mope The user can set up the monitor to download data records using the Fast Store Out Mode before they have been recorded while they are being recorded or after they have been recorded Data transmitted through the Fast Store Out mode are delimited by commas for simplified use in spreadsheet programs Keypad response to user inputs is diminished when the instrument is in the Fast Store Out Mode due to the high rate at which the RS232 port is accessed This does not have any effect on the collection calculation or storage of data in the instrument Follow these steps to download data using the Fast Store Out Mode 1 Connect one end of the 9 to 9 pin
369. s to select Set Hardware Press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Hard ware screen 17 Press lt EDIT gt and enter all operating parameters into the Set Hardware screen that you recorded in step 3 18 Press lt ENTER gt to save your changes 19 When in the Set Hardware screen press lt STEP SCREEN gt This will display the Set Temps Flows screen 20 Press lt EDIT gt and enter the appropriate temperature and pres sure values for your sampling setup Section 6 into the Set Temps Flows screen that you recorded in step 5 21 Press lt ENTER gt to save your changes 22 Press lt MAIN STATUS gt to display the Main screen 23 Verify and change if necessary any other optional system param eters for your sampling setup such as the time Section 6 analog output settings Section 9 contact closure settings Section 9 analog input conversions Section 9 and RS232 settings Section 9 24 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to enter Operating Mode 1 and begin data collection APPENDIX D INSTALLING NEw SystEM SOFTWARE Pace D 13 Revision C 001 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System D 3 INSTALLINGRPComm D 3 1 UNINSTALLING Previous VERSIONS OF RPComm SOFTWARE If a previous version of RPComm has been loaded onto your personal computer PC you must remove it before uploading a new or updated version of software Use the Add Remove Control Panel function on your PC to remove
370. s tubing into the bypass extension Figure K 57 Figure K 57 Installing the green bypass tubing onto the bypass extension 38 Tighten the bypass extension fastening nut onto the bypass extension Figure K 58 Figure K 58 Tightening the fastening nut onto the bypass extension 39 Secure the control unit to the rack angle uprights Figure K 25 40 Go to Section K 6 Circulating Fan Installation APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 43 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 5 2 INSTALLING A Revision B 8500 MobuLe Follow these steps to install a Revision B 8500 module into the outdoor enclosure 1 Locate the 8500 module brace base and stand Figure K 59 Figure K 59 8500 module brace base A and stand B APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 44 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Install the brace base onto the brace stand with the brace stand channel facing TOWARD the base using the three 10 32 x 5 8 screws Figures K 60 and K 61 Figure K 60 Installing the brace base onto the brace stand Figure K 61 8500 module brace APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 45 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Locate the four screws on top of the Series 1400a sensor unit that secure the sample inlet Figure K 62
371. software application will automatically begin running If you close the RPComm software application to use other software you may start it manually from the Start menu Follow these steps to run RPComm 1 Select the Start button on your PC 2 When the Start menu displays select Programs the Rpco folder and then RPComm Figure 10 3 Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 3 Selecting Programs from the Start menu then the Rpco folder and RPComm Er CE Cn a TFF E T E F B ph H ga a FEF EF EP N oe SecTIOn 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 When RPComm starts running the RPComm Connection List screen will display Figure 10 4 Figure 10 4 RPComm Connection List screen RPComm Connection List Group Default OF Xx Eie Help 2 T ll Xl 3 2 Connection Name Instrument Type Status Modem Status SecTION 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 2 Exiting RPComm Follow these steps to stop running RPComm 1 When in the RPComm Connection List screen select File and then Exit Figure 10 5 Figure 10 5 Connection List screen with the File menu displaye
372. stem variable Great care must be taken when using this command as the value of variables should only be changed when the monitor is in the appropriate operating mode SFxx Set Function xx Command The user can send commands using the lt RUN gt key and the lt DATA STOP gt key to the instrument Each command is designated by a two digit code xx ASTO Ask Storage Command The user can download a specified number of records from the internal data logger from the current position of the data storage pointer The location of this storage pointer may be defined by the SSTO command The values on each line of output are delimited by commas SSTO Set Storage Command The user can change the location of the data storage pointer in the internal data logger and is used in conjunction with the ASTO command described above The data storage pointer is always located immediately after the last record transmitted through the RS232 port via the AK Protocol If the circular buffer overwrites this location or if the ASTO or SSTO commands have not been used the data storage pointer is positioned at the oldest record in the internal data logger APPENDIX C Two Way SERIAL COMMUNICATION Pace C 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The following pages show how RS Para 1 through RS Para 4 are defined in the AK Protocol and also detail the format of the transmission and response messages of the command
373. stru 43 44 45 ments and select the Connection icon El on the tool bar The connection to the instrument will be initiated and the proper command codes sent When communication is established the Download Data screen will be displayed Figure H 8 NOTE If the connection is successful the unit s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen Ensure that the correct serial number is displayed to verify that the proper command codes were sent and that the serial port trigger is functioning properly If the connection is not successful or if there is no instrument attached then the serial number will be blank or will display 99999 If the modem loses its connection wait at least 1 minute before trying to establish another connection This allows the modem to reset itself RPComm can now be used as described in Section 10 To connect to a different R amp P instrument through the serial switching device the current connection must be terminated Select the Disconnect icon E on the tool bar to terminate the current connection Enter the proper command codes for the desired instrument as described in step 35 and initiate the modem connection as ex plained in step 39 If the modem loses its connection wait at least 1 minute before trying to establish another connection This allows the modem to reset itself APPENDIX H Mopem COMMUNICATIONS Pace H 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8
374. strument s RS232 communications protocol Appendix J TEOMCOMM Software This appendix describes the screens and operation of the TEOMCOMM software program Appendix K Outdoor Enclosure This appendix describes how to install the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor into the outdoor enclosure Appendix L Series 8500 Schematics This appendix includes the interconnect diagrams of the Series 8500 Pace 1 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 3 APPLICATION RANGE The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is a real time device used for measuring the particulate matter mass concentration of particulate matter smaller than 10 um diameter in outdoor and indoor ambient air TEOM instruments are the only filter based mass monitors that measure the mass of particulate matter suspended in gas streams in real time This is made possible through the use of an inertial mass transducer patented in the U S and internationally by Thermo Electron Corporation The monitor is ideally suited for applications demanding real time ambient air particulate matter monitoring in outdoor indoor or industrial settings It calculates mass concentration mass rate and the total mass accumulation on the TEOM filter under the following conditions Flow rate through sample inlet 16 7 l min 1 m hr Main flow rate 3 l min Temperature of sample stream 30 C Particulate matter concentration less than 5
375. strument start up the values in the mass concentration fields are the running averages that are accumulated until a 1 hour time period has elapsed The values are visible to provide users with an indication that the instrument is functioning after instrument power up or reset These raw values are used for internal calculations only Pace 5 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 5 9 View Storage screen 5 2 Post SAMPLING VERIFICATION AND Data RETRIEVAL This section explains how to verify the sampling run status and retrieve the sampling run data If using the RPComm software application to download data refer to Section 10 for further instructions Follow these steps to verify the sampling run status and retrieve the sampling run data 1 Check the status line on the Main screen and note any status code other than OK If there were any status codes other than OK press lt MAIN STATUS gt to display the Current Status Codes screen When in the Current Status Codes screen verify the validity of the sampling run Section 7 2 Connect the monitor to the personal computer with the 9 to 9 pin RS232 cable Section 9 3 To set the storage pointer to the first data record to be down loaded go to step 4 If you do not want to move the storage pointer go to step 7 4 Press lt STORE gt on the keypad to display the View Storage screen Figure 5 9 VI
376. t key A Operating Mode 3 Operating Mode 4 y Press the lt DATA STOP gt key Setup Mode SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Operating Mode 3 Operating Mode 4 Setup Mode Stop All Mode This operating mode indicates that the unit has computed the first total mass value but mass con centration and mass rate values are not yet available This operating mode indicates that the unit is fully operational The monitor normally resides in this mode All mass values are being computed by the instrument When the unit is in this operating mode it continues to draw a sample flow and maintain operational temperatures but it does not collect any data Certain operating parameters such as temperatures and flow rates can be changed only in this mode because doing so during data collection Operating Modes 1 4 would affect the data Press lt DATA STOP gt to enter the Setup Mode while in any operating mode When the unit is in the Setup Mode S the user can change all of the system s parameters To leave the Setup Mode and start data collection press either lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to return the monitor to Operating Mode 1 If the instrument remains in the Setup Mode for 5 minutes without the user pressing any key on the keypad the m
377. t tripod 12 Center the tripod over the roof opening 13 Fasten the tripod feet to the roof with wood screws Figure 2 120 The length and type of screws required to fasten the tripod feet to the roof depends upon the type of roof surface The tripod feet also may be attached to a pallet or 3 4 inch marine plywood with the pallet or plywood secured by concrete blocks or sand bags Figure 2 120 Securing the tripod foot onto the roof surface 14 You must now install the sample tube onto the 8500 module Section 2 5 3 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 78 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 5 3 SamPLeE TUBE ASSEMBLY Follow these steps to install the sample tube onto the 8500 module 1 Locate a sample tube extension Section 2 2 NOTE Two 1 meter sample tube extensions are provided with the unit but additional lengths can be purchased from R amp P if needed 2 Locate the quick connect fitting on the bottom of the sample tube of the flow splitter Figure 2 121 Figure 2 121 left Sample tube from flow splitter with the quick connect fitting and sample tube extension highlighted Sample tube from flow splitter Figure 2 122 right Sample tube from flow splitter with sample tube extension inserted into the quick connect fitting Quick connect fitting Sample tube extension 3 Insert the sample tube extension in
378. t System 6 Insert a plain washer and then a lock washer onto each threaded end of the bracket Figure 2 115 Figure 2 115 Washers placed on the metal bracket 7 Install the nuts on the threaded ends of the bracket and tighten them with a 3 8 inch wrench Figure 2 116 NOTE Hand tighten both nuts on the bracket before tightening them with the wrench to ensure that the bracket is positioned properly on the tripod leg and tripod foot Figure 2 116 Tightening the metal bracket onto the m tripod foot SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 76 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Repeat steps 1 through 7 for each leg of the tripod 9 Slide the flow splitter up through the center hole of the tripod Figures 2 117 and 2 118 Figure 2 117 Center hole of the tripod with the holding ring A and the tightening knob B highlighted Figure 2 118 Tripod with an installed flow splitter A highlighted _ j A 10 Tighten the tripod s holding ring onto the flow splitter with the tightening knob Figure 2 117 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 77 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 Adjust the legs of the tripod Figure 2 119 to position the open end of the flow splitter at a height of 1 5 m to 1 8 m above the roof Figure 2 119 Adjusting the legs on the optional suppor
379. t UNITS gt key Figure 4 6 switches the monitor s four line display between displaying numbers and units of measure If numeric values are shown on the display press the lt UNITS gt key to display units of measure in place of the numbers Figure 4 14 Conversely select the lt UNITS gt key when units of measure are shown on the instrument to display numeric values Figure 4 14 Main screen with units of measure OK 4 displayed Mass Conc gt O01 Hr MC 08 Hr MC The instrument always returns the display to numeric values whenever the user changes to a new screen on the four line display SEcTION 4 SOFTWARE OVERVIEW Pace 4 18 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 3 7 NO anp YES Keys The lt NO gt and lt YES gt keys Figure 4 6 can serve two functions changing a YES NO value or eliminating unwanted negative concentration values 4 3 7 1 CHANGING A NO or YES value Follow these steps to change the value of a NO or YES variable 1 Ensure that the appropriate screen is displayed on the control unit s four line display 2 Press the up lt T gt or down lt J gt arrow keys to move the cursor to the line that you want to edit or change 3 Press the lt EDIT gt key 4 Press the lt NO gt or lt YES gt key or press the lt 0 gt key for NO or the lt 1 gt key for YES If you pressed the lt NO gt or lt YES gt key to change the v
380. t a lint free wipe with deionized water and remove all visible deposits Deposits are most likely to be found in the cone inside the top cap and inside the emptying cup 5 Inspect all O rings for shape and integrity and replace if neces sary Lubricate all O rings with light coating of silicone grease There are 6 O rings in the SCC located as follows 3 on the chamber 2 are located inside the chamber 2 on the top cap and 1 in the emptying cup APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Reassemble and reinstall the SCC onto the flow splitter Lubri APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE cate the transfer tube to aid in reassembly NOTE Refer to the TEOM Series 1400a Monitor Service Manual for further information on maintaining inlets Pace G 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Appendix H Modem Communications This appendix describes how to connect the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor to a modem for off site communications and how to set up a serial switching device for use with multiple instruments H 1 SETTING uP A STANDARD ComMERCIAL ExTERNAL MODEM Depending on the configuration of your modem you may need the following parts e Commercial external modem e 9 to 9 pin RS232 cable e Null modem adapter 10 005671 e If your modem has a 25 pin connector 9 to 25 pin serial adapte
381. t command codes for the functions listed Consult your modem s instruction manual for proper commands Communication Parameter Command Code Software reset restore default parameters amp FO Force DCD Data Carrier Detect ON at all times amp CO Ignore DTR Data Terminal Ready from instrument amp DO Set auto answer to 1 ring S0 1 Set local flow control to RTS CTS Code varies Store settings in profile 0 amp WO0 Use stored settings in profile O on power up amp YO 7 Once the connection has been verified disconnect your com puter from the modem 8 Attach the 9 to 9 pin cable to the RS232 connector on the front or back of the monitor 9 Attach the null modem adapter to the other end of the 9 to 9 pin cable NOTE Not all null modem adapters can be used in this application because pin connections are not standard The null modem adapter 10 005671 that is available from R amp P is acceptable for use with the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor 10 If your modem is equipped with a 9 pin connector go to step 11 If your modem is equipped with a 25 pin connector go to step 12 11 Install the null modem adapter onto the 9 pin connector on your modem Go to step 14 12 Attach a 9 to 25 pin serial adapter to the null modem adapter NOTE Not all 9 to 25 pin serial adapters can be used in this application because pin connections are not standard The 9 to 25 pin serial adapter 06 005895 0925 that is av
382. t receiving the signal for example the data logger from the monitor Consult the operating instructions that came with that instrument to determine what range of voltages it will accept and adjust the Series 1400a control unit analog output voltage levels from their factory settings 10 VDC to correspond with it if necessary SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Vv Always wear appropriate anti static devices when working with the system electronics Figure 9 14 Close up view of analog output jumpers 9 2 2 CHANGING ANALOG OUTPUT JUMPERS Follow these steps to make hardware and software changes for 10 VDC or 2 VDC analog outputs 1 Unplug the monitor from its power source 2 Attach an antistatic wrist strap to your wrist Attach the other end of the wrist strap to the chassis of the control unit to discharge any static electricity while working on the unit NOTE Always wear appropriate anti static devices when working with the system electronics 3 Remove the cover of the control unit Section 2 4 Locate the L shaped analog input output board Figures 9 3 9 4 and 9 5 5 Locate the analog output jumpers Figures 9 14 and 9 15 on the analog input output board The jumpers are black plastic sleeves that cover 2 of the 3 pins corresponding to each output channel SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 15 Revisi
383. t the case perform the ambient temperature calibration procedure Service Manual SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 2 3 VERIFYING THE AMBIENT PRESSURE Perform the ambient air temperature verification Section 12 2 2 pressure verifica tion Section 12 2 3 and leak check Section 3 before executing the flow verification procedure Section 12 2 4 Follow these steps to verify the ambient pressure 1 Press lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 12 22 2 When in the Set Temps Flows screen locate the current ambient 3 4 pressure reading in the Amb Pres field Figure 12 23 Determine the current ambient pressure in mm Hg absolute pressure not corrected to sea level Verify the monitor s ambient pressure by measuring the current ambient station pressure in mm Hg with an external measurement device e To convert from Atmospheres 0 C to mm Hg multiply by 760 e To convert from millibars to mm Hg multiply by 0 75012 e To convert from inches Hg 32 F to mm Hg multiply by 25 4 Verify that the value of the Amb Pres field is within 10 mm Hg of the measured ambient pressure If this is not the case perform the ambient pressure calibration procedure Service Manual SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND V
384. tall the ambient temperature sensor and set the average temperature to 99 and the average pressure to 9 Section 5 the mass flow controller will attempt to control the sample flow as if the ambient temperature is absolute zero The sample line should proceed in a straight vertical line from the sample inlet Section 2 5 5 to the inlet of the sensor unit through a 4 cm 1 1 2 diameter hole in the roof of the monitoring Site To achieve the best results locate the sensor unit in an environment with relatively slow temperature fluctuations Avoid sampling locations with direct exposure to sunlight or that are in close proximity to a heating or air conditioning outlet To avoid condensation in the sample tubing Thermo strongly recommends that the user insulate the sample tube extensions with pipe insulation when operating the instrument in areas of high humidity If you have purchased the Series 8500 FDMS Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM Series 1400a System you must add the new dual flow fitting Section 2 3 1 and load the new system software that came with the 8500 module into your Series 1400a control unit Appendix D This will convert your TEOM Series 1400a System into a Series 8500 FDMS Monitor IMPORTANT If you have purchased the Series 8500 FDMS Module as an add on kit to an already existing TEOM 1400a System your existing 1400a system must have the second generation flow controllers Figure 2 1 ins
385. talled inside the control unit If you purchased your Series 1400a System before February 2001 or ifthe serial number on your monitor is 140AB234170011 or below your control unit may have the original design mass flow controllers Figure 2 2 If your flow controllers make a clicking sound you have the original design flow controllers If you have or think you have the original design flow controllers contact R amp P for information on obtaining a Second Generation Mass Flow Controllers replacement kit and refer to Section 2 3 2 for instructions on replacing the original design flow controllers SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 1 Second generation flow controllers Figure 2 2 Original design flow controllers SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 2 STANDARD System HARDWARE In its most basic PM 10 configuration the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor is supplied with the following components TEOM Series 1400a control unit with auxiliary flow controller TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit 8500 module 8500 module brace stand and base 8500 FDMS software package 3 10 32 inch x 5 8 inch screws Vacuum pump Water condensation trap kit Temperature sensor and cable 10 m Electric and air connecting cable 2 2 foot red
386. tem compensates for the volatilization effects that can occur in filter based PM continuous monitors or integrated samplers All measurement and temperature functions of the instrument are controlled by a dedicated microcontroller This computer has both digital and analog capability for multipurpose interfacing with external data collection systems Bypass Flow After passing through a PM 10 PM 2 5 or PM 1 size selective sample inlet Figure 1 5 the sample stream is split isokinetically into a main flow of 3 l min that is used for the automated PM measurement and a bypass flow of 13 7 l min Figures 1 5 1 6 and 1 7 The bypass flow enters the TEOM Series 1400a control unit where an electronics system transmits the appropriate set points to the bypass mass flow controller to maintain constant volumetric flow rates This active volumetric control ActiVol system is based upon inputs from ambient temperature and pressure sensors When the bypass flow exits the TEOM Series 1400a control unit it then enters the pump and exits from the 8500 system Pace 1 19 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 1 6 Mass TRANSDUCER OPERATION The weighing principle used in the TEOM mass transducer Figure 1 8 is similar to that of a laboratory microbalance in that the mass detected by the sensor is the result of the measurement of a change in a parameter in this case frequency that is directly c
387. ter into the bypass line ensure that the filter bowl Figure 2 133 is positioned downward to catch particulate matter SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 87 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 18 Locate the ambient temperature sensor mount Figure 2 136 Figure 2 136 Ambient temperature sensor mount 19 Slide the ambient temperature sensor mount over the top of the flow splitter Figure 2 137 or mount it to another suitable out door location Figure 2 137 Ambient temperature sensor mount being installed onto the flow splitter SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 88 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 20 Tighten the screw on the side of the ambient temperature sensor mount Figure 2 138 with a flat head screwdriver IMPORTANT To avoid damaging the flow splitter do not overtighten the ambient temperature sensor mount Figure 2 138 Securing the ambient temperature sensor mount to the flow splitter 21 Insert the ambient temperature sensor into the ambient tempera ture sensor mount Figure 2 139 IMPORTANT Be sure to install the ambient temperature sensor when install ing the FDMS Series 8500 Monitor Figure 2 139 Installing the ambient temperature sensor into the ambient tempera ture sensor mount SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 89 Revision C 000 Ope
388. teries Pump Mass flow controller Software Hardware Analog I O Leak check Mass transducer Ambient air temperature Ambient pressure Flow audit Ambient temperature sensor Ambient pressure sensor Interval Test the batteries once every 6 months and ex change them as necessary Service Manual Test the pump once every 6 months Service Manual Calibrate the mass flow controller s software once every 6 months Service Manual Calibrate the mass flow controller s hardware once a year Service Manual Perfom an analog input output calibration once ev ery 1 to 2 years Service Manual Perform a leak check once a year or as necessary Section 3 5 Verify the calibration of the mass transducer once a year Section 12 2 1 Verify the ambient air temperature measurement once a year Section 12 2 2 Verify the ambient pressure measurement once a year Section 12 2 3 Perform a flow audit once a year Section 12 2 4 Calibrate the ambient temperature sensor once a year Service Manual Calibrate the ambient pressure sensor once a year Service Manual The verification intervals provided above are guidelines Requirements for verifica tions are site specific and may vary from one location to another SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 15 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 12 2 1 Mas
389. th status condi tions and additional lines displayed Figure 7 5 Status Codes screen with OK status code displayed SEcTION 7 STATUS CODES In the Main screen press lt MAIN STATUS3 gt on the keypad to display the Status Codes screen Figure 7 3 The Status Codes screen provides an explanation of the current status conditions CURRENT STATUS CODES gt M Mass Transducer T Temperature F Flow Rates The Status Codes screen contains more information lines than can be viewed at one time Press the down arrow key on the control unit keypad to view additional information lines Figure 7 4 CURRENT STATUS CODES gt M Mass Transducer T Temperature Flow Rates Exchange Filter Voltage Low Cooler Status Valve Position Drier Status Inlet RH High If the instrument status condition is OK the Status Codes screen will display No Curr Conditions Figure 7 5 CURRENT STATUS CODES gt No Curr Conditions Pace 7 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 2 Mass CONCENTRATION SCREEN Based upon the adjusted change in the filter sample mass and sampled volume the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor computes a one hour running average of the particulate matter PM mass concentration and displays this value in the Mass Concentration screen Figure 7 6 The instrument updates this value every six minutes based on the newest information Section 1 The unit cal
390. the column heading where you wish to begin the selection Press and hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor across the columns until all the desired data are selected This will choose all the data in the selected columns 3 When you have selected the appropriate data step 1 or data columns step 2 select the Graph icon on the tool bar Figures 10 33 and 10 34 This will send the selected data to the Download Graph tab 4 When in the RPComm Download Data screen Figure 10 33 select the Download Graph tab The data that were selected should now be graphed and will appear in the Download Graph screen Figure 10 35 The color key on the right portion of the Download Graph screen shows the variables being graphed and their corresponding colors Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 40 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 10 35 Download Graph screen i 8500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 l 5 5 Downloaded 100 records 8 28 0412 07 42PM w SECTION 10 Using RPComm Pace 10 41 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 To display only one of the selected sets of data choose the desired data set from the color key To display all selected sets of data again choose each data set from the color key while holding down the Shift key on your P
391. the control unit in three different ways 1 Press lt TIME DATE gt on the control unit keypad 2 When in the Main screen Figure 6 1 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 6 4 When in the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set Time and then press lt ENTER gt 3 Press the lt 0 gt and lt 3 gt keys and then press lt ENTER gt LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs The Set Time screen contains additional lines that cannot be seen when the screen first displays on the control unit s four line display Figure 6 5 Press the up and down arrow keys to view the additional lines of the Set Time screen SET TIME 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 Second gt 0 Minute 20 Hour 16 Day 15 Month 0 Year 2001 SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The time and date can be changed only when the instrument is in the Setup Mode Press lt DATA STOP gt on the keypad to enter the Setup Mode The second line of the Set Time screen displays the current time and date generated by the monitor s built in clock calendar To reset the system time change any of the time variables shown on this screen NOTE Every time you make a new entry the instrument resets the second counter to 00 The Set Time screen contains the following information 16 20
392. tinuously provides a direct measurement of the PM mass collected on the filter After the base flow passes through the TEOM filter it enters the TEOM Series 1400a control unit where an electronics system transmits the appropriate set points to the main mass flow controller to maintain constant volumetric flow rates This active volumetric control ActiVol system is based upon inputs from ambient temperature and pressure sensors When the base flow exits the TEOM Series 1400a control unit it becomes the purge flow Pace 1 15 Revision B 002 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 1 6 Base flow diagram inside the 8500 module Main flow from sample inlet SES dryer es l Switching i valve l 7 47 mm filter a ii i i l l i l i i i i v i PURGE PURGE i INLET OUTLET ee flow Purge flow to rom um control unit al Base flow to TEOM filter SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 16 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Reference Flow Inside the 8500 module the base flow is dried in an SES diffusion dryer that minimizes relative humidity effects upon PM measurements A switching valve positioned after the SES dryer changes the flow path of the base reference flow every six
393. tion K 1 24 Place the gasket on the top of the outdoor enclosure and line up the holes in the gasket with the mounting holes in the enclosure Figure K 75 Figure K 75 Gasket on top of outdoor enclosure APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 55 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 25 Place the 8500 module enclosure on top of the gasket Section K 76 and line up the holes in the bottom of the 8500 module enclosure with the holes in the gasket Figure K 76 8500 module enclosure on top of outdoor enclosure I P E 26 Locate the eight 1 4 20 x 1 1 2 inch pan head screws and 1 4 inch flat washers Section K 1 27 Slide the eight flat washers over the eight pan head screws APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 56 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 28 Insert the eight screws with the flat washers up through the eight holes in the top of the outdoor enclosure Do not tighten the front left hand screw Figure K 77 Figure K 77 Close up view of the front left hand screw 29 Tighten the other seven screws that you installed Go to Section K 5 2 1 Flow Splitter Installation Revision B 8500 Module APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 57 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 5 2 1 FLow SPLITTER INSTALLATION R
394. tionally blank SEcTION 7 STATUS CODES PAGE 7 6 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Section 8 Viewing Stored Data The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor contains a battery backed circular buffer internal data logger for the storage of historical instrument results data records This section describes how to view data records currently stored in the monitor s internal data logger circular storage buffer The capacity of the data logger as measured by the number of records depends on the number of data fields system variables stored in each record The instrument always stores the time date and station number in each record and eight other system variables can be defined by the user in the Set Storage screen Section 6 Figure 8 1 displays the capacity of the monitor s internal data storage Because header information is stored in each record the capacity of the data logger does not decrease proportionately with an increase in the number of data fields per record Data records can be viewed on the screen of the monitor Section 8 1 and or downloaded through the RS232 port Section 8 When this buffer is filled the oldest data points are replaced with the most recent information first in first out Figure 8 1 Approximate internal data storage Internal Data Storage Capacity capacity Data Fields per Record Capacity in Records Capacity in Time Minumum storage
395. to one of the analog output channels the program register codes for the variable s name minimum value and maximum value are all assigned to that channel In the case of a 10 VDC output the minimum value for the selected output variable is set to 0 VDC and the maximum value is set to 10 VDC AO3 Min This field contains the minimum value setting of the output PRC for analog output 3 AO3 Max This field contains the maximum value setting of the output PRC for analog output 3 Jumpers This field contains the jumper settings of the three analog output channels in the analog output hard ware In the default configuration the analog output jumpers are set to 10 VDC In most cases the value for the jumpers variable should remain at 10 VDC and no change must be made to the hardware In a typical installation one of the monitor s three analog outputs will be defined as the instantaneous mass concentration average PRC 8 and this output will be scaled for output over a range of 100 to 900 This output is transmitted to a data logger that is set for a 1 hour averaging time The instrument has an analog output resolution of 12 bits including the sign If the user wants the monitor to produce 1 or 2 VDC analog outputs the user can change the jumpers in the monitor to their alternate setting of 2 VDC to receive the best voltage resolution An appropriate analog output voltage setting depends on the input characteristics of the instrumen
396. to the quick connect fitting on the bottom sample tube of the flow splitter Figure 2 122 Use enough sample tube extensions to reach from the flow splitter to the main inlet Figure 2 123 located on top of the 8500 module Use the shortest possible length of sample tube extension for best results You may cut the sample tube extension as neces sary however you must ensure that the cut ends of the sample tube extension are beveled and free of any sharp edges or burrs SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 79 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 123 Top of 8500 module Thermo prec CORPGRATHIH ELEC 4 Locate the 1 2 inch x 1 2 inch push to connect union fitting Section 2 2 5 Install one end of the union fitting onto the bottom of the sample tube extension 6 Install the other end of the union fitting onto the main inlet lo cated on the top of the 8500 module Figure 2 123 7 You must now set up the sampling system Section 2 5 4 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 80 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 5 4 SAMPLING SYSTEM SETUP Follow these steps to install the sampling system components onto the flow splitter 1 Place the ambient temperature sensor Figure 2 124 on the roof of your monitoring site near the 4 cm diameter hole Figure 2 124 Ambient temperature sensor
397. tored Data This section explains how to view the data stored in the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Pace 1 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Section 9 Data Input and Output This section explains how to use the monitor s two user definable contact closure circuits and three analog outputs This section also explains how to download data through the RS232 port to a serial printer personal computer PC and other data capture devices such as a data logger Section 10 Using RPComm RPComm is acommunications software package for Windows operating systems that provides interactive remote communications with the instrumentation This section describes how to set up a Series 8500 FDMS Monitor for direct communications with a personal computer and how to use RPComm Section 11 Password Protection This section explains how to set and remove the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor s password protection Section 12 Routine Maintenance and Verification Procedures This section describes the routine maintenance and verification procedures for the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Section 13 Resetting The Unit This section explains how to reset the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor Appendix A Overview of Software Screens This appendix provides an overview of the screens that appear on the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor and the RPComm and TEOMCOMM software applications Appendix B Program
398. tted screwdriver into the slot on the top of the voltage setting switch Figure 2 61 and turn the switch to the correct voltage setting 11 Replace the cover of the control unit 12 Locate one of the power cords 13 Insert the power cord into the fuse power cord socket Figure 2 51 14 You must now assemble the 8500 module brace Section 2 4 2 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 40 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 4 2 8500 MopuLe BRACE Ifyou will be installing the 8500 module in a location where you will NOT have access to the back of the module and its flow connections such as in an outdoor enclosure refer to Appendix K Follow these steps to install the 8500 module brace 1 Locate the 8500 module brace base and stand Figure 2 62 Figure 2 62 8500 module brace base A and stand B SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 41 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 Install brace base onto the brace stand with the brace stand channel facing AWAY from the base using the three 10 32 x 5 8 screws Figures 2 63 and 2 64 Figure 2 63 Installing the brace base onto the brace stand Figure 2 64 8500C module brace SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION PAGE 2 42 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Locate the four scre
399. two boxes define the number of axis divisions on the graph The left box refers to the x axis and the right box refers to the y axis The number of divisions on the axis can be set to 5 10 15 or 20 Increasing the number of divisions results in a finer axis grid Decreasing the number of divisions results in a courser axis grid This does not affect the way the data are displayed on the graph APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 48 Storage Pointer screen i 500 monitor 1 8500 Version 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 05 Apr 04 08 09 05 000 8 23 13 0 031 APPENDIX A OveERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 49 Control buttons on the Storage Moves the storage pointer to the first record in the buffer The PolMmenscigen displayed position of the storage pointer will change unless the storage pointer was already at the beginning of the buffer Moves the storage pointer to the last record in the buffer The displayed position of the storage pointer will change unless the storage pointer was already at the end of the buffer Moves the storage pointer back x number of records where x is defined in the Change Record Step box Moves the storage pointer forward x number of records where x
400. u are connecting to a Series 8500 FDMS Monitor go to step 12 If you are connecting to a different instrument go to step 11 11 Because different instruments require different RS232 port settings these values must sometimes be changed Refer to Section 10 2 4 Checking Connection Settings for information on confirming or changing these settings 12 To connect to the monitor click on New Connection to high Figure 10 11 RPComm light the selection Figure 10 11 Connection List screen with New Connection high lighted RP Comm olx comeron Slee iNew Connection 8500 Inactive Modem Status Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 13 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 13 Select the Connection icon El on the tool bar of the Connec tion List screen This will display the RPComm Download Data screen Figure 10 12 Figure 10 12 RPComm Download Data screen i New Connection 8500 Yersion 3 305 Instrument Serial 02000 Fej x MAIER EA Down Load Data Registers Real time Graph Key Pad Storage Data Down load Graph Storage Pointers Section 10 Usine RPComm Pace 10 14 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System NOTE If the connection is successful the instrument s serial number will be displayed at the top of the screen Figure 10 12 If the connection is not
401. ual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 18 Insert the eight screws with the flat washers up through the eight holes in the top of the outdoor enclosure Do not tighten the front left hand screw Figure K 30 Figure K 30 Close up view of the front left hand screw 19 Tighten the other seven screws that you installed Go to Section K 5 1 1 Flow Splitter Installation Revision A 8500 Module APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 27 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System K 5 1 1 FLow SPLITTER INSTALLATION Revision A 8500 MobuLe The 8500 Roof Modification package includes a 3 meter length of 3 8 inch green nylon tubing Section K 1 You will use this 3 meter length of tubing in steps 20 22 and 39 However the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor system and add on kit includes 5 m 16 5 ft of 3 8 inch nylon green tubing in its compilation package Section 2 You will use the 5 m length of tubing in steps 27 28 33 35 and 38 NOTE The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses push to connect fittings for all air lines To engage these connections the air tube must be pushed completely into the fitting so that the tube is fully inserted and cannot be pulled out While pushing the tubing into the fitting there is an intermediate stop at an O ring You must push the tubing past the O ring to completely engage the tubing inside the fitting and pre vent air leaks To disenga
402. ual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 1 1 Series 8500C FDMS module SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Section 1 Introduction The Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 1 1 incorporates the patented Tapered Element Oscillating Microbalance TEOM technology to measure particulate matter mass concentrations continuously The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor consists of three basic components the 8500 module Figure 1 1 TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit containing the sample inlet and mass transducer Figure 1 2 and the TEOM Series 1400a control unit containing the operator terminal and control electronics Figure 1 2 Thermo re SERER eso rg Sa ee ere Pace 1 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 1 2 TEOM Series 1400a sensor unit A and control unit B SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Pace 1 2 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor can be configured with a variety of sample inlets to measure PM 10 PM 2 5 or PM 1 concentrations The microprocessor based unit accommodates all siting requirements and provides internal data storage and analog and serial data input output capabilities The Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System provides a represen tative determination of the particulate matt
403. ual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure K 46 Pan head screw with flat washer and sealing washer Figure K 47 8500 module enclosure cover installed 17 Set the cover down onto the top of the 8500 module enclosure Ensure that the eight screw holes in the cover line up with the eight holes in the gasket Figure K 43 18 Locate the eight 10 32 x 3 4 inch pan head screws eight 10 flat washers and 10 flat sealing washers Section K 1 19 Slide the eight washers over the ends of the eight pan head screws 20 Slide the eight sealing washers over the ends of the eight pan head screws 21 Insert the screws with the washers down through the eight holes in the top of the 8500 module enclosure Figures K 46 and K 47 Tighten the screws pix _ Sealing washer APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 36 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 22 Locate the flow splitter extension Figure K 48 Figure K 48 Flow splitter extension 23 Install the smaller end of the flow splitter extension into the large dome connector on the cover of the 8500 module enclosure Figure K 49 Continue sliding the flow splitter extension down into the large dome connector until it hits a stop Figure K 49 Flow splitter extension installed in the large dome connector zh APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 37 Revision C 000 Oper
404. ubes You may need to use a cotton swab to clean these vent tubes Figure G 10 APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 7 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Clean the bottom side of the collector assembly Figure G 11 Figure G 11 Bottom of the collector assembly 4 Using a cotton swab clean the weep hole in the collector plate where the moisture runs out to the moisture trap Figure G 12 Figure G 12 Cleaning the weep hole in the collector plate APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 8 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Locate the rain jar Figure G 1 and clean it Inspect the rain jar cover s brass nipple fitting to ensure that it is secure and free from blockages Figure G 13 Figure G 13 Rain jar cover with brass fitting highlighted 6 Inspect the two inlet tube sealing O rings for damage or wear If necessary replace the O rings Figure G 14 Figure G 14 Bottom of inlet with O rings highlighted APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 9 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Apply a light coating of silicone grease to the O rings to ensure that a seal is made when they are reinstalled on the flow splitter 8 Clean the lower collector assembly s threads to ensure a tight seal when the two halves are reassembled 9
405. uch as a data logger SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT Pace 9 21 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 20 Set RS 232 Mode screen Figure 9 21 Set RS 232 Mode screen with additional lines displayed Users also can download data files from the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor using PalmOS based handheld personal computers Refer to the Palm Pilot PC Operating Manual for instructions on using the PalmOS based handheld computer to download data from the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor SET RS 232 MODE Mode None gt None Print On Line 9 4 1 Set RS 232 Mope SCREEN The Set RS232 Mode screen Figure 9 20 allows the user to select an RS232 mode to download the unit s stored data records You can display the Set RS232 Mode screen on the four line display of the control unit in three different ways 1 Press lt RS232 gt on the keypad 2 In the Main screen Figure 9 7 press lt STEP SCREEN gt to display the Menu screen Figure 9 8 In the Menu screen press the up and down arrow keys to select Set RS 232 Mode and then press lt ENTER gt 3 Press lt 0 gt and lt 5 gt and then press lt ENTER gt SET RS 232 MODE Mode None gt None Print On Line AK Protocol German Prot Store to Print SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT PAGE 9 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The Set RS232 Mode screen co
406. uppen pio i 2 Using a Phillips screwdriver remove the four pan head screws from the top of the top plate Figure G 3 Lift the top plate off the four threaded spacer standoffs and set aside Figure G 3 Removing the four pan head screws R APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 3 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 3 Remove and inspect the insect screen for contamination Figure G 4 Clean the screen by lifting it off the lower plate rain deflec tor and brushing or rinsing it with water until it is clean Then allow the screen to dry Figure G 4 Removing the insect screen 4 Using a general purpose cleaner and paper towel clean the top plate deflector cone Figure G 5 Figure G 5 Top plate with plate deflector cone highlighted Plate deflector cone APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Clean the internal wall surface of the acceleration assembly Figure G 6 NOTE Be sure that after cleaning the assembly the acceleration nozzle is clean If not use a cotton swab and cleaner to remove any contamination Figure G 7 Figure G 6 Acceleration assembly with internal wall highlighted Figure G 7 Cleaning the acceleration nozzle with a cotton swab and cleaner Acceleration nozzle APPENDIX G INLET MAINTENANCE Pace G 5 Revision
407. ure 2 98 Figure 2 98 Back view of the control unit with the 15 pin ACCU connection port highlighted A 4 Locate the 15 to 15 pin data interface cable Figure 2 99 Figure 2 99 15 to 15 pin data interface cable SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 64 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Install the 15 pin connector of the data interface cable into the 15 pin STATUS connection port on the back of the 8500 module Figure 2 100 Figure 2 100 8500 module with the power cord A data interface cable B and valve signal cable C installed on the back of the module 6 Install the 15 pin connector of the data interface cable into the EXT ANALOG connection port on the back of the control unit Figure 2 101 Figure 2 101 Back view of the control unit with the EXT ANALOG connection port A highlighted SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 65 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 7 Locate one of the power cords Section 2 2 8 Install the power cord into the power cord socket on the back of the 8500 module Figure 2 100 9 You must now set up the sensor unit Section 2 4 6 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 66 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDODMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 2 4 6 Sensor UNIT The TEOM Series 1400a
408. ure A 6 Current Status Codes screen with addi CURRENT STATUS CODES tional lines displayed gt M Mass Transducer T Temperature Flow Rates Exchange Filter Voltage Low Cooler Status Valve Position Drier Status Inlet RH High APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 4 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 7 Menu screen LISTING OF SCREENS gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs Figure A 8 Menu screen with additional lines LISTING OF SCREENS displayed gt Set Temps Flows Set Hardware View Analog Inputs Set Time Set Analog Outputs Set Contact Closure Set RS 232 Mode View Storage Set Passwords Analog Calibration KO Calibration FTS Calculation Mass Concentration APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 5 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System cag 9 Set Time SET TIME 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 Second gt 0 Minute 20 ae Ste SHON Wee SET TIME displayed 16 20 03 15 Jun 04 Second gt 0 Minute 20 Hour 16 Day 15 Month 0 Year 2001 APPENDIX A OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE SCREENS Pace A 6 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure A 11 Set Analog Outputs screen A01 Var A0O1 Min Figure A 12 Set Analog Outputs screen with additional lines displayed Max Volt gt A01 Var A01 Min AP
409. user must ensure that the standard temperature Std Temp and standard pressure Std Pres entered in the instrument equal 25 C and 1 Atmosphere Section 6 These are the default values for the instrument PAGE 1 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System The flow rates referenced internally by the instrument to 0 C are converted to EPA standard conditions using the following computation Std Temp 273 15 1 atm Flow_Rate Flow_Rate x x 5 273 15 Std Pres NOTE When reporting concentrations to actual conditions the values for standard and average temperatures must be set to 99 and the standard and average pressures must be set to 9 when in the Set Temps Flows screen Section 6 This will ensure that the monitor uses the current actual values for temperature and pressure in equation 5 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION PAGE 1 24 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 8 OPERATING CONDITIONS In some operating conditions the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor may require additional steps to reduce the chance of condensation inside the system Do not operate the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor without a taking precautions to reduce condensation if the external dew point temperature outside at the inlet exceeds the ambient temperature that the control and sensor unit will be operated in
410. ustomer returns a defective part These items are indicated by the word exchange i e 55 003326 EXCH next to the part description on the price list Replacement parts supplied can be either new or reconditioned Exchange prices must be authorized by the R amp P service department before a purchase order will be accepted Components must be judged by the service department to be repairable in order for an exchange to be authorized The defective item must then be returned to Thermo within one month of shipment of the replacement part or the customer will be invoiced for the full list price of the unreturned component The following is a list of major parts in the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor along with their Thermo part numbers Flow Controllers and Flow Accessories Flow splitter 57 001667 Nylon tubing 3 8 OD 24 000483 Dual flow controller 55 003326 original design flow controller Dual flow controller original design flow controller exchange Single flow controller original design flow controller Single flow controller original design flow controller exchange Original design flow controller maintenance package Flow sensor 20 l min Flow sensor 5 l min New style flow controller New style flow controller exchange 1400AB flow controller upgrade package Miscellaneous Components 15 VDC power supply Frequency counter P C B Frequency counter P C B exchange Replacement shoes 3 for tripod Filter exchange to
411. view of the control unit with the 15 pin external analog input connector A auxiliary Section 9 Data Input and Output This section describes how to use the 3 user definable analog outputs 2 user definable contact closure circuits and 1 analog output This section also explains how to download data through the RS232 port to a serial printer PC and other data capture devices such as a data logger 9 1 ANALOG INPUTS The standard configuration of the Series 1400a control unit contains six inputs on the external analog connector EXT ANALOG located on the back of the control unit Figure 9 1 and one analog input on the two identical 15 pin analog I O ANALOG T O connector located on the front and back of the control unit Figures 9 1 and 9 2 connector for ACCU System B 9 pin serial connector C and the 15 pin analog I O connector D highlighted A m minm om m a a SEcTION 9 Data INPUT AND OUTPUT wae Pace 9 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 9 2 Front view of the control unit with the 9 pin RS232 serial connector A and the 15 pin analog connector B highlighted The six inputs on the EXT ANALOG connector and one analog input on the 15 pin ANALOG I O connector located on the back of the control unit are used by the monitor to identify the switching valve position and the cooler status condition and in its dew point calcu
412. w oe splitter extension upward APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 69 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 27 Tighten the dome connectors on the cover plate 28 Locate the support arm Section K 1 29 Slide the support arm over the end of the flow splitter and install it into the elbow on the cover Figures K 97 and K 98 Figure K 97 left Support arm installed z Support ring Figure K 98 right Close P up view of the elbow J C Set screw ET 30 Tighten the set screws in the elbow on the cover and in the sup port ring on the flow splitter Figures K 97 and K 98 APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 70 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 31 Locate the bypass extension on the flow splitter Figures K 79 and 99 Figure K 99 Removing the fastening nut from the bypass extension Bypass wee extension 32 Remove the fastening nut from the bypass extension Figure K 99 of the flow splitter APPENDIX K OuTDOOR ENCLOSURE Pace K 71 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 33 Remove the rubber ring from the bypass extension fastening nut Figure K 100 Figure K 100 Bypass extension fastening nut A and rubber ring B 34 Install the bypass extension fastening nut onto the end of the nylon green tubing Figure K 101
413. ware program Section 9 and the TEOMCOMM software program Appen dix L The user must set up the unit for transmitting data via the AK Protocol when in the Com 2 Way Settings screen Section 9 4 3 Refer to Appendix H for further information on modem communica tions PAGE 9 23 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System SEcTION 9 DATA INPUT AND OUTPUT German Prot This field contains the German Ambient Network Protocol RS232 Mode Appendix C When the monitor is in the German Ambient Network Protocol Mode the user can define the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor as a station with up to three predetermined system variables in each response transmission The user must set up the unit for transmitting data via the German Ambient Network Protocol when in the Com 2 Way Settings screen Section 9 4 3 Refer to Appendix H for further information on modem communications Store to Print This field contains the Store to Print RS232 Mode When the monitor is in the Store to Print Mode the unit downloads all data records from the storage pointer to the end of the data storage buffer to a serial printer The monitor sends one new data record to the serial printer every 2 seconds If the user leaves the monitor in the Store to Print Mode after the monitor has transmitted the last data record in its data storage buffer the monitor will continue to transmit stored data records to the serial printer as
414. with COM setup information When in the Properties screen with telephone setup information select OK When in the AK Protocol Setup screen select OK The RPComm Connection List screen will now display Pace 10 30 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 5 Down toapinc DATA Thermo instruments keep track of which records have been downloaded by using storage pointers These storage pointers indicate the most recently retrieved data record and serve as the starting point for future downloads Every time RPComm downloads data records from the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor the unit s storage pointer is moved to the last data record that was downloaded The user can download all the data that are stored in the unit s internal data logger beginning at the storage pointer The storage pointer is a place marker in the unit s data logger It indicates to the RPComm program where the data download should begin After the data have been downloaded the unit sets the storage pointer to the end of the internal data storage buffer so that the next time data are downloaded only new data records are transmitted However if the user wants to download specific records for example from a particular date they can change the position of the storage pointer within the data storage buffer Section 10 2 5 1 Also you can move the storage pointer to re download data that has
415. ws on top of the sensor unit that secure the sample inlet Figure 2 65 Figure 2 65 Top of sensor unit with sample inlet mounting screws high lighted 4 Remove the two mounting screws located on the left hand side of the sample inlet Figure 2 66 Figure 2 66 Top of sensor unit with 2 left hand sample inlet mounting screws highlighted SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 43 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 5 Install the brace onto the top of the sensor unit using the two screws that you removed in step 4 Figures 2 67 and 2 68 Figure 2 67 Brace mounted on sensor unit Figure 2 68 Close up view of brace mounted on sensor unit SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 44 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 Locate the 8500 module Figure 2 69 Figure 2 69 8500 module Therma 7 Locate the main flow outlet port on the bottom right hand corner of the 8500 module Figure 2 70 Figure 2 70 Close up view of main flow outlet on the 8500 module Main flow outlet SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 45 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Install the 8500 module s main flow outlet port onto the sample inlet of the sensor unit Figure 2 71 Be sure to tighten the Swagelok fitting 1 1 4 turn past
416. xes for Delay Time Phone Number and Con nection Command are not used for a direct connection 12 Select OK when you have confirmed the proper settings 13 Select OK when in the Connection Type screen to finish the connection setup New Connection will now be displayed in the Connection List screen Figure 10 10 14 Change the name of the New Connection Section 10 2 3 2 After you have changed the name of the New Connection go to step 15 15 Because different instruments require different RS232 port settings these values must sometimes be changed Refer to Section 10 2 4 Checking Connection Settings for information on confirming or changing these settings After you have confirmed or changed these settings go to step 16 16 If you want to create another new connection go to step 1 If you do not want to create another new connection go to step 17 17 If you want to save all of the connections as a group go to Sec tion 10 2 3 4 Saving Multiple New Connections as a Group If you do not want to save all of the connections as a group you have completed this procedure Section 10 Usina RPComm Pace 10 22 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 2 3 4 Savina MuLTiPLE NEw CONNECTIONS AS A GROUP Follow these steps to save multiple new connections as a group 1 Create multiple new connections Section 10 2 3 3 2 Ensure that the RP
417. y Section 12 1 2 Switching valve Clean the switching valve inside the 8500 module each time that you clean the sample inlet that is mounted on the tripod or as necessary Section 12 1 3 Sample pump Rebuild the sample pump once every 18 months or as necessary The pump rebuild kit 59 008630 contains instructions for rebuilding the pump that was shipped with the Series 8500 FDMS Monitor These maintenance intervals are guidelines Requirements for routine maintenance are site specific and may vary from one location to another SECTION 12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Pace 12 1 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Y The instrument must be operated with both large in line filters installed to avoid contamination of the flow controllers Figure 12 1 Replacing a large in line filter 12 1 1 EXCHANGING THE LARGE IN LINE FILTERS The large in line filters 57 002758 should be changed every 6 months or as necessary They are located on the main SENSOR FLOW and auxiliary BYPASS FLOW lines on the back of the control unit These filters prevent contamination from reaching the flow controllers For convenience replace the large in line filters immediately following one of the regularly scheduled TEOM filter exchanges Section 3 This allows you to exchange the large in line filters during the 30 minute flow and temperature stabilization period Secti
418. y the Set Temps Flows screen Figure 6 6 You also can press the lt 1 gt and lt 9 gt keys and then press lt ENTER gt to display the Set Temps Flows screen SECTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 11 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 4 Press the lt EDIT gt key 5 When in the Set Temps Flows screen press the arrow keys to select the left hand column in the T A S line 6 Use the monitor s keypad to enter 99 as the average tempera ture 7 Press the arrow keys to select the left hand column in the P A S line 8 Use the monitor s keypad to enter 9 as the average pressure at the site 9 Press lt ENTER gt 10 Press lt F1 gt or lt RUN gt to restart data collection SEcTION 6 SOFTWARE SETUP Pace 6 12 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 6 3 2 Passive VoLuMETRIC FLow ConTROL The Series 8500 FDMS Monitor uses mass flow controllers to ensure a constant and precise flow through the instrument The mass flow controllers use the actual active volumetric flow control setting or average passive volumetric flow control setting temperature and pressure values to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The active volumetric flow control setting directs the unit to use the actual ambient temperature and pressure to regulate the volumetric flow through the system The passive volu
419. ynamics Measurement System 8 Locate the electric and air connecting cable Section 2 2 9 Install the 1 4 inch black tubing of the electric and air connecting cable into the reducer fitting Figure 2 83 Figure 2 83 1 4 inch black tubing installed in the reducer fitting SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 52 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 10 Install the electrical connector Figure 2 84 of the electric and air connecting cable into the SENSOR UNIT connection port Figure 2 85 on the back of the control unit Figure 2 84 One of the electrical connectors of the electric and air connecting cable Figure 2 85 Back view of control unit with the electric and air connecting cable installed into the SENSOR UNIT connec tion port A NOTE The other ends of the electric and air connecting cable will be connected when you install the sensor unit Section 2 4 6 11 You must now assemble the bypass flow connections Section 2 4 3 2 SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 53 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System Figure 2 86 Bypass flow components with parts disassembled 3 8 inch flow line tubing A large bypass in line filter B and 3 8 inch flow line tubing C Figure 2 87 3 8 inch green nylon tubing inserted into the BYPASS FLOW port on the back of the control unit 2
420. ystem 6 Remove the fastening nut from the bypass extension Figure 2 128 of the flow splitter Figure 2 128 Removing the fastening nut from the bypass extension Bypass extension F r i 7 Remove the rubber ring from the bypass extension fastening nut Figure 2 129 Figure 2 129 Bypass extension fastening nut A and rubber ring B SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 83 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 8 Install the bypass extension fastening nut onto the open end of the green bypass tubing Figure 2 130 Ensure that the knurled or bumpy side of the bypass extension fastening nut is directed down the green bypass tubing toward the control unit Figure 2 130 Installing the bypass extension and rubber ring onto the green bypass tubing 9 Install the rubber ring onto the end of the green bypass tubing Figure 2 130 Ensure that the rubber ring is approximately 1 4 inch from the end of the green bypass tubing 10 Insert the green bypass tubing into the bypass extension Figure 2 131 Figure 2 131 Installing the green bypass tubing onto the bypass extension SECTION 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION Pace 2 84 Revision C 000 Operating Manual Series 8500 FDOMS Filter Dynamics Measurement System 11 Tighten the bypass extension fastening nut onto the bypass extension Figure 2 132 Figure 2 132 Tightening the fasten

Series 8500 - User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents